Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
Commission file number 0-10792
Horizon Bancorp
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Indiana   35-1562417
     
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
515 Franklin Square, Michigan City   46360
     
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 219-879-0211
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class
Common Stock, no par value
  Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One)
             
Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer o   Non-Accelerated Filer o   Smaller Reporting Company þ
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the average bid price of such stock as of June 30, 2009, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $39,800,000.
As of March 10, 2010, the registrant had 3,286,006 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
     
    Part of Form 10-K into which
Documents Incorporated by Reference Document   portion of document is incorporated
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be filed for its May 6, 2010 annual meeting of shareholders
  III
 
 

 


 

Horizon Bancorp
2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K
Table of Contents
         
    Page  
       
    3  
    17  
    26  
    26  
    26  
    26  
    26  
       
    27  
    28  
    29  
    51  
    52  
    94  
    94  
    94  
       
    95  
    95  
    96  
    96  
    96  
       
    97  
    98  
    100  
  EX-2.1
  EX-4.1
  EX-4.2
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-21
  EX-23
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2
  EX-99.1
  EX-99.2

2


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
The disclosures in this Item 1 are qualified by the disclosures below in Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, and in other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
General
Horizon Bancorp (“Horizon” or the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company incorporated in Indiana and headquartered in Michigan City, Indiana. Horizon provides a broad range of banking services in Northwestern Indiana and Southwestern Michigan through its bank subsidiary, Horizon Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and other affiliated entities. Horizon’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol HBNC. The Bank was chartered as a national banking association in 1873 and has operated continuously since that time. The Bank is a full-service commercial bank offering commercial and retail banking services, corporate and individual trust and agency services and other services incident to banking.
On April 6, 2009, the Bank opened a full service branch in Goshen, Indiana and on June 8, 2009, the Bank opened a full service branch in Munster, Indiana. In total, the Bank maintains 19 full service offices in Northwest Indiana and Southwest Michigan. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had total assets of $1.4 billion and total deposits of $951.7 million. The Bank has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: Horizon Investments, Inc. (“Horizon Investments”), Horizon Insurance Services, Inc. (“Horizon Insurance”) and Horizon Grantor Trust. Horizon Investments manages the investment portfolio of the Bank. Horizon Insurance offered a full line of personal insurance products until March 2005, at which time the majority of its assets were sold to a third party. Horizon Grantor Trust holds title to certain company owned life insurance policies.
Horizon formed Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II in 2004 (“Trust II”) and Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust III in 2006 (“Trust III”) for the purpose of participating in pooled trust preferred securities offerings. The Company assumed additional debentures as the result of the acquisition of Alliance Financial Corporation in 2005, which formed Alliance Financial Statutory Trust I (“Alliance Trust”). See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding these previously consolidated entities that are now reported separately. The business of Horizon is not seasonal to any material degree.
No material part of Horizon’s business is dependent upon a single or small group of customers, the loss of any one or more of whom would have a materially adverse effect on the business of Horizon. In 2009, revenues from loans accounted for 64% of the total consolidated revenue, and revenues from investment securities accounted for 16% of total consolidated revenue.
Employees
The Bank, Horizon Trust and Horizon Investments employed approximately 294 full and part-time employees as of December 31, 2009. Horizon and Horizon Grantor Trust do not have any employees.
Competition
A high degree of competition exists in all major areas where Horizon engages in business. The Bank’s primary market consists of Porter, LaPorte, St. Joseph, Elkhart and Lake Counties Indiana, and Berrien County, Michigan. The Bank competes with other commercial banks as well as with savings and loan associations, consumer finance companies and credit unions. To a more moderate extent, the Bank competes with Chicago money center banks, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, brokerage houses, other institutions engaged in money market financial services and certain government agencies.
Based on deposits as of June 30, 2009, Horizon was the largest of the 10 bank and thrift institutions in LaPorte County with a 36.50% market share and the fifth largest of the 15 institutions in Porter County with a 7.61% market share. In Berrien County, Michigan, Horizon was the fourth largest of the 10 bank and thrift institutions with a 7.84% market share.

3


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Horizon’s market share of deposits in Lake, St. Joseph and Elkhart Counties was less than 1.00% in each of these counties. (Source: FDIC Summary of Deposits Market Share Reports, available at www.fdic.gov).
Supervision and Regulation
The Bank Holding Company Act
Horizon is registered as a bank holding company and is subject to the supervision of, and regulation by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). Pursuant to Federal Reserve regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that, pursuant to this requirement, a bank holding company should stand ready to use its resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity.
The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire more than a 5% voting interest of any bank or bank holding company. Additionally, the BHC Act restricts Horizon’s non-banking activities to those which are determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking and a proper incident thereto.
Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the “FDICIA”), a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” (as defined in FDICIA) with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal bank regulatory agency.
Bank holding companies are required to comply with the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital guidelines. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) also have risk-based capital ratio guidelines to which depository institutions under their respective supervision are subject. The guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations. Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet commitments to four risk weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. For Horizon’s regulatory capital ratios and regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2009, see the information in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Item 7 below, which is incorporated herein by reference.
National Bank Act
The Bank is (i) subject to the provisions of the National Bank Act; (ii) supervised, regulated, and examined by the OCC; and (iii) subject to the rules and regulations of the OCC, Federal Reserve, and the FDIC.
Deposit Insurance
The Bank’s deposits are insured to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which is generally $250,000 per depositor until December 31, 2013, subject to aggregation rules. In response to FDIC’s increased costs resulting from the higher levels of bank failures that began in 2008, the Bank’s FDIC expense has increased significantly. In addition to higher assessment rates, the Bank was required to pay a special FDIC assessment as of June 30, 2009, and also paid an assessment to participate in the FDIC Transaction Account Guarantee Program, as discussed below.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”), resulted in significant changes to the federal deposit insurance program effective March 31, 2006, the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) were merged to create a new fund, called the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”).
Pursuant to the Reform Act, the FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.5% of estimated insured deposits, and the FDIC has been given discretion to set assessment rates according to risk regardless of the level of the fund reserve ratio. The designated reserve ratio for the DIF is currently set at 1.25% of estimated insured deposits. Recent failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions, have significantly increased the fund’s loss provisions, resulting in a decline in the reserve ratio. As of June 30, 2009, the reserve ratio was 0.22%. The FDIC expects a higher rate of insured institution failures in the next few years; thus, the reserve ratio may continue to decline. Because the reserve ratio has fallen below 1.15%, the FDIC has established a restoration plan to

4


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
restore the reserve ratio to 1.15%. The FDIC has increased the assessment rates and is making other changes to the assessment system to ensure that riskier institutions bear a greater share of the proposed increase in assessments.
The Bank is subject to deposit insurance assessment by the FDIC, which is a risk-related deposit insurance assessment system where premiums are based upon the institution’s capital levels and risk profile. Under this system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk-weighted categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels, and certain other factors with less risky institutions paying lower assessments.
An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned. Adjustments also are made to a bank’s initial assessment rates based on levels of long-term unsecured debt, secured liabilities in excess of 252% of domestic deposits and, for certain institutions, brokered deposit levels. For 2009, initial assessments ranged from 12 to 45 basis points of assessable deposits, and the Bank paid assessments at the rate of 13 basis points for each $100 of insured deposits.
In 2008, the FDIC adopted an optional Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program by which, for a fee, noninterest bearing transaction accounts would receive unlimited insurance coverage until June 30, 2010 and, for a fee, certain senior unsecured debt issued by institutions and their holding companies between October 13, 2008 and October 31, 2009 would be guaranteed by the FDIC through December 31, 2012. The Bank made the business decision to participate in the unlimited noninterest bearing transaction account coverage, but Horizon and the Bank elected not to participate in the unsecured debt guarantee program. The assessments for unlimited noninterest bearing transaction account coverage for deposit amounts over $250,000 were 10 basis points per $100 of insured deposits during 2009 and are 15 basis points per $100 of insured deposits during the first six months of 2010 for institutions, such as the Bank, in Risk Category I.
In 2009, the FDIC adopted an interim rule that imposed a special assessment of 20 basis points as of June 30, 2009. The Bank paid on September 30, 2009, the collection date for the special assessment, the amount of $663,000.
On December 30, 2009, banks were required to pay the third quarter FDIC assessment and to prepay estimated insurance assessments for the years 2010 through 2012 on that date. The Bank paid an aggregate of $5.3 million in premiums on December 30, 2009, $5.0 million of which constituted prepaid premiums.
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines, after a hearing, that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe and unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement with, the FDIC. The FDIC may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for a permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital.
Federal law also provides for the possibility that the FDIC may pay dividends to insured institutions once the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio equals or exceeds 1.35% of estimated insured deposits.
Insured depository institutions that were in existence on December 31, 1996, and paid assessments prior to that date (or their successors) were entitled to a one-time credit against future assessments based on their past contributions to the BIF or SAIF. In 2006, the Bank received a one-time credit of $458,000 against future assessments. Of our initial credit, $314,000 was utilized in 2007 and the remaining $144,000 was utilized in 2008.
Due to the continued failures of unaffiliated FDIC insured depository institutions, we anticipate that our FDIC deposit insurance premiums will increase in the future, perhaps significantly, which will adversely impact our future earnings, but management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
FDIC-insured institutions also remain subject to the requirement to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF. The amount assessed on individual institutions, including the Bank, by FICO is in addition to the amount paid for deposit insurance according to the risk-related assessment rate schedule. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds are repaid between 2017 and 2019. During 2009, the FICO assessment

5


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
rate ranged between 1.02 and 1.14 basis points for each $100 of insured deposits per quarter. For the first quarter of 2010, the FICO assessment rate is 1.06 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution. Future increases in deposit insurance premiums or changes in risk classification would increase the Bank’s deposit related costs.
General Regulatory Supervision
Both federal and state law extensively regulate various aspects of the banking business, such as reserve requirements, truth-in-lending and truth-in-savings disclosures, equal credit opportunity, fair credit reporting, trading in securities and other aspects of banking operations. Branching by the Bank is subject to the jurisdiction and requires notice to, or the prior approval of, the OCC.
Transactions With Affiliates and Insiders
Horizon and the Bank are subject to the Federal Reserve Act, which restricts financial transactions between banks, affiliated companies and their executive officers, including limits on credit transactions between these parties. The statute prescribes terms and conditions for bank affiliate transactions deemed to be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and restricts the types of collateral security permitted in connection with a bank’s extension of credit to an affiliate.
Capital Regulation
Capital Regulations. The federal bank regulatory authorities have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for banks and bank holding companies that are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies and account for off-balance sheet items. Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet commitments to four risk weighted categories of 0%, 20%, 50%, or 100%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.
The capital guidelines divide a bank holding company’s or bank’s capital into two tiers. The first tier (“Tier I”) includes common equity, certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (except mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships, subject to certain limitations). Supplementary capital (“Tier II”) includes, among other items, cumulative perpetual and long-term limited-life preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations, less required deductions. Banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, of which 4% must be Tier I capital. The federal banking regulators may, however, set higher capital requirements when a bank’s particular circumstances warrant. Banks experiencing or anticipating significant growth are expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels.
Also required by the regulations is the maintenance of a leverage ratio designed to supplement the risk-based capital guidelines. This ratio is computed by dividing Tier I capital, net of all intangibles, by the quarterly average of total assets. The minimum leverage ratio is 3% for the most highly rated institutions, and 1% to 2% higher for institutions not meeting those standards. Pursuant to the regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk, including the volume and severity of problem loans to which they are exposed.
In December 2008, the Company received $25,000,000 in exchange for 25,000 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, issued to the Treasury Department, and related warrants. Of that amount, $20,000,000 was contributed to the Bank. As a result, the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital have increased significantly from the capital reported in prior periods.

6


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
The following is a summary of Horizon’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital and capital requirements at December 31, 2009.
                                                 
                    For Capital 1   For Well 1
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Capitalized Purposes
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
     
As of December 31, 2009
                                               
 
                                               
Total capital 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 142,122       14.74 %   $ 77,135       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    126,005       13.10 %     76,950       8.00 %   $ 96,187       10.00 %
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    130,052       13.49 %     38,562       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    113,935       11.85 %     38,459       4.00 %     57,689       6.00 %
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital 1 (to average assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    130,052       9.86 %     52,759       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    113,935       8.64 %     52,748       4.00 %     65,935       5.00 %
 
1   As defined by regulatory agencies
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.
Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include: (i) requiring the submission of a capital restoration plan; (ii) placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired; (iv) restricting transactions with affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution. At December 31, 2009, the Bank was categorized as “well capitalized,” meaning that the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio exceeded 10%, the Bank’s Tier I risk-based capital ratio exceeded 6%, the Bank’s leverage ratio exceeded 5%, and the Bank was not subject to a regulatory order, agreement or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
Anti-Money Laundering and the USA Patriot Act
Horizon is subject to the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and requires financial institutions to implement additional policies and procedures with respect to, or additional measures designed to address, any or all of the following matters, among others: money laundering, suspicious activities and currency transaction reporting, and currency crimes.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Horizon also is subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which revised the laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act applies to all companies with equity or debt securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act established: (i) new requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) new standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and their directors and executive officers; and (v) new and increased civil and criminal penalties for violation of the securities laws. Management expects that significant additional efforts and expense will continue to be required to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted final rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In each Form 10-K it files, Horizon is required to include a report of management on Horizon’s internal control over

7


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
financial reporting. The internal control report must include a statement of management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate control over financial reporting of Horizon, identify the framework used by management to evaluate the effectiveness of Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting, provide management’s assessment of the effectiveness of Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting and state that Horizon’s independent accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting. Significant efforts were required to comply with Section 404 and Horizon anticipates additional efforts will be required in future years.
Recent Legislative Developments
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and Troubled Asset Relief Program’s Capital Purchase Program
The global and U.S. economies are experiencing significantly reduced business activity as a result of, among other factors, disruptions in the financial system during the past year, and in particular, the last several weeks. Dramatic declines in the housing market during the past year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail.
Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced, and in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers, including other financial institutions. The availability of credit, confidence in the financial sector, and level of volatility in the financial markets have been adversely affected as a result. In recent weeks, volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit capacity for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength.
In response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to the EESA, the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “Treasury”) has the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.
On October 14, 2008, the Treasury also announced it would offer to qualifying U.S. banking organizations the opportunity to sell preferred stock, along with warrants to purchase common stock, to the Treasury on what may be considered attractive terms under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”). The CPP allows financial institutions, like Horizon, to issue non-voting preferred stock to the Treasury in an amount ranging between 1% and 3% of the institution’s total risk-weighted assets.
Although both Horizon and the Bank met all applicable regulatory capital requirements and were well capitalized, Horizon determined that obtaining additional capital pursuant to the CPP for contribution in whole or in part to the Bank was advisable given the then current economic recession and the benefits the additional capital provides in managing through an economic recession. As a result, Horizon decided to participate in the CPP Program and sold $25,000,000 of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A to the Treasury on December 19, 2008.
The general terms of the preferred stock issued by Horizon under the CPP are as follows:
    Dividends at the rate of 5% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears, are required to be paid on the preferred stock for the first five years and dividends at the rate of 9% per annum are required thereafter until the stock is redeemed by Horizon;
 
    Without the prior consent of the Treasury, Horizon will be prohibited from increasing its common stock dividends or repurchasing its common stock for the first three years while Treasury is an investor;
 
    During the first three years the preferred stock is outstanding, Horizon will be prohibited from repurchasing such preferred stock, except with the proceeds from a sale of Tier 1 qualifying common or other preferred stock of

8


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
      Horizon in an offering that raises at least 25% of the initial offering price of the preferred stock sold to the Treasury ($6,250,000). After the first three years, the preferred stock can be redeemed at any time with any available cash;
 
    Under the CPP, Horizon also issued to the Treasury warrants entitling the Treasury to buy 212,104 shares of Horizon’s common stock at an exercise price of $17.68 per share; and
 
    Horizon agreed to certain compensation restrictions for its senior executive officers and restrictions on the amount of executive compensation which is tax deductible.
On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”). The ARRA amends, among other things, the TARP Program legislation by directing the U.S. Treasury Department to issue regulations implementing strict limitations on compensation paid or accrued by financial institutions, like Horizon, participating in the TARP Program. These limitations are to include:
    A prohibition on paying or accruing bonus, incentive or retention compensation for our President and Chief Executive Officer, other than certain awards of long-term restricted stock or bonuses payable under existing employment agreements;
 
    A prohibition on making any payments to the executive officers of Horizon and the next five most highly compensated employees for departure from Horizon other than compensation earned for services rendered or accrued benefits;
 
    Subjecting bonus, incentive and retention payments made to the executive officers of Horizon and the next 20 most highly compensated employees to repayment (clawback) if based on statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria that are later found to be materially inaccurate;
 
    A prohibition on any compensation plan that would encourage manipulation of reported earnings;
 
    Establishment by the Board of Directors of a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures including office and facility renovations, aviation or other transportation services and other activities or events that are not reasonable expenditures for staff development, reasonable performance incentives or similar measures in the ordinary course of business;
 
    Submitting a “say-on-pay” proposal to a non-biding vote of shareholders at future annual meetings, whereby shareholders vote to approve the compensation of executives as disclosed pursuant to the executive compensation disclosures included in the proxy statement; and
 
    A review by the U.S. Department of Treasury of any bonus, retention awards or other compensation paid to the executive officers of Horizon and the next 20 most highly compensated employees prior to February 17, 2009 to determine if such payments were excessive and negotiate for the reimbursement of such excess payments.
On June 10, 2009, Treasury issued an interim final rule implementing and providing guidance on the executive compensation and corporate governance provisions of EESA, as amended by ARRA. The regulations were published in the Federal Register on June 15, 2009, and set forth the following requirements:
    Evaluation of employee compensation plans and potential to encourage excessive risk or manipulation of earnings.
 
    Compensation committee discussion, evaluation and review of senior executive officer compensation plans and other employee compensation plans to ensure that they do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risk.
 
    Compensation committee discussion, evaluation and review of employee compensation plans to ensure that they do not encourage manipulation of reported earnings.
 
    Compensation committee certification and disclosure requirements regarding evaluation of employee compensation plans.
 
    “Clawback” of bonuses.
 
    Prohibition on golden parachute payments based on materially inaccurate financial statements or performance metrics.
 
    Limitation on bonus payments, retention awards and incentive compensation.
 
    Disclosure regarding perquisites and compensation consultants; prohibition on gross-ups.
 
    Luxury or excessive expenditures policy.
 
    Shareholder advisory resolution on executive compensation.
 
    Annual compliance certification by principal executive officer and principal financial officer.

9


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
    Establishment of the Office of the Special Master for TARP Executive Compensation with authority to review certain payments and compensation structures.
ARRA was followed by numerous actions by the Federal Reserve, Congress, Treasury, the SEC and others to address the current liquidity and credit crisis that has followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007. These measures include homeowner relief that encourage loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector; and legislation that would require creditors that transfer loans and securitizations of loans to maintain a material portion (generally at least 10%) of the credit risk of the loans transferred or securitized.
In addition, the House Financial Services Committee has approved several elements of a plan of the Obama Administration providing for broad and complex financial regulatory reform. In particular, a bill to establish the Consumer Financial Protection Agency (“CFPA”) was passed by the Committee. Though differing in significant respects from the Administration’s original proposal, the version passed by the Committee would grant the CFPA broad rulemaking, interpretative, supervisory, examination, and enforcement authority over financial services providers such as Horizon. The CFPA proposal and other aspects of the Administration’s plan remain controversial, and many obstacles exist to achieving the Administration’s goal of enacting these reforms in 2010.
On October 22, 2009, the Federal Reserve issued proposed supervisory guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation practices of banking organizations are consistent with safety and soundness. Uncertainty exists regarding the interpretation and application of this guidance, and the impact of the guidance on recruitment, retention and motivation of key officers and employees.
It is not clear at this time what impact the EESA, ARRA, the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, other liquidity and funding and other initiatives of the Federal Reserve and other agencies that have been previously announced, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future will have on the financial markets and the other difficulties described above, including the extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced, or on the U.S. banking and financial industries and the broader U.S. and global economies. Further adverse effects could have an adverse effect on Horizon and its business.
Other Regulation
In addition to the matters discussed above, the Bank is subject to additional regulation of its activities, including a variety of consumer protection regulations affecting its lending, deposit, and collection activities and regulations affecting secondary mortgage market activities.
Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies
The Bank’s earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.
Federal Home Loan Bank System
The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis, which is one of twelve regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. The FHLB is funded primarily from funds deposited by banks and savings associations and proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. It makes loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors

10


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
of the FHLB. All FHLB advances must be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB. The Federal Housing Finance Board (“FHFB”), an independent agency, controls the FHLB System, including the FHLB of Indianapolis.
As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of Indianapolis in an amount equal to at least 1% of its aggregate unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts, or similar obligations at the beginning of each year. At December 31, 2009, the Bank’s investment in stock of the FHLB of Indianapolis was $11.0 million. The FHLB imposes various limitations on advances such as limiting the amount of certain types of real estate related collateral to 30% of a member’s capital and limiting total advances to a member. Interest rates charged for advances vary depending upon maturity, the cost of funds to the FHLB of Indianapolis and the purpose of the borrowing.
The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled savings associations and to contribute to affordable housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low and moderate income housing projects. For the year ended December 31, 2009, dividends paid by the FHLB of Indianapolis to the Bank totaled approximately $315,000, for an annualized rate of 2.9%.
Limitations on Rates Paid for Deposits
FDIC regulations place limitations on the ability of insured depository institutions to accept, renew or roll over deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other insured depository institutions having the same type of charter in the institution’s normal market area. Under these regulations, “well capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll such deposits over without restriction, “adequately capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll such deposits over with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payments of rates) and “undercapitalized” depository institutions may not accept, renew or roll such deposits over. The regulations contemplate that the definitions of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized” will be the same as the definition adopted by the agencies to implement the corrective action provisions of federal law. Management does not believe that these regulations will have a materially adverse effect on the Bank’s current operations.
Legislative Initiatives
Additional legislative and administrative actions affecting the banking industry may be considered by the United States Congress, state legislatures and various regulatory agencies, including those referred to above. It cannot be predicted with certainty whether such legislative or administrative action will be enacted or the extent to which the banking industry in general or Horizon and its affiliates will be affected.

11


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
BANK HOLDING COMPANY STATISTICAL DISCLOSURES
I.   DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY; INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
Information required by this section of Securities Act Industry Guide 3 is presented in Management’s Discussion and Analysis as set forth in Item 7 below, herein incorporated by reference.
II.   INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
 
A.   The following is a schedule of the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale and held to maturity.
                                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
    Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair
    Cost   Value   Cost   Value   Cost   Value
     
Available for sale
                                               
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ 19,612     $ 20,085     $ 23,661     $ 24,914     $ 25,660     $ 26,220  
State and municipal
    107,160       109,149       88,282       86,985       86,389       86,931  
Federal agency collateralized mtg. obligations
    84,001       84,895       13,063       12,951       13,650       13,552  
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
    113,633       118,661       174,227       176,389       108,247       107,371  
Corporate notes
    355       342       587       399       632       601  
     
Total available for sale
    324,761       333,132       299,820       301,638       234,578       234,675  
 
                                               
Total held to maturity, state and municipal
    11,657       11,687       1,630       1,634              
     
 
                                               
Total investment securities
  $ 336,418     $ 344,819     $ 301,450     $ 303,272     $ 234,578     $ 234,675  
     
B.   The following is a schedule of maturities of each category of available for sale and held to maturity debt securities and the related weighted-average yield of such securities as of December 31, 2009:
                                                                 
                    After One Year     After Five Years        
    One Year or Less     Through Five Years     Through Ten Years     After Ten Years  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  
     
Available for sale
                                                               
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (1)
  $ 1,028       4.42 %   $       0.00 %   $ 3,291       4.76 %   $ 15,765       5.84 %
State and municipal
    1,339       4.08 %     5,682       3.67 %     38,109       4.14 %     64,019       4.13 %
Federal agency collateralized mtg. Obligations (2)
          0.00 %     8       4.49 %     12,804       4.72 %     72,082       4.00 %
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools (2)
    4,262       3.79 %     3,681       4.06 %     11,794       4.48 %     98,925       4.89 %
Corporate notes
    323       0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     19       0.00 %
 
                                                       
Total available for sale
  $ 6,953       3.76 %   $ 9,371       3.82 %   $ 65,997       4.34 %   $ 250,811       4.50 %
 
                                                               
Total held to maturity, state and municipal
  $ 11,462       2.78 %   $ 195       3.20 %   $       0.00 %   $       0.00 %
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Total investment securities
  $ 18,415       3.15 %   $ 9,566       3.81 %   $ 65,997       4.34 %   $ 250,811       4.50 %
 
                                                       
 
(1)   Fair value is based on contractual maturity or call date where a call option exists
 
(2)   Maturity based upon final maturity date
The weighted-average interest rates are based on coupon rates for securities purchased at par value and on effective interest rates considering amortization or accretion if the securities were purchased at a premium or discount. Yields are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
Excluding those holdings of the investment portfolio in U.S. Treasury securities and other agencies and corporations of the U.S. Government, there were no investments in securities of any one issuer that exceeded 10% of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of Horizon at December 31, 2009.

12


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
III. LOAN PORTFOLIO
A.   Types of Loans - Total loans on the balance sheet are comprised of the following classifications for the years indicated.
                                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
     
Commercial
  $ 314,517     $ 310,842     $ 307,535     $ 271,457     $ 273,310  
Residential mortgage
    133,892       167,766       216,019       222,235       159,312  
Mortgage warehouse
    166,698       123,287       78,225       112,267       97,729  
Installment
    271,210       280,072       287,073       237,875       202,383  
     
 
    886,317       881,967       888,852       843,834       732,734  
Allowance for loan losses
    (16,015 )     (11,410 )     (9,791 )     (8,738 )     (8,368 )
     
Total loans
  $ 870,302     $ 870,557     $ 879,061     $ 835,096     $ 724,366  
     
B.   Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates - The following is a schedule of maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates, excluding real estate mortgage, mortgage warehousing and installment loans, as of December 31, 2009:
                                 
    One Year   One Through   After Five    
Maturing or repricing   or Less   Five Years   Years   Total
     
Commercial, financial, agricultural and commercial tax-exempt loans
  $ 201,752     $ 110,364     $ 2,401     $ 314,517  
    The following is a schedule of fixed-rate and variable-rate commercial, financial, agricultural and commercial tax-exempt loans due after one year. (Variable-rate loans are those loans with floating or adjustable interest rates.)
                 
    Fixed   Variable
    Rate   Rate
     
Total commercial, financial, agricultural and commercial tax-exempt loans due after one year
  $ 69,729     $ 43,036  

13


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
C.   Risk Elements
 
    Non-accrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans - The following schedule summarizes non-accrual, past due and restructured loans.
                                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
     
Non-performing loans
                                       
Commercial
                                       
More than 90 days past due
  $ 1,086     $ 49     $     $     $ 27  
Non-accrual
    8,143       5,118       1,870       1,768       1,007  
Trouble debt restructuring
                             
Residential mortgage
                             
More than 90 days past due
    296       464             89        
Non-accrual
    1,257       1,440       512       614       681  
Trouble debt restructuring
    3,266                          
Mortgage warehouse
                             
More than 90 days past due
                             
Non-accrual
                             
Trouble debt restructuring
                             
Installment
                             
More than 90 days past due
    376       318       87       55       224  
Non-accrual
    2,515       474       480       99       134  
Trouble debt restructuring
    206                          
     
Total non-performing loans
  $ 17,145     $ 7,863     $ 2,949     $ 2,625     $ 2,073  
     
         
Gross interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009, in the period if the loans had been current, in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the period or since origination if held for part of the period.
  $ 1,302  
 
       
Interest income actually recorded on non-accrual loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and included in net income for the period.
    572  
 
     
Interest income not recognized during the period on non-accrual loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009.
  $ 730  
 
     
Discussion of Non-Accrual Policy
  1.   From time to time, the Bank obtains information, which may lead management to believe that the collection of payments may be doubtful on a particular loan. In recognition of such, it is management’s policy to convert the loan from an “earning asset” to a non-accruing loan. Further, it is management’s policy to place a commercial loan on a non-accrual status when delinquent in excess of 90 days, unless the Loan Committee approves otherwise. The officer responsible for the loan, the Chief Operating Officer and the senior collection officer must review all loans placed on non-accrual status.
 
  2.   Potential Problem Loans:
      Impaired and non-accrual loans for which the discounted cash flows or collateral value exceeded the carrying value of the loan totaled $17.1 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The allowance for impaired and non-accrual loans, included in the Bank’s allowance for loan losses totaled $3.5 million and $1.1 million at those respective dates. The average balance of impaired loans during 2009 and 2008 was $14.3 million and $3.1 million.

14


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
  3.   Foreign Outstandings:
 
      None
 
  4.   Loan Concentrations:
      As of December 31, 2009, there are no significant concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans. See Item III A above for a listing of the types of loans by concentration.
D.   Other Interest-Bearing Assets
 
    There are no other interest-bearing assets as of December 31, 2009, which would be required to be disclosed under Item III C.1 or 2 if such assets were loans.
IV. SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
A.   The following is an analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses account:
                                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
     
Loans outstanding at the end of the period (1)
  $ 886,317     $ 881,967     $ 888,852     $ 843,834     $ 732,734  
Average loans outstanding during the period (1)
    884,219       840,960       839,591       780,555       640,758  
 
(1)   Net of unearned income and deferred loan fees
                                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
     
Balance at beginning of the period
  $ 11,410     $ 9,791     $ 8,738     $ 8,368     $ 7,193  
Loans charged-off:
                                       
Commercial and agricultural loans
    2,461       1,358             23       305  
Real estate mortgage loans
    432       351       36             29  
Installment loans
    7,354       5,277       2,701       1,120       1,096  
     
Total loans charged-off
    10,247       6,986       2,737       1,143       1,430  
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
                                       
Commercial and agricultural loans
    66       15       48       201       161  
Real estate mortgage loans
          50                   2  
Installment loans
    1,183       972       674       407       364  
     
Total loan recoveries
    1,249       1,037       722       608       527  
     
Net loans charged-off
    8,998       5,949       2,015       535       903  
Provision charged to operating expense
    13,603       7,568       3,068       905       1,521  
Acquired through acquisition
                              557  
     
Balance at the end of the period
  $ 16,015     $ 11,410     $ 9,791     $ 8,738     $ 8,368  
     
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding for the period
    1.02 %     0.71 %     0.24 %     0.07 %     0.14 %

15


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
B.   The following schedule is a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses allocated by type of loan and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans.
                                                                                 
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    Allowance   % of Loans to   Allowance   % of Loans to   Allowance   % of Loans to   Allowance   % of Loans to   Allowance   % of Loans to
    Amount   Total Loans   Amount   Total Loans   Amount   Total Loans   Amount   Total Loans   Amount   Total Loans
     
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 5,766       35 %   $ 3,202       35 %   $ 2,656       35 %   $ 2,987       33 %   $ 2,733       37 %
Real estate mortgage
    1,933       15 %     973       19 %     779       24 %     768       26 %     585       22 %
Mortgage warehousing
    1,455       19 %     1,354       14 %     1,309       9 %     1,762       13 %     1,958       13 %
Installment
    6,861       31 %     5,881       32 %     5,047       32 %     3,181       28 %     2,958       28 %
Unallocated
                                        40             134        
     
Total
  $ 16,015       100 %   $ 11,410       100 %   $ 9,791       100 %   $ 8,738       100 %   $ 8,368       100 %
     
In 1999, Horizon began a mortgage warehousing program. This program is described in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Item 7 below and in the Notes to the Financial Statements in Item 8 below, which are incorporated herein by reference. The greatest risk related to these loans is transaction and fraud risk. During 2009, Horizon processed over $3.5 billion in mortgage warehouse loans.
V. DEPOSITS
Information required by this section is found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Item 7 below and in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Item 8 below, which are incorporated herein by reference.
VI. RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS
Information required by this section is found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Item 7 below and in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Item 8 below, which are incorporated herein by reference.
VII. SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
The following is a schedule of statistical information relative to securities sold under agreements to repurchase which are secured by U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency securities and mature within one year. There were no other categories of short-term borrowings for which the average balance outstanding during the period was 30 percent or more of stockholders’ equity at the end of the period.
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Outstanding at year end
  $ 46,236     $ 39,995  
Approximate weighted-average interest rate at year-end
    0.27 %     1.28 %
Highest amount outstanding as of any month-end during the year
  $ 50,547     $ 53,618  
Approximate average outstanding during the year
  $ 44,887     $ 41,522  
Approximate weighted-average interest during the year
    0.59 %     1.72 %

16


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS
A cautionary note about forward-looking statements: In its oral and written statements, Horizon from time to time includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements can include statements about estimated cost savings, plans and objectives for future operations and expectations about Horizon’s financial and business performance as well as economic and market conditions. They often can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “may,” “could,” “intend,” “project,” “estimate,” “believe” or “anticipate.”
Horizon may include forward-looking statements in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), such as this Form 10-K, in other written materials, and in oral statements made by senior management to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others. It is intended that these forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and Horizon undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
By their nature, forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors. You are cautioned that actual results may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statement. The discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Item 7 of this Form 10-K lists some of the factors that could cause Horizon’s actual results to vary materially from those expressed in or implied by any forward-looking statements. Your attention is directed to this discussion.
Other risks and uncertainties that could affect Horizon’s future performance are set forth immediately below in Item 1A — Risk Factors.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to our Business
As a financial institution, we are subject to a number of risks relating to our day-to-day business.
As a financial institution, we are subject to a number of risks relating to our daily business. Although we undertake a variety of efforts to manage and control those risks, many of the risks are outside of our control. Among the risks we face are the following:
    Credit risk : the risk that loan customers or other parties will be unable to perform their contractual obligations;
 
    Market risk: the risk that changes in market rates and prices will adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operation;
 
    Liquidity risk: the risk that Horizon or the Bank will have insufficient cash or access to cash to meet its operating needs;
 
    Operational risk: the risk of loss resulting from fraud, inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or external events;
 
    Economic risk: the risk that the economy in the Company’s markets could decline further resulting in increased unemployment, decreased real estate values and increased loan charge-offs; and
 
    Compliance risk: the risk of additional action by Horizon’s regulators or additional regulation could hinder the Company’s ability to do business profitably.
Investors should consider carefully these risks and the other risks and uncertainties described below. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results which could cause our stock price to decline. The risks and uncertainties described below are not, however, the only ones that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently believe are not material, could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

17


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
The current economic environment poses significant challenges for us and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain national conditions and local conditions in our markets. The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption since 2008. This presents financial institutions with unprecedented circumstances and challenges which in some cases have resulted in large declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity and significant credit quality problems, including severe volatility in the valuation of real estate and other collateral supporting loans. Our financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to us, but given this volatility, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values and the allowance for loan losses, which could negatively impact our ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. The risks associated with our business become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or slow growth such as we began experiencing in the latter half of 2008 and which continued throughout 2009. Financial institutions continue to be affected by sharp declines in the real estate market and constrained financial markets. While we are taking steps to decrease and limit our exposure to residential construction and land development loans and home equity loans, we nonetheless retain direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets, and we are affected by these events.
Continued declines in real estate values, home sales volumes and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment, including job loss, could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the national economic recession or further deterioration in local economic conditions in our markets could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses and result in the following other consequences: increases in loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase; demand for our products and services may decline; deposits may decrease, which would adversely impact our liquidity position; and collateral for our loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans.
Our financial performance may be adversely impacted if we are unable to continue to grow our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, obtain low-cost funds and compete with other providers of financial services.
Our ability to maintain our history of record earnings year after year will depend, in large part, on our ability to continue to grow our loan portfolios and obtain low-cost funds. For the past four years, we focused on increasing consumer loans, and we intend to continue to emphasize and grow consumer, as well as commercial loans in the foreseeable future. This represented a shift in our emphasis from 2002 and 2003 when we focused on mortgage banking services, which generated a large portion of our income during those years.
We have also funded our growth with low-cost consumer deposits, and our ability to sustain our growth will depend in part on our continued success in attracting and retaining such deposits or finding other sources of low-cost funds.
Another factor in maintaining our history of record earnings will be our ability to expand our scope of available financial services to our customers in an increasingly competitive environment. In addition to other banks, our competitors include credit unions, securities brokers and dealers, mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, investment advisors, and finance and insurance companies. Competition is intense in most of our markets. We compete on price and service with our competitors. Competition could intensify in the future as a result of industry consolidation, the increasing availability of products and services from non-banks, greater technological developments in the industry, and banking reform.
Our commercial and consumer loans expose us to increased credit risks.
We have a large percentage of commercial and consumer loans. Commercial loans generally have greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans because repayment of these loans often depends on the successful business operations of the borrowers. These loans also typically have much larger loan balances than residential mortgage loans. Consumer loans generally involve greater risk than residential mortgage loans because they are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate in value. Although we undertake a variety of underwriting, monitoring and reserving protections with respect to

18


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
these types of loans, there can be no guarantee that we will not suffer unexpected losses, and recently, we have experienced an increase in the default rates in our consumer loan portfolio, particularly relating to indirect auto loans.
Our holdings of construction, land and home equity loans, may pose more credit risk than other types of mortgage loans.
In light of current economic conditions, construction loans, loans secured by commercial real estate and home equity loans are considered more risky than other types of mortgage loans. Due to the disruptions in credit and housing markets, real estate values have decreased in most areas of the U.S., and many of the developers to whom we lend experienced a decline in sales of new homes from their projects. As a result of this market disruption, some of our land and construction loans have become non-performing as developers are unable to build and sell homes in volumes large enough for orderly repayment of loans and as other owners of such real estate (including homeowners) were unable to keep up with their payments. We believe we have established adequate reserves on our financial statements to cover the credit risk of these loan portfolios. However, there can be no assurance that losses will not exceed our reserves, and ultimately result in a material level of charge-offs, which could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and capital.
The allowance for loan losses may prove inadequate or be negatively affected by credit risk exposures.
Our business depends on the creditworthiness of our customers. We periodically review the allowance for loan and lease losses for adequacy considering economic conditions and trends, collateral values, and credit quality indicators, including past charge-off experience and levels of past due loans and non-performing assets. There is no certainty that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in the portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets. If the credit quality of the customer base materially decreases, if the risk profile of a market, industry or group of customers changes materially, or if the allowance for loan losses is not adequate, our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Changes in market interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense that we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our profitability depends on our ability to manage our assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates. If rates increase rapidly as a result of an improving economy, we may have to increase the rates paid on our deposits and borrowed funds more quickly than loans and investments re-price, resulting in a negative impact on interest spreads and net interest income. The impact of rising rates could be compounded if deposit customers move funds from savings accounts to higher rate certificate of deposit accounts. Conversely, should market interest rates fall below current levels, our net interest margin could also be negatively affected, as competitive pressures could keep us from further reducing rates on our deposits, and prepayments and curtailments on assets may continue. Such movements may cause a decrease in our interest rate spread and net interest margin, and therefore, decrease our profitability.
Changes in interest rates also could affect loan volume. For instance, an increase in interest rates could cause a decrease in the demand for mortgage loans, which could result in a significant decline in our revenue stream.
We also are subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or may make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. Decreases in interest rates often result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance their loans to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments in loans or other investments that have interest rates that are comparable to the interest rates on existing loans and securities.

19


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
A continued economic slowdown in Northwestern Indiana and Southwestern Michigan could affect our business.
Our primary market area for deposits and loans consists of LaPorte and Porter Counties in Northwestern Indiana and Berrien County in Southwestern Michigan. During 2009, unemployment rates increased in our primary market area, resulting in a rise in consumer delinquencies and bankruptcy filings. The continued economic slowdown could hurt our business. The possible consequences of such a continued downturn could include the following:
    increases in loan delinquencies and foreclosures;
 
    declines in the value of real estate and other collateral for loans;
 
    an increase in loans charged off;
 
    a decline in the demand for our products and services;
 
    an increase in non-accrual loans and other real estate owned.
Additional increases in deposit insurance premiums could have an adverse effect on our future earnings.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the Bank’s deposits up to certain limits and charges us premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Bank elected to participate in the part of the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program that provides increased coverage for noninterest bearing transaction accounts, and this participation has resulted in an increase in the Bank’s insurance premiums.
Due to recent bank failures, the Deposit Insurance Fund has fallen below the statutory minimum reserve ratio. The FDIC expects a higher ratio of insured institution failures in the next few years, which may result in a continued decline in the reserve ratio. The FDIC has recently made changes to the deposit insurance assessment system requiring riskier institutions to pay a larger share of premiums. See “Item 1. Business — Deposit Insurance.” Our FDIC insurance premiums (including the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments) were $2.1 million in 2009 including the special assessment of $663,000, compared to $546,000 in 2008 including the reduction for one-time assessment credits of $144,000.
Horizon is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that Horizon is required to pay for FDIC insurance. As a result, Horizon may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums in the future. Any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common shares at the current rate.
Financial problems at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis may adversely affect our ability to borrow monies in the future and our income.
Horizon owns $11.0 million of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLBI”) and has outstanding borrowings of over $142.8 million with the FHLBI. The FHLBI stock entitles us to dividends from the FHLBI. Horizon recognized dividend income of approximately $315,000 and $520,000 in 2009 and 2008. Due to various financial difficulties in the financial institution industry in 2008, including the write-down of various mortgage-backed securities held by the FHLBI (which lowered its regulatory capital levels), the FHLBI temporarily suspended dividends during the first quarter of 2009. When the dividends were finally paid, they were reduced from the dividend rate paid for the previous quarter. Moreover, the net income of the FHLBI in 2009 declined from that in 2008. Continued and additional financial difficulties at the FHLBI could further reduce or eliminate the dividends we receive from the FHLBI.
Horizon’s total borrowing capacity with the FHLBI is currently $238.0 million. Generally, the loan terms from the FHLBI are better than the terms Horizon can receive from other sources making it cheaper to borrow money from the FHLBI. Continued and additional financial difficulties at the FHLBI could reduce or eliminate our additional borrowing capacity with the FHLBI which could force us to borrow money from other sources. Such other monies may not be available when we need them or, more likely, will be available at higher interest rates and on less advantageous terms, which will impact our net income and could impact our ability to grow.

20


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
The preparation of our financial statements requires the use of estimates that may vary from actual results.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. One of our most critical estimates is the level of the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute assurance that we will not have to increase the allowance for loan losses and/or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the provided allowance.
Our mortgage warehouse and indirect lending operations are subject to a higher fraud risk than our other lending operations.
We buy loans originated by mortgage bankers and automobile dealers. Because we must rely on the mortgage bankers and automobile dealers in making and documenting these loans, there is an increased risk of fraud to us on the part of the third-party originators and the underlying borrowers. In order to guard against this increased risk, we perform investigations on the loan originators with whom we do business, and we review the loan files and loan documents we purchase to attempt to detect any irregularities or legal noncompliance. However, there is no guarantee that our procedures will detect all cases of fraud or legal noncompliance.
We are exposed to intangible asset risk; specifically, our goodwill may become impaired.
A significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, or slower growth rates could result in further impairment of goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge, which could be materially adverse to our operating results and financial position. For further discussion, see Notes 1 and 9, “Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Intangible Assets”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 7. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The TARP lending goals may not be attainable and may adversely affect our business and asset quality.
Congress and the bank regulators have encouraged recipients of TARP capital, including Horizon, to use such capital to make more loans, and it may not be possible to safely, soundly and profitably make sufficient loans to creditworthy persons in the current economy to satisfy such goals. Congressional demands for additional lending by TARP capital recipients, and regulatory demands for demonstrating and reporting such lending are increasing. On November 12, 2008, the bank regulatory agencies issued a statement encouraging banks to, among other things, “lend prudently and responsibly to creditworthy borrowers” and to “work with borrowers to preserve homeownership and avoid preventable foreclosures.” Horizon continues to lend (and have been able to expand our lending using the funds Horizon received through the Capital Purchase Program) and to report our lending to the U.S. Treasury. The future demands for additional lending, however, are unclear and uncertain, and Horizon could be forced to make loans that involve risks or terms that Horizon would not otherwise find acceptable or in our shareholders’ best interest. Such loans could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and may be in conflict with bank regulations and requirements as to liquidity and capital. The profitability of funding such loans using deposits may also be adversely affected by increased FDIC insurance premiums.
We are subject to extensive regulation and changes in laws, regulations and policies could adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal agencies. See “Supervision and Regulation” in the description of our Business in Part I of this Form 10-K for detailed information on the laws and regulations to which we are subject. As apparent from the recent Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (EESA), Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) legislation, changes in applicable laws, regulations or regulator policies can materially affect our business. The likelihood of any major changes in the future and their effects are impossible to determine.

21


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
In addition to the EESA, TARP and ARRA mentioned above, federal and state governments could pass additional legislation responsive to current credit conditions. As an example, Horizon Bank could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action that reduces the amount the Bank’s borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts. Also, Horizon Bank could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action that limits its ability to foreclose on property or other collateral or makes foreclosure less economically feasible.
The new laws described above, together with additional actions announced by the U.S. Treasury Department (Treasury) and other regulatory agencies continue to develop. It is not clear at this time what impact, EESA, TARP, other liquidity and funding initiatives of the Treasury and other bank regulatory agencies that have been previously announced, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future, will have on the financial markets and the financial services industry. The extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced could continue to effect the U.S. banking industry and the broader U.S. and global economies, which will have an affect on all financial institutions, including Horizon.
Our inability to continue to accurately process large volumes of transactions could adversely impact our business and financial results.
In the normal course of business, we process large volumes of transactions. If systems of internal control should fail to work as expected, if systems are used in an unauthorized manner, or if employees subvert the system of internal controls, significant losses could result.
We process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis and are exposed to numerous types of operational risk. Operational risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems includes the risk of fraud by persons inside or outside the company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and systems, and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of the operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards.
We establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls that are designed to provide us with timely and accurate information about our level of operational risk. While not foolproof, these systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate, cost-effective levels. Procedures also exist that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed. From time to time, losses from operational risk may occur, including the effects of operational errors.
While we continually monitor and improve the system of internal controls, data processing systems and corporate-wide processes and procedures, there can be no assurance that future losses will not occur.
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default by our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations or earnings.

22


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Risks Related to our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell our common stock at times or at prices you find attractive.
Although our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, our stock price constantly changes (sometimes dramatically), and we expect our stock price to continue to fluctuate in the future. Our stock price is impacted by a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control.
These factors include:
    variations in our operating results or the quality of our assets;
 
    operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;
 
    increase in loan losses, non-performing loans and other real estate owned;
 
    changes in expectations as to our future financial performance;
 
    announcements of new products, strategic developments, acquisitions and other material events by us or our competitors;
 
    the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to us;
 
    actual or anticipated sales of our equity or equity-related securities;
 
    our past and future dividend practice;
 
    our creditworthiness;
 
    interest rates;
 
    the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing;
 
    developments with respect to financial institutions generally; and
 
    economic, financial, geopolitical, regulatory, congressional or judicial events that affect us or the financial markets.
In addition the stock market in general has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies and particularly those in the financial services and banking sector, including for reasons unrelated to their operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect our stock price, notwithstanding our operating results.
Because our stock is thinly traded, it may be more difficult for you to sell your shares or buy additional shares when you desire to do so and the price may be volatile.
Although our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ stock market since December 2001, our common stock is thinly traded. The prices of thinly traded stocks, such as ours, are typically more volatile than stocks traded in a large, active public market and can be more easily impacted by sales or purchases of large blocks of stock. Thinly traded stocks are also less liquid, and because of the low volume of trades, you may be unable to sell your shares when you desire to do so.
Because of our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Horizon is subject to various restrictions on dividends, share repurchases and executive compensation.
Horizon is a participant in the Capital Purchase Program, which is a component program of the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) established by the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”). Pursuant to the agreements Horizon entered into as part of the Capital Purchase Program, Horizon is unable to declare dividend payments on our common shares if Horizon is in arrears on the payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares Horizon issued to the U.S. Treasury. Further, Horizon is not permitted to increase dividends on our common shares above the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per common share declared prior to October 14, 2008 ($0.17 per common share) without the U.S. Treasury’s approval until December 23, 2011, unless all of the Series A Preferred Shares have been redeemed or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to unaffiliated third parties.

23


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
In addition, our ability to repurchase our shares is restricted. The consent of the U.S. Treasury generally is required for us to make any share repurchase (other than in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) until December 23, 2011, unless all of the Series A Preferred Shares have been redeemed or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to unaffiliated third parties. Further, our common shares may not be repurchased if Horizon is in arrears on the payment of Series A Preferred Share dividends to the U.S. Treasury.
As a recipient of government funding under the Capital Purchase Program, Horizon must also comply with the executive compensation and corporate governance standards imposed by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) and the standards established by the Secretary of the Treasury under the ARRA, for so long as the U.S. Treasury holds any of our securities or upon exercise of the Warrant Horizon issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the Capital Purchase Program, excluding any period during which the U.S. Treasury holds only the Warrant (the “TARP Period”). Effective June 15, 2009, the Secretary of the Treasury established executive compensation and corporate governance standards applicable to TARP recipients, including Horizon, by promulgating an Interim Final Rule under 31 C.F.R. Part 30 (the “Interim Final Rule”). The ARRA and the Interim Final Rule impose limitations on our executive compensation practices by:
    Limiting the deductibility, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of compensation paid to any of our Senior Executive Officers (as defined in the Interim Final Rule) to $500,000 per year;
 
    Prohibiting the payment or accrual of any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation to our five most highly-compensated employees, except in the form and under the limited circumstances permitted by the Interim Final Rule;
 
    Prohibiting the payment of golden parachute payments (as defined in the Interim Final Rule) to our Senior Executive Officers or any of our next five most highly-compensated employees upon a departure from Horizon or due to a change in control of Horizon, except for payments for services performed or benefits accrued;
 
    Requiring Horizon to “clawback” any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation paid (or under a legally binding obligation to be paid) to a Senior Executive Officer or any of our next 20 most highly-compensated employees if the payment was based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
 
    Prohibiting Horizon from maintaining any employee compensation plan (as defined in the Interim Final Rule) that would encourage the manipulation of our reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any of our employees;
 
    Prohibiting Horizon from maintaining compensation plans and arrangements for our Senior Executive Officers that encourage our Senior Executive Officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of Horizon;
 
    Prohibiting Horizon from providing (formally or informally) “gross-ups” to any of our Senior Executive Officers or our next 20 most highly-compensated employees; and
 
    Subjecting any bonus, retention award or other compensation paid before February 17, 2009 to our Senior Executive Officers or our next 20 most highly-compensated employees to retroactive review by the U.S. Treasury to determine whether any such payments were inconsistent with the purposes of TARP or otherwise contrary to the public interest.
The ARRA and the Interim Final Rule also required that the Horizon Board of Directors adopt a Company-wide policy regarding “excessive or luxury expenditures,” which Horizon has done.
Although Horizon was already in compliance with many of these standards and limitations prior to its participation in the Capital Purchase Program and the subsequent adoption of the ARRA and the Interim Final Rule, these standards and limitations decrease (in some cases substantially) Horizon’s discretion over certain decisions regarding its dividend practices and how it compensates its executive officers and other employees. The limitations on compensation may have the effect of limiting Horizon’s ability to attract and retain executive officers and other employees which will be detrimental to our long-term success.

24


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Our ability to repurchase the preferred shares issued to the U.S. Treasury (and therefore obtain relief from the limitations and restrictions of TARP and ARRA) is limited.
The rules and policies applicable to recipients of capital under the TARP Capital Purchase Program continue to evolve and their scope, timing and effect cannot be predicted. Any redemption of the securities sold to the U.S. Treasury to avoid these restrictions would require prior Federal Reserve and U.S. Treasury approval. Based on recently issued Federal Reserve guidelines, institutions seeking to redeem the preferred stock issued pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program must demonstrate an ability to access the long-term debt markets without reliance on the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, successfully demonstrate access to public equity markets and meet a number of additional requirements and considerations before Horizon can redeem any securities sold to the U.S. Treasury. Therefore, it is uncertain if Horizon will be able to redeem such securities even if Horizon has sufficient financial resources to do so.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation, our by-laws, and Indiana law may delay or prevent an acquisition of us by a third party.
Our articles of incorporation and by-laws and Indiana law contain provisions which have certain anti-takeover effects. While the purpose of these provisions is to strengthen the negotiating position of the board in the event of a hostile takeover attempt, the overall effects of these provisions may be to render more difficult or discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a larger block of our shares, and the removal of incumbent directors and key management.
Our articles of incorporation provide for a staggered board, which means that only one-third of our board can be replaced by shareholders at any annual meeting. Our articles also provide that our directors may only be removed without cause by shareholders owning 70% or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, our articles provide that only our board of directors, and not our shareholders, may adopt, alter, amend and repeal our by-laws.
Our articles also preempt Indiana law with respect to business combinations with a person who acquires 10% or more of our common stock and provide that such transactions are subject to independent and super-majority shareholder approval requirements unless certain pricing and board pre-approval requirements are satisfied.
Our by-laws do not permit cumulative voting of shareholders in the election of directors, allowing the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares to control the election of all our directors, and our directors are elected by plurality (not majority) voting. Our by-laws also establish detailed procedures that shareholders must follow if they desire to nominate directors for election or otherwise present issues for consideration at a shareholders’ meeting. We also have a mandatory retirement age for directors.
These and other provisions of our governing documents and Indiana law are intended to provide the board of directors with the negotiating leverage to achieve a more favorable outcome for our shareholders in the event of an offer for the company. However, there is no assurance that these same anti-takeover provisions could not have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might be in the best interest of our shareholders.

25


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The main office and full service branch of Horizon and the Bank is located at 515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana. The building located across the street from the main office of Horizon and the Bank, at 502 Franklin Square, houses the credit administration, operations, facilities and purchasing, and information technology departments of the Bank. In addition to these principal facilities, the Bank has 18 sales offices located at:
         
3631 South Franklin Street
  Michigan City   Indiana
113 West First Street
  Wanatah   Indiana
1500 West Lincolnway
  LaPorte   Indiana
423 South Roosevelt Street
  Chesterton   Indiana
4208 North Calumet
  Valparaiso   Indiana
902 Lincolnway
  Valparaiso   Indiana
2650 Willowcreek Road
  Portage   Indiana
8590 Broadway
  Merrillville   Indiana
10429 Calumet Avenue
  Munster   Indiana
233 South Main Street
  South Bend   Indiana
1909 East Bristol Street
  Elkhart   Indiana
4574 Elkhart Road
  Goshen   Indiana
811 Ship Street
  St. Joseph   Michigan
2608 Niles Road
  St. Joseph   Michigan
1041 East Napier Avenue
  Benton Harbor   Michigan
500 West Buffalo Street
  New Buffalo   Michigan
13696 Redarrow Highway
  Harbert   Michigan
6801 West U.S. 12
  Three Oaks   Michigan
Horizon owns all of the facilities, except for the South Bend, Indiana office, which is leased from a third party.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Horizon and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of their business. Management does not expect that the outcome of any such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
ITEM 4. RESERVED
SPECIAL ITEM: EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
             
Robert C. Dabagia
    71     Chairman of Horizon since 1998; Chief Executive Officer of Horizon and the Bank until July 1, 2001.
 
           
Craig M. Dwight
    53     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since January 2003; President and Chief Executive Officer of Horizon and the Bank since July 1, 2001.
 
           
Thomas H. Edwards
    57     President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank since January 2003.
 
           
Mark E. Secor
    43     Chief Financial Officer of Horizon and the Bank since January 2009. Vice President, Chief Investment and Asset Liability Manager since June 2007, Chief Financial Officer of St. Joseph Capital Corp., Mishawaka, Indiana since January 2004.
 
           
James D. Neff
    50     Corporate Secretary of Horizon since 2007; Executive Vice President-Mortgage Banking of the Bank since January 2004; Senior Vice President of the Bank since October 1999.
 
           
Donald E. Radde
    57     Market President for Southwest Michigan for the Bank since January 2004.

26


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Repurchases of Securities
There were no purchases by the Company of its common stock during the fourth quarter of 2009.
Performance Graph
The Securities and Exchange Commission requires Horizon to include a line graph comparing Horizon’s cumulative five-year total shareholder returns on the Common Shares with market and industry returns over the past five years. SNL Financial LC prepared the following graph. The return represented in the graph assumes the investment of $100 on January 1, 2005, and further assumes reinvestment of all dividends. The Common Shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market February 1, 2007. Prior to that date, the Common Shares were traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
                                                                 
 
      Period Ending
        December 31     December 31     December 31     December 31     December 31     December 31  
  Index     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 
Horizon Bancorp
      100.00         99.16         105.41         100.72         51.30         69.69    
 
Russell 2000
      100.00         104.55         123.76         121.82         80.66         102.58    
 
SNL Bank $1B-$5B
      100.00         98.29         113.74         82.85         68.72         49.26    
 
     
Source : SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA   (434) 977-1600
     
© 2010   www.snl.com

27


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
The following chart, prepared by the investment banking firm of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods compares the change in market price of Horizon’s stock to that of publicly traded banks in Indiana and Michigan.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
                                                                 
 
      Period Ending
        December 31     December 31     December 31     December 31     December 31     December 31  
  Index     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 
Horizon Bancorp
      100.00         95.10         99.60         93.10         45.40         58.90    
 
Indiana Banks
      100.00         101.70         110.50         81.60         84.00         54.70    
 
Michigan Banks
      100.00         99.80         100.80         53.20         24.70         14.50    
 
The other information regarding Horizon’s common stock is included under the caption “Horizon’s Common Stock and Related Stockholders’ Matters” in Item 8 below, which is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The information required under this item is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the caption “Summary of Selected Financial Data” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

28


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
Overview
Horizon Bancorp (“Horizon” or the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company incorporated in Indiana and headquartered in Michigan City, Indiana. Horizon provides a broad range of banking services in Northwestern Indiana and Southwestern Michigan through its bank subsidiary, Horizon Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and other affiliated entities. Horizon’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol HBNC. The Bank was chartered as a national banking association in 1873 and has operated continuously since that time. The Bank is a full-service commercial bank offering commercial and retail banking services, corporate and individual trust and agency services, and other services incident to banking.
Horizon continues to operate in a challenging and uncertain economic environment. Within the Company’s primary market areas of Northwest Indiana and Southwest Michigan unemployment rates have increased over the last year. This rise in unemployment has been driven by factors including slowdowns in the steel and recreational vehicle industries as well as a continued slowdown in the housing industry. Like numerous other parts of the country, Northwest Indiana and Southwest Michigan are experiencing a rise in consumer delinquencies and bankruptcy filings as a result of increased unemployment rates. Despite these economic factors, Horizon continued to post positive results through 2009.
Following are some highlights of Horizons financial performance through during 2009:
    Horizon’s net income for the year ending December 31, 2009 was $9.14 million, which exceeded the net income from 2008 of $8.97 million and represents Horizon’s tenth consecutive year of record earnings.
 
    The net interest margin for 2009 was 3.66%, an increase over the margin of 3.45% during 2008.
 
    Horizon experienced steady residential mortgage loan volume through out 2009 providing $6.1 million of non-interest income from the gain on sale of mortgage loans.
 
    Horizon’s provision for loan loss increased by approximately $6.0 million from 2008, increasing the ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans to 1.80% at December 31, 2009.
 
    Horizon’s net loans charged off during the fourth quarter decreased compared to the net loans charged off in each of the previous three quarters of 2009.
 
    Horizon’s balance of Other Real Estate Owned of $1.7 million at December 31, 2009 was at its lowest level since September 30, 2008.
 
    Horizon’s non-performing loans increased by $9.3 million during 2009.
 
    Horizon’s non-performing loans to total loans ratio as of December 31, 2009 was 1.92%, which compares favorably to National and State of Indiana peer averages 1 of 4.48% and 2.71% of total loans as of September 30, 2009.
 
    Horizon’s capital ratios continue to be above the regulatory minimums for well-capitalized banks.
 
    At the end of the fourth quarter of 2009, Horizon announced the purchase of substantially all of the banking-related assets and assumption of all the deposits and certain other liabilities of American Trust & Savings Bank located in Whiting, Indiana.
Critical Accounting Policies
The notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2009 contain a summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies. Certain of these policies are important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Management has identified the allowance for loan losses, intangible assets and hedge accounting as critical accounting policies.
 
1   National peer group: Consists of all insured commercial banks having assets between $1 Billion and $10 Billion as reported by the Uniform Bank Performance Report as of September 30, 2009. Indiana peer group: Consists of 18 publicly traded banks all headquartered in the State of Indiana as reported by the Uniform Bank Performance Reports as of September 30, 2009.

29


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Allowance for Loan Losses
An allowance for loan losses is maintained to absorb probable incurred loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy that involves management’s ongoing quarterly assessments of the probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The identification of loans that have probable incurred losses is subjective, therefore, a general reserve is maintained to cover all probable losses within the entire loan portfolio. Horizon utilizes a loan grading system that helps identify, monitor and address asset quality problems in an adequate and timely manner. Each quarter, various factors affecting the quality of the loan portfolio are reviewed. Large credits are reviewed on an individual basis for loss potential. Other loans are reviewed as a group based upon previous trends of loss experience. Horizon also reviews the current and anticipated economic conditions of its lending market as well as transaction risk to determine the effect they may have on the loss experience of the loan portfolio.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Management believes that the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets also involves a higher degree of judgment than most other significant accounting policies. FASB ASC 350-10 establishes standards for the amortization of acquired intangible assets and impairment assessment of goodwill. At December 31, 2009, Horizon had core deposit intangibles of $1.4 million subject to amortization and $5.8 million of goodwill, which is not subject to amortization. Goodwill arising from business combinations represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible assets in the business acquired. Horizon’s goodwill relates to the value inherent in the banking industry and that value is dependent upon the ability of Horizon to provide quality, cost effective banking services in a competitive marketplace. The goodwill value is supported by revenue that is in part driven by the volume of business transacted. A decrease in earnings resulting from a decline in the customer base or the inability to deliver cost effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill that could adversely affect earnings in future periods. FASB ASC 350-10 requires an annual evaluation of goodwill for impairment. The evaluation of goodwill for impairment requires the use of estimates and assumptions. Market price at the close of business on December 31, 2009 was $16.22 per share compared to a book value of $27.67 per common share. Horizon reported record earnings for the tenth consecutive year in 2009 and believes the decline in market price relates to an overall decline in the financial industry sector and is not specific to Horizon. Horizon engaged a third party to perform an impairment test of its goodwill in 2009. The evaluation included an income approach using a discounted cash flow based on earnings capacity as a long term investment. The impairment test was performed as of November 30, 2009 and provided support that no impairment to the Company’s goodwill was required based on its results.
The financial markets are currently reflecting significantly lower valuations for the stocks of financial institutions, when compared to historic valuation metrics, largely driven by the constriction in available credit and losses suffered related to residential mortgage markets. The Company’s stock activity, as well as the price, has been affected by the economic conditions affecting the banking industry in 2009. Management believes this downturn has impacted the Company’s stock and have concluded that the recent stock price is not indicative or reflective of fair value (per ASC Topic 820 Fair Value).
Due to the evaluation being done as of November 30, 2009, the financial results for December 2009 were anticipated and included as part of this analysis. Horizon has concluded that, based on its own internal evaluation and the independent impairment test conducted by a third party, the recorded value of goodwill is not impaired.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through the sale of financial assets on a servicing-retained basis. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated regularly for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying servicing rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates, original loan terms and whether the loans are fixed or adjustable rate mortgages. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. When the book value of an individual stratum exceeds its fair value, an impairment reserve is recognized so that each individual stratum is carried at the lower of its amortized book value or fair value. In periods of falling market interest rates,

30


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
accelerated loan prepayment speeds can adversely affect the fair value of these mortgage-servicing rights relative to their book value. In the event that the fair value of these assets was to increase in the future, Horizon can recognize the increased fair value to the extent of the impairment allowance but cannot recognize an asset in excess of its amortized book value. Future changes in management’s assessment of the impairment of these servicing assets, as a result of changes in observable market data relating to market interest rates, loan prepayment speeds, and other factors, could impact Horizon’s financial condition and results of operations either positively or adversely.
Generally, when market interest rates decline and other factors favorable to prepayments occur, there is a corresponding increase in prepayments as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. When a mortgage loan is prepaid, the anticipated cash flows associated with servicing that loan are terminated, resulting in a reduction of the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights. To the extent that actual borrower prepayments do not react as anticipated by the prepayment model (i.e., the historical data observed in the model does not correspond to actual market activity), it is possible that the prepayment model could fail to accurately predict mortgage prepayments and could result in significant earnings volatility. To estimate prepayment speeds, Horizon utilizes a third-party prepayment model, which is based upon statistically derived data linked to certain key principal indicators involving historical borrower prepayment activity associated with mortgage loans in the secondary market, current market interest rates and other factors, including Horizon’s own historical prepayment experience. For purposes of model valuation, estimates are made for each product type within the mortgage servicing rights portfolio on a monthly basis.
Derivative Instruments
As part of the Company’s asset/liability management program, Horizon utilizes, from time-to-time, interest rate floors, caps or swaps to reduce the Company’s sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations. These are derivative instruments, which are recorded as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair values of derivatives are reported in the consolidated income statements or other comprehensive income (“OCI”) depending on the use of the derivative and whether the instrument qualifies for hedge accounting. The key criterion for the hedge accounting is that the hedged relationship must be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in those cash flows that are attributable to the hedged risk, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis.
Horizon’s accounting policies related to derivatives reflect the guidance in FASB ASC 815-10. Derivatives that qualify for the hedge accounting treatment are designated as either: a hedge of the fair value of the recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge) or a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge). For fair value hedges, the cumulative change in fair value of both the hedge instruments and the underlying loans is recorded in non-interest income. For cash flow hedges, changes in the fair values of the derivative instruments are reported in OCI to the extent the hedge is effective. The gains and losses on derivative instruments that are reported in OCI are reflected in the consolidated income statement in the periods in which the results of operations are impacted by the variability of the cash flows of the hedged item. Generally, net interest income is increased or decreased by amounts receivable or payable with respect to the derivatives, which qualify for hedge accounting. At inception of the hedge, Horizon establishes the method it uses for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging derivative and the measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge. The ineffective portion of the hedge, if any, is recognized currently in the consolidated statements of income. Horizon excludes the time value expiration of the hedge when measuring ineffectiveness.
Valuation Measurements
Valuation methodologies often involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when there are no observable active markets for the items being valued. Investment securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale and derivatives are carried at fair value, as defined in FASB ASC 820, which requires key judgments affecting how fair value for such assets and liabilities is determined. In addition, the outcomes of valuations have a direct bearing on the carrying amounts of goodwill, mortgage servicing rights, and pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations. To determine the values of these assets and liabilities, as well as the extent, to which related assets may be impaired, management makes assumptions and estimates related to discount rates, asset returns, prepayment rates and other factors. The use of different discount

31


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
rates or other valuation assumptions could produce significantly different results, which could affect Horizon’s results of operations.
Analysis of Financial Condition
Horizon’s total assets were $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2009, an increase of $80.2 million from December 31, 2008. Due to the economic environment the financial institution industry was experiencing at the beginning of 2009, management determined it would be prudent to maintain higher liquidity levels. During that same time the Company’s mortgage warehouse business line was experiencing significant growth due to the increase in mortgage loan refinancing activity, and this also created a need for additional liquidity. Management put into place several successful strategies during the first quarter of 2009 to generate the additional liquidity. As a result, the Company maintained excess cash and cash equivalents at the end of the first quarter and throughout most of the second quarter of 2009. A significant portion of that additional liquidity was generated from municipal money market deposits. This funding was designed to match the growth of assets in the mortgage warehouse business line and provide additional liquidity without utilizing asset based collateral borrowings or federal fund lines. During the second and third quarters the additional funding from the municipal money market accounts was moved out of the Bank and cash and cash equivalents and the municipal money market accounts were back to more historic levels but as we moved through the fourth quarter a significant portion of those additional funds were brought back into the Bank. Although the Bank does not anticipate a need to maintain the level of excess liquidity as it did in the first half of the 2009, it will continue to provide deposit services to our local municipalities who require a safe and secure institution to maintain their funds.
Investment Securities
Investment securities totaled $344.8 million at December 31, 2009, and consisted of U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities of $20.1 million (5.8%); state and municipal securities of $120.8 million ($109.1 million are available for sale and $11.7 million are held to maturity)(35.0%); federal agency mortgage-backed pools of $118.7 million (34.4%); federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations of $84.9 million (24.6%); and corporate securities of $342,000 (0.2%).
As indicated above, 59.0% of the investment portfolio consists of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Approximately 2.2% of the portfolio or $7.6 million are private label collateralized mortgage obligations, the remainder are issued by agencies of the Federal Government. The private label securities generally have loan to value ratios of approximately 50% and management feels these securities are not impaired. These instruments are secured by residential mortgages of varying maturities. Principal and interest payments are received monthly as the underlying mortgages are repaid. These payments also include prepayments of mortgage balances as borrowers either sell their homes or refinance their mortgages. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations have maturities that are stated in terms of average life. The average life is the average amount of time that each dollar of principal is expected to be outstanding. As of December 31, 2009, the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations in the investment portfolio had an average life of 3.9 years. Securities that have interest rates above current market rates are purchased at a premium. These securities may experience a significant increase in prepayments when lower market interest rates create an incentive for the borrower to refinance the underlying mortgage as occurred during 2009. This may result in a decrease of current income, however, this risk is mitigated by a shorter average life.
Available-for-sale municipal securities are priced by a third party using a pricing grid which estimates prices based on recent sales of similar securities. All municipal securities are investment grade or local non-rated issues and management does not believe there is permanent deterioration in market value.
At December 31, 2009, 96.6% and at December 31, 2008, 99.5% of investment securities were classified as available for sale. Securities classified as available for sale are carried at their fair value, with both unrealized gains and losses recorded, net of tax, directly to stockholders’ equity. Net appreciation on these securities totaled $8.4 million, which resulted in a balance of $5.4 million, net of tax, included in stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2009. This compared to a $1.2 million, net of tax, included in stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2008.

32


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Effective January 1, 2008, Horizon adopted a portion of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. This accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
     
Level 1
  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
   
Level 2
  Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
   
Level 3
  Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
When quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include U.S. Treasury securities and corporate notes. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include Federal agency securities, State and municipal securities, Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations and Federal agency mortgage-backed pools. For level 2 securities, Horizon uses a third party service to determine fair value. In performing the valuations, the pricing service relies on models that consider security-specific details as well as relevant industry and economic factors. The most significant of these inputs are quoted market prices, interest rate spreads on relevant benchmark securities and certain prepayment assumptions. To verify the reasonableness of the fair value determination by the service, Horizon has a portion of the level 2 securities priced by an independent securities broker dealer.
Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, deemed temporary, are recorded, net of income tax, in a separate component of other comprehensive income on the balance sheet. No unrealized losses were deemed to be “other-than-temporary”.
Horizon had four private label CMO’s at December 31, 2009, with an amortized cost of $7.8 million and carried at a market value of $7.6 million. The gross unrealized loss on the investments at December 31, 2009 was $205,000. Management monitors these investments periodically for other than temporary impairment by obtaining and reviewing the underlying collateral details and has concluded at December 31, 2009 this unrealized loss is temporary and that the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investments to maturity.
As a member of the Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank systems, Horizon is required to maintain an investment in the common stock of each entity. The investment in common stock is based on a predetermined formula. At December 31, 2009 Horizon had investments in the common stock of the Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $13.2 million and at December 31, 2008 investments totaled $12.6 million.
At December 31, 2009, Horizon does not maintain a trading account.
For more information about securities, see Note 3 (Investment Securities) to the consolidated financial statements.

33


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Loans
Total loans, the principal earning asset of the Bank, were $886.3 million at December 31, 2009. The current level of loans is an increase of 0.5% from the December 31, 2008, level of $882.0 million. The table below provides comparative detail on the loan categories.
                                 
    December 31   December 31   Dollar   Percent
    2009   2008   Change   Change
     
Real estate loans
                               
1–4 family
  $ 128,373     $ 160,661     $ (32,288 )     -20.1 %
Other
    5,519       7,105       (1,586 )     -22.3 %
             
Total
    133,892       167,766       (33,874 )     -20.2 %
 
                               
Commercial loans
                               
Working capital and equipment
    167,149       161,848       5,301       3.3 %
Real estate, including agriculture
    135,639       136,376       (737 )     -0.5 %
Tax exempt
    3,247       3,258       (11 )     -0.3 %
Other
    8,482       9,360       (878 )     -9.4 %
             
Total
    314,517       310,842       3,675       1.2 %
 
                               
Consumer loans
                               
Auto
    146,270       160,685       (14,415 )     -9.0 %
Recreation
    5,321       6,985       (1,664 )     -23.8 %
Real estate/home improvement
    32,009       35,407       (3,398 )     -9.6 %
Home equity
    83,412       72,628       10,784       14.8 %
Unsecured
    2,222       2,124       98       4.6 %
Other
    1,976       2,243       (267 )     -11.9 %
             
Total
    271,210       280,072       (8,862 )     -3.2 %
 
                               
Mortgage warehouse loans
                               
Prime
    166,698       115,939       50,759       43.8 %
Sub-prime
          7,348       (7,348 )     -100.0 %
             
Total
    166,698       123,287       43,411       35.2 %
             
Total loans
  $ 886,317     $ 881,967     $ 4,350       0.5 %
             
The acceptance and management of credit risk is an integral part of the Bank’s business as a financial intermediary. The Bank has established underwriting standards including a policy that monitors the lending function through strict administrative and reporting requirements as well as an internal loan review of consumer and small business loans. The Bank also uses an independent third-party loan review function that regularly reviews asset quality.
Real Estate Loans
Real estate loans totaled $133.9 million or 15.1% of total loans as of December 31, 2009, compared to $167.8 million or 19.0% of total loans as of December 31, 2008. This category consists of home mortgages that generally require a loan to value of no more than 80%. Some special guaranteed or insured real estate loan programs do permit a higher loan to collateral value ratio.
In addition to the customary real estate loans described above, the Bank also has outstanding on December 31, 2009, $83.4 million in home equity lines of credit compared to $72.6 million at December 31, 2008. Credit lines normally limit the loan to collateral value to no more than 89%. These loans are classified as consumer loans in the table above and in Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements.

34


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Residential real estate lending is a highly competitive business. As of December 31, 2009, the real estate loan portfolio reflected a wide range of interest rates and repayment patterns, but could generally be categorized as follows:
                                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
            Percent of                   Percent of    
    Amount   Portfolio   Yield   Amount   Portfolio   Yield
     
Fixed rate
                                               
Monthly payment
  $ 24,237       18.1 %     5.94 %   $ 36,278       21.6 %     6.29 %
Biweekly payment
    1,579       1.2 %     6.71 %     2,276       1.4 %     6.45 %
Adjustable rate
                                               
Monthly payment
    108,072       80.7 %     5.68 %     129,201       77.0 %     5.96 %
Biweekly payment
    4       0.0 %     3.75 %     11       0.0 %     5.78 %
                         
Total
  $ 133,892       100.0 %     5.74 %   $ 167,766       100.0 %     6.04 %
                         
During 2009 and 2008, approximately $339.4 million and $183.2 million of residential mortgages were sold into the secondary market. The 2008 amount includes approximately $37.7 million of loans that were transferred to held for sale from the real estate loan portfolio and were subsequently sold during the first quarter to reduce Horizon’s reliance on non-core funding and improve Horizon Bank’s capital ratios.
In addition to the real estate loan portfolio, the Bank sells real estate loans and retains the servicing rights. Loans serviced for others are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others totaled approximately $313.3 million and $79.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The Bank began capitalizing mortgage servicing rights during 2000 and the aggregate fair value of capitalized mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2009, totaled approximately $3.5 million. Comparable market values and a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows were used to estimate fair value. For purposes of measuring impairment, risk characteristics including product type, investor type and interest rates, were used to stratify the originated mortgage servicing rights.
                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Mortgage servicing rights
                       
Balances, January 1
  $ 732     $ 276     $ 248  
Servicing rights capitalized
    2,807       634       79  
Amortization of servicing rights
    (529 )     (178 )     (51 )
     
 
    3,010       732       276  
Impairment allowance
    (139 )     (4 )     (7 )
     
Balances, December 31
  $ 2,871     $ 728     $ 269  
     
Commercial Loans
Commercial loans totaled $314.5 million, or 35.5% of total loans as of December 31, 2009, compared to $310.8 million, or 35.2% as of December 31, 2008.

35


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Commercial loans consisted of the following types of loans at December 31:
                                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
                    Percent of                   Percent of
    Number   Amount   Portfolio   Number   Amount   Portfolio
     
SBA guaranteed loans
    53       7,915       2.5 %     21     $ 4,079       1.3 %
Municipal government
    1       995       0.3 %     18       3,258       1.1 %
Lines of credit
    389       53,587       17.0 %     369       54,023       17.4 %
Real estate and equipment term loans
    805       252,019       80.1 %     994       249,482       80.3 %
     
Total
    1,248     $ 314,516       100.0 %     1,402     $ 310,842       100.0 %
     
Fixed rate term loans with a book value of $30.1 million and a fair value of $31.2 million have been swapped to a variable rate using derivative instruments. The loans are carried at fair value in the financial statements and the related swap is carried at fair value and is included with other liabilities in the balance sheet. The recognition of the loan and swap fair values are recorded in the income statement and for 2009 equally offset each other. Fair values are determined by the counter party using a proprietary model that uses live market inputs to value interest rate swaps. The model is subject to daily market tests as current and future positions are priced and valued. These are level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy as described above.
At December 31, 2009 the commercial loan portfolio had $76.8 million of adjustable rate loans that had interest rate floors in the terms of the note. Of the commercial loans with interest rate floors, $66.3 million where at their floor at December 31, 2009.
Consumer Loans
Consumer loans totaled $271.2 million, or 30.6% of total loans as of December 31, 2009, compared to $280.1 million, or 31.8% as of December 31, 2008. The total consumer loan portfolio decreased 3.2% in 2009. The decline occurred in the indirect automobile and direct installment loan segments. Horizon tightened its underwriting standards for indirect loans in the fourth quarter of 2007. This, combined with the downturn in the automobile market, caused the drop in loans, as existing loans paid off at a faster rate than new loans that were booked. Direct installment loan declines were the result of a slow economy as consumer loan demand lessened.
Mortgage Warehouse Loans
Horizon’s mortgage warehousing business line has specific mortgage companies as customers of Horizon Bank. Individual mortgage loans originated by these mortgage companies are funded as a secured borrowing with pledge of collateral under Horizon’s agreement with the mortgage company. Each individual mortgage is assigned to Horizon until the loan is sold to the secondary market by the mortgage company. In addition, Horizon takes possession of each original note and forwards such note to the end investor once the mortgage company has sold the loan. At the time a loan is transferred to the secondary market, the mortgage company repurchases the loan under its option within the agreement. Due to the repurchase feature contained in the agreement, the transaction does not qualify as a sale and therefore is accounted for as a secured borrowing with pledge of collateral pursuant to the agreement with the mortgage company. When the individual loan is sold to the end investor by the mortgage company the proceeds from the sale of the loan are received by Horizon and used to payoff the loan balance with Horizon along with any accrued interest and any related fees. The remaining balance from the sale is forwarded to the mortgage company. These individual loans typically are sold by the mortgage company within 30 days and are seldom held more than 90 days. Interest income is accrued during this period and collected at the time each loan is sold. Fee income for each loan sold is collected when the loan is sold and no costs are deferred due to the term between each loan funding and related payoff is typically less than 30 days.
Based on the agreements with each mortgage company, at any time a mortgage company can repurchase from Horizon their outstanding loan balance on an individual mortgage and regain possession of the original note. Horizon also has the option to request that the mortgage company repurchase an individual mortgage. Should this occur, Horizon would return the original note and reassign the assignment of the mortgage to the mortgage company. Also, in the event that the end

36


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
investor would not be able to honor the sales commitment and the mortgage company would not be able to repurchase its loan on an individual mortgage, Horizon would be able to exercise its rights under the agreement.
Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses/Critical Accounting Policy
At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses was $16.0 million, or 1.80% of total loans outstanding, compared to $11.4 million, or 1.29% at December 31, 2008. During 2009, the provision for loan losses totaled $13.6 million compared to $7.6 million in 2008.
Horizon assesses the adequacy of its Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL) by regularly reviewing the performance of all of its loan portfolios. As a result of its quarterly reviews, a provision for loan losses is determined to bring the total ALLL to a level called for by the analysis. For the year 2009, the provision of $13.6 million is a 79.7% increase from the prior year. Consumer loan charge-offs continue to require provisions for loan losses during the year but appeared to be stabilizing as the amount of consumer charge-offs have decreased over each of the last three quarters. However, the increase in non-performing loans required additional provision expense for loan losses as specific reserves were identified for these loans.
Despite the increased allowance, no assurance can be given that Horizon will not, in any particular period, sustain loan losses that are significant in relation to the amount reserved, or that subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of factors then prevailing, including economic conditions and management’s ongoing quarterly assessments of the portfolio, will not require increases in the allowance for loan losses. Horizon considers the allowance for loan losses to be adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009.
Non-performing Loans
Non-performing loans are defined as loans that are greater than 90 days delinquent or have had the accrual of interest discontinued by management. Management continues to work diligently toward returning non-performing loans to an earning asset basis. Non-performing loans for the previous three years ending December 31 are as follows:
                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Non-performing Loans
  $ 17,145     $ 7,863     $ 2,949  

37


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
                                         
            Non-     Percent     Specific     Percent of  
    Loan     Performing     of     Reserves on Non -     Non-performing  
December 31, 2009   Balance     Loans     Loans     Performing Loans     Loans  
                           
Owner occupied real estate
  $ 138,999     $ 3,152       2.27 %   $ 700       22.21 %
Non owner occupied real estate
    100,502       1,677       1.67 %     125       7.45 %
Residential development
    16,101       2,343       14.55 %     125       5.34 %
Commercial and industrial
    58,915       2,057       3.49 %     725       35.25 %
                           
Total commercial
    314,517       9,229       2.93 %     1,675       18.15 %
 
                                       
Residential mortgage
    126,469       4,638       3.67 %     441       9.51 %
Residential construction
    7,423       181       2.43 %     71       39.29 %
Mortgage warehouse
    166,698             0.00 %           0.00 %
                           
Total mortgage
    300,590       4,819       1.60 %     512       10.62 %
 
                                       
Direct installment
    24,908       387       1.55 %           0.00 %
Indirect installment
    136,600       1,089       0.80 %     95       8.72 %
Home equity
    109,702       1,621       1.48 %     1,188       73.29 %
                           
Total installment
    271,210       3,097       1.14 %     1,283       41.43 %
 
                                       
                           
Total loans
    886,317       17,145       1.93 %     3,470       20.24 %
Allowance for loan losses
    (16,015 )                                
                           
Net loans
  $ 870,302     $ 17,145       1.97 %   $ 3,470       20.24 %
                           
Non-performing loans total 107.1% of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2009, compared to 68.9% and 30.1% of the allowance for loan losses on December 31, 2008 and 2007. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2009 totaled $17.1 million which was 1.92% of total loans. This is an increase from a balance of $7.9 million on December 31, 2008, which was 0.89% of total loans. Horizon’s non-performing loan statistics, while having increased from the prior year, still compare favorably to National and State of Indiana 1 peer bank averages of 4.48% and 2.71% of total loans as of September 30, 2009.
Non-performing commercial loans increased by $4.1 million from December 31, 2008. This increase came from both the commercial real estate and commercial and industrial segments of the portfolio. Economic conditions are the primary reason for causing distressed demand for real estate and durable goods, and many real estate developers and small businesses are experiencing significant declines in revenue and profits.
The increase in non-performing loans over the past year is also due to an increase in mortgage and consumer installment borrowers under Chapter 13 bankruptcy repayment plans. The majority of consumer borrowers under Chapter 13 repayment plans are paying as agreed, but these loans remain on non-accrual status as until six consecutive payments are made under the plan. Because of the time it takes for repayment plans to be approved and the six consecutive payments to be made, the level of non-performing consumer installment loans have increased as the level of charge-offs in the consumer portfolio has decreased. The Company also saw an increase in trouble debt restructuring, primarily in the mortgage loans, during 2009. If a trouble debt restructured loans performs under its new structure for six consecutive months it is considered performing and not included with the non-performing loans. The increase in the Company’s non-performing loans over the past year can be attributed to the slower economy and continued high local unemployment causing lower business revenues and increased consumer bankruptcies.
Non-accrual loans totaled $11.9 million on December 31, 2009 up from $7.0 million on December 31, 2008. Non-accrual loans to restaurant operators totaled $2.6 million at December 31, 2009. Non-accrual loans to home builders and land developers totaled $2.2 million on December 31, 2009. Mortgage loans on non-accrual totaled $4.6 million at December 31, 2009. Consumer loans on non-accrual increased to $2.5 million primarily due to an increase in the number of consumer bankruptcy filings.

38


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Loans 90 days delinquent but still accruing interest totaled $1.7 million on December 31, 2009, up from $831,000 on December 31, 2008. Horizon’s policy is to place loans over 90 days delinquent on non-accrual unless they are in the process of collection and a full recovery is expected.
A loan becomes impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is classified as impaired, the degree of impairment must be recognized by estimating future cash flows from the debtor. The present value of these cash flows is computed at a discount rate based on the interest rate contained in the loan agreement. However, if a particular loan has a determinable market value, the creditor may use that value. Also, if the loan is secured and considered collateral dependent, the creditor may use the fair value of the collateral. (See Note 6 of the audited financial statements for further discussion of impaired loans)
Smaller-balance, homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in total. Such loans include residential first mortgage loans secured by 1 – 4 family residences, residential construction loans, automobile, home equity, second mortgage loans and mortgage warehouse loans. Commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment. When analysis of borrower operating results and financial condition indicate that underlying cash flows of a borrower’s business are not adequate to meet its debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment. Often this is associated with a delay or shortfall in payments of 30 days or more. Loans are generally moved to non-accrual status when 90 days or more past due. These loans are often considered impaired. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) net of any related allowance for OREO losses for the previous three years ending December 31 are as follows:
                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Other real estate owned
  $ 1,730     $ 2,772     $ 238  
OREO totaled $1.7 million on December 31, 2009 down from $2.8 million on December 31, 2008. On December 31, 2009, OREO was comprised of 32 properties. Of these, 31 totaling $1.6 million were residential, and the balance was commercial real estate. Repossessed property totaled $23,000 on December 31, 2009 consists primarily of vehicles.
No mortgage warehouse loans were non-performing or OREO as of December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

39


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Deferred Tax Asset
Horizon had a deferred tax asset at December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaling $701,000 and $2.6 million. The following table shows the major components of deferred tax:
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Assets
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 5,849     $ 4,516  
Director and employee benefits
    1,057       1,133  
Other
    32        
     
Total assets
    6,938       5,649  
     
 
               
Liabilities
               
Depreciation
    (1,241 )     (1,146 )
Difference in expense recognition
    (148 )     (130 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends
    (298 )     (319 )
Difference in basis of intangible assets
    (1,547 )     (685 )
Difference in basis of assets
          (91 )
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
    (2,930 )     (338 )
Other
    (73 )     (360 )
     
Total liabilities
    (6,237 )     (3,069 )
     
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 701     $ 2,580  
     
Horizon anticipates continued earnings and therefore determined there is no impairment to this asset.
Deposits
The primary source of funds for the Bank comes from the acceptance of demand and time deposits. However, at times the Bank will use its ability to borrow funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank and other sources when it can do so at interest rates and terms that are superior to those required for deposited funds or loan demand is greater than the ability to grow deposits. Total deposits were $951.7 million at December 31, 2009, compared to $841.2 million at December 31, 2008, or an increase of 13.1%. Average deposits and rates by category for the three years ended December 31 are as follows:
                                                 
    Average Balance Outstanding for the   Average Rate Paid for the
    Year Ending December 31   Year Ending December 31
    2009   2008   2007   2009   2008   2007
     
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 84,209     $ 77,600     $ 76,530                          
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    261,411       234,526       202,453       0.57 %     1.36 %     2.73 %
Savings deposits
    35,828       31,182       31,431       0.18 %     0.29 %     0.28 %
Money market
    121,983       95,483       112,266       0.83 %     1.56 %     3.30 %
Time deposits
    381,033       372,677       402,287       3.21 %     3.96 %     4.75 %
                             
Total deposits
  $ 884,464     $ 811,468     $ 824,967                          
                             
Horizon continually revises and enhances its interest-bearing consumer and commercial demand deposit products based on local market conditions and its need for funding to support various types of assets. These product changes caused the changes in the average balances and rates paid as displayed in the table above.

40


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, which are considered to be rate sensitive and are not considered a part of core deposits, mature as follows as of December 31, 2009:
         
Due in three months or less
  $ 21,598  
Due after three months through six months
    19,876  
Due after six months through one year
    32,355  
Due after one year
    112,407  
 
     
Total
  $ 186,236  
 
     
Interest expense on time certificates of $100,000 or more was approximately $6.3 million, $3.9 million, and $5.1 million for 2009, 2008, and 2007.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2009, Horizon does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, change in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. The term “off-balance sheet arrangement” generally means any transaction, agreement, or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with the Company is a party under which the Company has (i) any obligation arising under a guarantee contract, derivative instrument or variable interest; or (ii) a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to such entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support for such assets.
Contractual Obligations
The following tables summarize Horizon’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make payment as of December 31, 2009:
                                         
            Within   One to   Three to   After Five
    Total   One Year   Three Years   Five Years   Years
Deposits
  $ 356,703     $ 162,885     $ 144,164     $ 28,924     $ 20,730  
Borrowings (1)
    311,853       127,126       71,365       15,192       98,170  
Subordinated debentures (2)
    27,837                         27,837  
 
(1)   Includes debt obligations to the Federal Home Loan Bank and term repurchase agreements with maturities beyond one year borrowed by Horizon’s banking subsidiary. See Note 11 in Horizon’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2)   Includes Trust Preferred Capital Securities issued by Horizon Statutory Trusts II and III and those assumed in the acquisition of Alliance. See Note 12 in Horizon’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
                 
    Expiration by Period
            Greater
    Within One   Than
    Year   One Year
     
Letters of credit
  $ 1,309     $ 192  
Unfunded loan commitments
    54,330       135,127  

41


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Capital Resources
The capital resources of Horizon and the Bank exceed regulatory capital ratios for “well capitalized” banks at December 31, 2009. Stockholders’ equity totaled $114.6 million as of December 31, 2009, compared to $103.4 million as of December 31, 2008. At year-end 2009, the ratio of stockholders’ equity to assets was 8.26% compared to 7.91% for 2008. Tangible equity to tangible assets was 7.78% at December 31, 2009 compared to 7.37% at December 31, 2008. Book value per common share at December 31, 2009 increased to $27.67 compared to $24.68 at December 31, 2008. Horizon’s capital increased during 2009 as a result of increased earnings, net of dividends declared, exercise of stock options net of tax, improvement in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, and the amortization of unearned compensation.
In December of 2008, Horizon received an investment of $25 million through participation in the U.S. Department of Treasury’s (Treasury) Capital Purchase Program. Under the program, the Treasury acquired 25,000 Series A shares of Horizon’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock that will pay a 5% per annum dividend for the first five years of the investment (which will total $1,250,000 a year) and 9% per annum thereafter (which will total $2,250,000 a year) unless Horizon redeems the shares. The preferred shares qualify as Tier I capital and are callable by Horizon after three years. As part of its investment, the Treasury also received a warrant to purchase 212,104 shares of common stock of Horizon, with an exercise price of $17.68 per share. The warrant is expected to give the Treasury the opportunity to benefit from an increase in the common stock price of the Company.
Horizon declared dividends in the amount of $.68 per share in 2009, and $.66 per share in 2008, and $.59 per share in 2007. The dividend payout ratio (dividends as a percent of net income) was 24.4% for 2009, 23.9% for 2008, and 23.5% for 2007. For additional information regarding dividend conditions, see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In October of 2004, Horizon formed Horizon Statutory Trust II (Trust II), a wholly owned statutory business trust. Trust II issued $10.3 million of Trust Preferred Capital Securities as a participant in a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Trust II and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities bear interest at a rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 1.95% and mature on October 21, 2034, and are non-callable for five years from the issue date. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par. Costs associated with the issuance of the securities totaling $17,500 were capitalized and are being amortized to the first call date of the securities.
In December of 2006, Horizon formed Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust III (Trust III), a wholly owned statutory business trust. Trust III issued $12.4 million of Trust Preferred Capital Securities as a participant in a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Trust III and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities bear interest at a rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 1.65% and mature on January 30, 2037, and are non-callable for five years from the issue date. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par. Costs associated with the issuance of the securities totaling $12,647 were capitalized and are being amortized to the first call date of the securities. The proceeds of this issue were used to redeem the securities issued by Trust I on March 26, 2007.
The Company assumed additional debentures as the result of the acquisition of Alliance in 2005. In June 2004, Alliance formed Alliance Financial Statutory Trust I a wholly owned business trust (Alliance Trust) to sell $5.2 million in trust preferred securities. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Alliance. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Alliance Trust and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities

42


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
bear interest at a rate of 90-day LIBOR plus 2.65%, mature in June 2034, and are non-callable for five years from the issue date. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par.
The Trust Preferred Capital Securities, subject to certain limitations, are included in Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes. Dividends on the Trust Preferred Capital Securities are recorded as interest expense.
Recent Developments
On December 29, 2009, Horizon announced the signing of a definitive agreement to purchase substantially all of the banking-related assets and assume all deposits and certain other liabilities of American Trust & Savings Bank (“American”) headquartered in Whiting, Indiana and its parent company Am Tru, Inc. (“Am Tru”).
Under the terms of the agreement Horizon will purchase most of the banking-related assets of American (with an estimated value of approximately $110.0 million) and will assume all the deposits, federal home loan bank advances, and accrued interest payable in the approximate amount of $112.0 million. In addition, Horizon will pay a three percent premium on core deposits estimated to be $2.1 million and $500,000 in additional consideration. Horizon will not be purchasing approximately $12.0 million of loan participations owned by American or assuming any contingent liabilities. All values are approximate and based upon September 30, 2009 information and financial results. The transaction costs related to the acquisition are estimated to be $500,000. This transaction is subject to approval by the shareholders of American and Am Tru and bank regulators. This transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2010.
Results of Operations
Net Income
Consolidated net income was $9.14 million or $2.37 per diluted share in 2009, $8.97 million or $2.75 per diluted share in 2008, and $8.14 million or $2.51 per share in 2007. Diluted earnings per share were reduced by $0.43 for the twelve months ending December 31, 2009 resulting from the preferred stock dividends and the accretion of the discount on the preferred stock. The preferred stock was issued late in the fourth quarter 2008 and therefore did not significantly impact diluted earnings per share for the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2008 or 2007.
Net Interest Income
The largest component of net income is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income, principally from loans and investment securities, and interest expense, principally on deposits and borrowings. Changes in the net interest income are the result of changes in volume and the net interest spread which affects the net interest margin. Volume refers to the average dollar levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spread refers to the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin refers to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets and is influenced by the level and relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
The reduction in interest rates during 2009 and 2008 has influenced the cost of the Company’s interest bearing liabilities more significantly than the reduction in yields received on the Company’s interest earning assets, resulting in an increase of the net interest margin during 2009 and 2008. Management believes that the current level of interest rates is driven by external factors and therefore impacts the results of the Company’s net interest margin. Management does not expect a significant rise in interest rates in the short term, but an increase in rates is expected at some time in the future due to the current historically low interest rate environment.
Net interest income during 2009 was $44.8 million, an increase of $7.4 million or 19.8% over the $37.4 million earned during the same period in 2008. Yields on the Company’s interest-earning assets decreased by 52 basis points to 5.85% during 2009 from 6.37% for the same period in 2008. Interest income increased $2.5 million from $70.2 million for 2008 to $72.7 million for the same period in 2009. This increase was due to the increased volume in interest earning assets partially offset by the decrease in the yield on interest earning assets.
Rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 72 basis points during the same period due to the lower interest rate environment. Interest expense decreased $5.0 million from $32.9 million for 2008 to $27.9 million for the same period in

43


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
2009. This decrease was due to the lower rates being paid on the Company’s interest bearing liabilities but offset by the increased volume of interest bearing liabilities. Due to a more significant decrease in the rates paid on the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities compared to the decrease in the yield on the Company’s interest-earning assets, offset with the growth of the Company’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, the net interest margin increased 21 basis points from 3.45% for 2008 to 3.66% in 2009.
                                                                         
    Twelve Months Ended     Twelve Months Ended     Twelve Months Ended  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Average             Average     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
             
ASSETS
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets
                                                                       
Federal funds sold
  $ 25,551     $ 56       0.22 %   $ 17,040     $ 443       2.60 %   $ 2,854     $ 142       4.98 %
Interest-earning deposits (1)
    7,170       16       0.22 %     6,430       148       2.30 %     2,602       125       4.80 %
Investment securities — taxable
    247,903       10,813       4.36 %     174,427       8,520       4.88 %     169,295       8,122       4.80 %
Investment securities — non-taxable (2)
    97,913       3,942       5.75 %     80,151       3,323       5.92 %     74,222       3,061       5.89 %
Loans receivable (2)(3)(4)
    892,431       57,836       6.49 %     848,279       57,801       6.82 %     853,314       63,618       7.46 %
                                     
Total interest-earning assets (2)
    1,270,968       72,663       5.85 %     1,126,327       70,235       6.37 %     1,102,287       75,068       6.94 %
 
                                                                       
Noninterest-earning assets
                                                                       
Cash and due from banks
    15,344                       17,397                       20,312                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (12,372 )                     (9,930 )                     (8,680 )                
Other assets
    77,215                       69,769                       66,481                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
 
  $ 1,351,155                     $ 1,203,563                     $ 1,180,400                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
Interest-bearing deposits
  $ 800,255     $ 14,792       1.85 %   $ 733,868     $ 19,536       2.66 %   $ 748,437     $ 28,442       3.80 %
Borrowings
    318,661       11,696       3.67 %     280,766       11,772       4.19 %     251,740       11,505       4.57 %
Subordinated debentures
    27,837       1,406       5.05 %     27,837       1,577       5.67 %     30,599       2,313       7.56 %
                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,146,753       27,894       2.43 %     1,042,471       32,885       3.15 %     1,030,776       42,260       4.10 %
 
                                                                       
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
Demand deposits
    84,209                       77,600                       76,530                  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    9,215                       7,001                       6,870                  
Shareholders’ equity
    110,978                       76,491                       66,224                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
 
  $ 1,351,155                     $ 1,203,563                     $ 1,180,400                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Net interest income/spread
          $ 44,769       3.42 %           $ 37,350       3.21 %           $ 32,808       2.84 %
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Net interest income as a percent of average interest earning assets (2)
                    3.66 %                     3.45 %                     3.10 %
 
(1)   Horizon has no foreign office and, accordingly, no assets or liabilities to foreign operations. Horizon’s subsidiary bank had no funds invested in Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit at December 31, 2009.
 
(2)   Yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
 
(3)   Non-accruing loans for the purpose of the computations above are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding. Loan totals are shown net of unearned income and deferred loans fees.
 
(4)   Loan fees and late fees included in interest on loans aggregated $4.2 million, $3,5 million, and $3,3 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007.

44


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
                                                 
            2009 - 2008                   2008-2007    
            Change   Change           Change   Change
    Total   Due To   Due To   Total   Due To   Due To
    Change   Volume   Rate   Change   Volume   Rate
         
Interest Income
                                               
Federal funds sold
  $ (387 )   $ 150     $ (537 )   $ 301     $ 398     $ (97 )
Interest-earning deposits
    (132 )     15       (147 )     23       113       (90 )
Investment securities — taxable
    2,293       3,283       (990 )     398       249       149  
Investment securities — non-taxable
    619       1,025       (406 )     262       351       (89 )
Loans receivable
    35       2,936       (2,901 )     (5,817 )     (374 )     (5,443 )
         
Total interest income
    2,428       7,409       (4,981 )     (4,833 )     737       (5,570 )
         
 
                                               
Interest Expense
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
    (4,744 )     1,644       (6,388 )     (8,906 )     (544 )     (8,362 )
Borrowings
    (76 )     1,486       (1,562 )     267       1,263       (996 )
Subordinated debentures
    (171 )           (171 )     (736 )     (195 )     (541 )
         
Total interest expense
    (4,991 )     3,130       (8,121 )     (9,375 )     524       (9,899 )
         
Net interest income
  $ 7,419     $ 4,279     $ 3,140     $ 4,542     $ 213     $ 4,329  
         
The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.45% compared to 3.10% in 2007. Short-term interest rates declined through 2008. This decline in short-term rates reduced Horizon’s funding costs by an amount that exceeded the decline in yields on earning assets. Horizon’s cost of funds dropped 95 basis points during 2008 while the yield on earning assets declined 57 basis points. Horizon reduced deposit rates in line with the short-term rate decreases that were put in place by the Federal Open Market Committee. In addition, a large amount of Certificates of Deposit matured during the first half of 2008 and were renewed at lower rates. Additionally, at December 31, 2008, all mortgage warehouse loans ($123.3 million) and certain home equity and commercial loans (totaling approximately $136.0 million) reached contractual rate floors. This improved the net interest margin as funding costs continued to decline during both 2008 and 2009.
Changes in the mix of the loan portfolio averages are shown in the following table.
                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Commercial
  $ 313,623     $ 305,127     $ 291,656  
Residential mortgage
    147,765       182,963       228,466  
Mortgage warehouse
    157,057       77,091       70,279  
Installment
    273,986       283,098       262,913  
     
Total average loans
  $ 892,431     $ 848,279     $ 853,314  
     
Provision for Loan Losses
Horizon assesses the adequacy of its Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”) by regularly reviewing the performance of its loan portfolios. During 2009 the provision for loan losses totaled $13.6 million compared to $7.6 million in the prior year for the same period. Commercial loan net charge-offs during 2009 were $2.4 million, residential mortgage loan net charge-offs were $432,000, and installment loan net charge-offs were $6.2 million. During the second quarter the Company determined that five recreational vehicle loans were part of a loan fraud perpetrated by a single recreational vehicle dealer. These loans resulted in $1.4 million of the installment loan charge-offs included in the results for 2009. The level of consumer loan charge-offs continued to add to the need for a higher provision for loan losses but appeared to be stabilizing as the amount of consumer charge-offs have decreased over the last two quarters. However, the increase in non-performing loans has contributed to the need for additional provision expense for loan losses as specific reserves are identified for non-performing residential mortgage and commercial loans.

45


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Non-interest Income
The following is a summary of changes in non-interest income:
                                                         
                    2008 to 2009           2007 to 2008
    December 31   December 31   Amount   Percent   December 31   Amount   Percent
Non-interest income   2009   2008   Change   Change   2007   Change   Change
     
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 3,858     $ 3,885     $ (27 )     -0.7 %   $ 3,469     $ 416       12.0 %
Wire transfer fees
    921       528       393       74.4 %     357       171       47.9 %
Interchange fees
    1,864       846       1,018       120.3 %     862       (16 )     -1.9 %
Fiduciary activities
    3,336       3,713       (377 )     -10.2 %     3,556       157       4.4 %
Gain (loss) on sale of securities
    795       (15 )     810       5400.0 %     2       (17 )     -850.0 %
Gain on sale of mortgage loans
    6,107       2,979       3,128       105.0 %     2,566       413       16.1 %
Mortgage servicing net of impairment
    (134 )     20       (154 )     -770.0 %     5       15       300.0 %
Increase in cash surrender value of
                                                       
bank owned life insurance
    720       920       (200 )     -21.7 %     920             0.0 %
Death benefit on officer life insurance
          538       (538 )     -100.0 %           538       100.0 %
Other income
    389       417       (28 )     -6.7 %     534       (117 )     -21.9 %
     
Total non-interest income
  $ 17,856     $ 13,831     $ 4,025       29.1 %   $ 12,271     $ 1,560       12.7 %
     
The gain on sale of mortgage loans contributed significantly to the increase in non-interest income during 2009. Residential mortgage refinancing generated higher volumes of loan sales during the 2009 as the Company’s residential mortgage loan division provided customers with the needed service to lower their mortgage interest rates along with an increase in first time home buyers due to the personal income tax incentives available. During 2009 the Company originated approximately $335.9 million of mortgage loans to be sold on the secondary market compared to $140.5 million for the same period in 2008. A net gain on the sale of securities of $795,000 was realized during the year as our analysis determined that market conditions provided the opportunity to add these gains to capital without negatively impacting long term earnings. Wire transfer fee income has increased compared to the prior year as the Company’s mortgage warehouse business line has had more activity due to increased residential mortgage refinancing volume. Interchange fees also contributed to the increase in non-interest income due to higher levels of activity in ATM and debit card transactions. These increases were offset by a decrease in fiduciary activity from less fee income from the Bank’s trust department, lower mortgage servicing income due to impairment charges in the Company’s mortgage servicing asset, a decrease in the amount of added cash surrender value on bank owned life insurance due to lower returns on the related assets, and not replacing the income recorded in 2008 from the death benefit on officer life insurance.

46


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Non-interest Expense
The following is a summary of changes in non-interest expense:
                                                         
                    2008 to 2009           2007 to 2008
    December 31   December 31   Amount   Percent   December 31   Amount   Percent
Non-interest expense   2009   2008   Change   Change   2007   Change   Change
     
Salaries
  $ 12,518     $ 11,730     $ 788       6.7 %   $ 11,718     $ 12       0.1 %
Commission and bonuses
    3,221       1,947       1,274       65.4 %     2,290       (343 )     -15.0 %
Employee benefits
    3,465       3,072       393       12.8 %     3,146       (74 )     -2.4 %
Net occupancy expenses
    3,796       3,775       21       0.6 %     3,602       173       4.8 %
Data processing
    1,582       1,437       145       10.1 %     1,333       104       7.8 %
Professional fees
    1,413       1,133       280       24.7 %     1,169       (36 )     -3.1 %
Outside services and consultants
    1,471       1,313       158       12.0 %     1,174       139       11.8 %
Loan expense
    2,611       2,223       388       17.5 %     1,402       821       58.6 %
FDIC deposit insurance
    2,126       546       1,580       289.4 %     99       447       451.5 %
Other losses
    510       413       97       23.5 %     238       175       73.5 %
Other expenses
    5,099       5,190       (91 )     -1.8 %     4,973       217       4.4 %
     
Total non-interest expense
  $ 37,812     $ 32,779     $ 5,033       15.4 %   $ 31,144     $ 1,635       5.2 %
     
Non-interest expense increased in 2009 compared to 2008. Salaries increased from the prior year primarily due to branch expansion and annual merit increases. Commissions and bonuses increased primarily due to the commissions and bonuses paid to the mortgage loan division from the higher mortgage loan volume during 2009. Employee benefits increased during 2009 from the higher cost of employee insurance related benefits along with the incremental increases as they directly relate to the higher salaries and commissions paid during 2009. Professional fees were higher compared to last year due to increasing rules and regulations requiring professional assistance from legal and accounting professionals. Also, loan expense was up from the prior year due to the increased volume of loan originations. The Company’s FDIC expense has increased significantly due to higher assessment rates along with the special FDIC assessment of $663,000 that was recorded in the second quarter of 2009 and due to the TLGP assessments. The FDIC has extended this insurance protection from December 31, 2009 until June 30, 2010, at a cost of 15 basis points per $100 of insured deposits for financial institutions assigned to Risk Category I, unless a participating financial institution opted out on or before November 2, 2009. The Bank did not opt out, so this enhanced insurance protection will be available to its customers through June 30, 2010. Deposit insurance will remain higher based on the FDIC’s rate increases. Other losses for 2009 include a one-time charge of $100,000 for the deductible paid on a wire transfer fraud totaling $210,000 perpetrated on the bank during the first quarter of 2009.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense for 2009 was $2.1 million compared to $1.9 million of tax expense for during 2008. The effective tax rate for 2009 was 18.5% compared to 17.2% in 2008 and 25.1% in 2007.
Tax refunds were received in both in 2009 and 2008 in the amounts of $100,000 and $163,000. Considering the impact of the $538,000 of income received in the second quarter of 2008 from the death benefit on officer life insurance which was tax free and reduced taxable income and the tax refunds received in both periods, the effective tax rates would have been 19.4% for 2009 compared to 20.7% in 2008.
Liquidity and Rate Sensitivity Management
Management and the Board of Directors meet regularly to review both the liquidity and rate sensitivity position of Horizon. Effective asset and liability management ensures Horizon’s ability to monitor the cash flow requirements of depositors along with the demands of borrowers and to measure and manage interest rate risk. Horizon utilizes an interest rate risk assessment model designed to highlight sources of existing interest rate risk and consider the effect of these risks on strategic planning. Management maintains (within certain parameters) an essentially balanced ratio of interest sensitive assets to liabilities in order to protect against the effects of wide interest rate fluctuations.

47


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Liquidity
The Bank maintains a stable base of core deposits provided by long standing relationships with consumers and local businesses. These deposits are the principal source of liquidity for Horizon. Other sources of liquidity for Horizon include earnings, loan repayments, investment security sales and maturities, sale of real estate loans and borrowing relationships with correspondent banks, including the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). At December 31, 2009, Horizon has available approximately $289.7 million in available credit from various money center banks, including the FHLB and the FRB Discount Window. Factors which could impact Horizon’s funding needs in the future include:
    Horizon has outstanding borrowings of over $142.8 million with the FHLB and total borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $246.1 million. Generally, the loan terms from the FHLB are better than the terms Horizon can receive from other sources making it cheaper to borrow money from the FHLB. Continued and additional financial difficulties at the FHLB could reduce or eliminate Horizon’s additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB.
 
    If residential mortgage loan rates remain low, Horizon’s mortgage warehouse loans could increase creating an additional need for funding.
 
    Horizon has a total of $99.0 million of Federal Fund lines from various money center banks. These are uncommitted lines and could be pulled at any time by the correspondent banks.
 
    A downgrade in Horizon’s public credit rating by a rating agency due to factors such as deterioration in asset quality, a large charge to earnings, a decline in profitability or other financial measures, or a significant merger or acquisition.
 
    An act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund.
 
    Market speculation or rumors about Horizon or the banking industry in general may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.
 
    Horizon anticipates spending $2.0 million for premises and equipment during 2010, including one full service office. These purchases will be funded through normal operations.
If any of these events occur, they could force Horizon to borrow money from other sources including negotiable certificates of deposit. Such other monies may only be available at higher interest rates and on less advantageous terms, which will impact our net income and could impact our ability to grow. Management believes Horizon has adequate funding sources to meet short and long term needs.
Horizon maintains a liquidity contingency plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period.
In response to a financial crisis that was affecting the banking system and financial markets in 2008, EESA was signed into law on October 3, 2008, and established TARP. As part of TARP, the Treasury established the CPP to provide up to $700 billion of funding to eligible financial institutions through the purchase of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities, capital stock and other financial instruments for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. On December 19, 2008 Horizon completed the sale to the Treasury of $25.0 million of Series A Preferred Shares as part of the CPP.
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA), more commonly known as the economic stimulus or economic recovery package, was signed into law on February 17, 2009, by President Obama. ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients, including Horizon, until the institution has repaid the Treasury, which is permitted under ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.

48


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
During 2009, cash flows were generated primarily from net proceeds from deposits of $110.5 million and sales, maturities, and prepayments of investment securities of $127.5 million. Cash flows were used to purchase investments totaling $162.4 million, increase loans $21.7 million and reduce borrowings by a net $40.4 million. The net cash and cash equivalent position increased by $27.9 million during 2009.
Interest Sensitivity
The degree by which net interest income may fluctuate due to changes in interest rates is monitored by Horizon using computer simulation models, incorporating not only the current GAP position but the effect of expected repricing of specific financial assets and liabilities. When repricing opportunities are not properly aligned, net interest income may be affected when interest rates change. Forecasting results of the possible outcomes determines the exposure to interest rate risk inherent in Horizon’s balance sheet. The goal is to manage imbalanced positions that arise when the total amount of assets that reprice or mature in a given time period differs significantly from liabilities that reprice or mature in the same time period. The theory behind managing the difference between repricing assets and liabilities is to have more assets repricing in a rising rate environment and more liabilities repricing in a declining rate environment. Based on one model at December 31, 2009 that assumes a lag in repricing, the amount of assets that reprice within one year were 140% of liabilities that reprice within one year. This same model at December 31, 2008, reported that the amount of assets that reprice within one year were approximately 109% of the amount of liabilities that reprice within the same time period. 2009 was a declining rate environment and the rates on liabilities continued to repriced at lower rates due to managements ability to lower those rates. The impact of the interest rate reduction along with interest rate floors on certain loans positively impacted the net interest margin during 2009.
                                         
    Rate Sensitivity
            > 3 Months           Greater    
    3 Months   & < 6   > 6 Months   Than 1    
    or Less   Months   & < 1 Year   Year   Total
     
Loans
  $ 405,434     $ 74,618     $ 106,576     $ 305,392     $ 892,020  
Federal Funds Sold
    15,000                         15,000  
Interest-Bearing balances with Banks
    4,733                         4,733  
Investment securities with FRB and FHLB stock
    28,038       25,939       31,019       272,982       357,978  
Other assets
    23,778                   93,511       117,289  
     
Total Assets
  $ 476,983     $ 100,557     $ 137,595     $ 671,885     $ 1,387,020  
     
 
                                       
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 5,225     $ 4,185     $ 7,540     $ 67,407     $ 84,357  
Interest-bearing deposits
    157,992       87,243       157,061       465,055       867,351  
Borrowed Funds
    52,954       2,554       35,018       221,327       311,853  
Other Liabilities
                      8,854       8,854  
Stockholders’ equity
                      114,605       114,605  
     
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 216,171     $ 93,982     $ 199,619     $ 877,248     $ 1,387,020  
     
 
                                       
GAP
  $ 260,812     $ 6,575     $ (62,024 )   $ (205,363 )        
Cumulative GAP
  $ 260,812     $ 267,387     $ 205,363                  

49


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
Included in the GAP analysis are certain interest-bearing demand accounts and savings accounts. These interest-bearing accounts are subject to immediate withdrawal. However, Horizon considers approximately 62.5% of these deposits to be insensitive to gradual changes in interest rates and generally to behave like deposits with longer maturities based upon historical experience and managements ability to change rates. Due to management’s ability to change some deposit rates along with $329.5 million of Horizon’s adjustable rate loans at their floor, another model was developed to better assist management in determining the balance sheets repricing sensitivity to these variables. This model reported that the amount of assets that reprice within one year were approximately 83% of the amount of liabilities that reprice within the same time period. Management utilizes both models to best determine their balance sheet management.
                                         
    Repricing Sensitivity
            > 3 Months           Greater    
    3 Months   & < 6   > 6 Months   Than 1    
    or Less   Months   & < 1 Year   Year   Total
     
Loans
  $ 413,587     $ 70,046     $ 104,906     $ 303,481     $ 892,020  
Federal Funds Sold
    15,000                         15,000  
Interest-Bearing balances with Banks
    4,733                         4,733  
Investment securities with FRB and FHLB stock
    28,038       25,939       31,019       272,982       357,978  
Other assets
    23,778                   93,511       117,289  
     
Total Assets
  $ 485,136     $ 95,985     $ 135,925     $ 669,974     $ 1,387,020  
     
 
                                       
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 84,357     $     $     $     $ 84,357  
Interest-bearing deposits
    570,249       39,250       64,034       193,818       867,351  
Borrowed Funds
    71,497       235       30,395       209,726       311,853  
Other Liabilities
                      8,854       8,854  
Stockholders’ equity
                      114,605       114,605  
     
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 726,103     $ 39,485     $ 94,429     $ 527,003     $ 1,387,020  
     
 
                                       
GAP
  $ (240,967 )   $ 56,500     $ 41,496     $ 142,971          
Cumulative GAP
  $ (240,967 )   $ (184,467 )   $ (142,971 )                
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Horizon’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk (IRR) is the risk that Horizon’s earnings and capital will be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. The primary approach to IRR management is one that focuses on adjustments to the asset/liability mix in order to limit the magnitude of IRR.
Horizon’s exposure to interest rate risk is due to repricing or mismatch risk, embedded options risk, and yield curve risk. Repricing risk is the risk of adverse consequence from a change in interest rates that arise because of differences in the timing of when those interest rate changes affect Horizon’s assets and liabilities. Basis risk is the risk that the spread, or rate difference, between instruments of similar maturities will change. Options risk arises whenever products give the customer the right, but not the obligation, to alter the quantity or timing of cash flows. Yield curve risk is the risk that changes in prevailing interest rates will affect instruments of different maturities by different amounts. Horizon’s objective is to remain reasonably neutral with respect to IRR. Horizon utilizes a variety of strategies to maintain this position including the sale of mortgage loans on the secondary market, hedging certain balance sheet items using derivatives, varying maturities of FHLB advances, certificates of deposit funding and investment securities.
The table, which follows, provides information about Horizon’s financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2009. The table incorporates Horizon’s internal system generated data related to the maturity and repayment/withdrawal of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. For loans, securities and liabilities with contractual maturities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities as well as the historical experience of Horizon related to the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the prepayment of residential loans and mortgage-backed securities. From a risk management perspective, Horizon

50


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Table dollars in thousands except per share data)
believes that repricing dates are more relevant than contractual maturity dates when analyzing the value of financial instruments. For deposits with no contractual maturity dates, the table presents principal cash flows and weighted average rate, as applicable, based upon Horizon’s experience and management’s judgment concerning the most likely withdrawal behaviors.
Quantitative Disclosure of Market Risk
                                                                 
                                                            Fair Value
                                            2015           December 31
    2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   & Beyond   Total   2009
     
Rate-sensitive assets
                                                               
Fixed interest rate loans
  $ 179,694     $ 89,061     $ 55,643     $ 31,287     $ 13,956     $ 12,104     $ 381,745     $ 373,433  
Average interest rate
    6.72 %     7.28 %     7.40 %     7.37 %     7.33 %     7.31 %     7.04 %        
Variable interest rate loans
    408,845       52,558       24,242       18,193       4,904       1,533       510,275       533,821  
Average interest rate
    5.32 %     5.88 %     6.06 %     5.99 %     5.62 %     5.76 %     5.44 %        
     
Total loans
    588,539       141,619       79,885       49,480       18,860       13,637       892,020       907,254  
Average interest rate
    5.75 %     6.76 %     6.99 %     6.87 %     6.89 %     7.13 %     6.13 %        
Securities, including FRB and FHLB stock
    84,996       46,225       43,186       28,634       27,420       127,517       357,978       357,978  
Average interest rate
    3.92 %     4.84 %     4.47 %     4.52 %     4.54 %     4.36 %     4.36 %        
Other interest-bearing assets
    19,734                                     19,734       19,734  
Average interest rate
    0.56 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.56 %        
     
Total earnings assets
  $ 693,269     $ 187,844     $ 123,071     $ 78,114     $ 46,280     $ 141,154     $ 1,269,732     $ 1,284,966  
     
Average interest rate
    5.38 %     6.29 %     6.11 %     6.01 %     5.50 %     4.62 %     5.54 %        
 
                                                               
Rate-sensitive liabilities
                                                               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 84,357     $     $     $     $     $ 1     $ 84,358     $ 84,357  
NOW accounts
    152,345       50,387       36,306       26,792       18,027       111,322       395,179       356,964  
Average interest rate
    0.27 %     0.32 %     0.33 %     0.33 %     0.35 %     0.35 %     0.31 %        
Savings and money market accounts
    37,622       24,895       16,640       11,117       7,359       17,837       115,470       111,045  
Average interest rate
    0.22 %     0.21 %     0.21 %     0.20 %     0.19 %     0.17 %     0.20 %        
Certificates of deposit
    162,885       101,073       43,091       14,913       14,010       20,730       356,702       362,612  
Average interest rate
    2.67 %     3.22 %     3.07 %     3.24 %     3.00 %     3.76 %     2.97 %        
     
Total deposits
    437,209       176,355       96,037       52,822       39,396       149,890       951,709       914,978  
Average interest rate
    1.11 %     1.97 %     1.54 %     1.13 %     1.26 %     0.80 %     1.27 %        
Fixed interest rate borrowings
    80,890       40,689       30,677       15,108       84       70,332       237,780       262,745  
Average interest rate
    4.87 %     4.76 %     5.07 %     3.77 %     4.57 %     3.43 %     4.38 %        
Variable interest rate borrowings
    74,073                                     74,073       69,072  
Average interest rate
    0.15 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.15 %        
     
Total funds
  $ 592,172     $ 217,044     $ 126,714     $ 67,930     $ 39,480     $ 220,222     $ 1,263,562     $ 1,246,795  
     
Average interest rate
    1.51 %     2.49 %     2.39 %     1.71 %     1.27 %     1.64 %     1.79 %        
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required under this item is incorporated by reference to the information appearing in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation included in Item 7.

51


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements
Table of Contents
         
    Page
Consolidated Financial Statements
       
 
       
    53  
 
       
    54  
 
       
    55  
 
       
    56  
 
       
    57  
 
       
    90  
 
       
Other Information
       
 
       
    91  
 
       
    92  
 
       
  93

52


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 63,919     $ 36,001  
Interest-bearing deposits
    4,783       2,679  
Investment securities, available for sale
    333,132       301,638  
Investment securities, held to maturity
    11,657       1,630  
Loans held for sale
    5,703       5,955  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $16,015 and $11,410
    870,302       870,557  
Premises and equipment
    30,534       28,280  
Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    13,189       12,625  
Goodwill
    5,787       5,787  
Other intangible assets
    1,447       1,751  
Interest receivable
    5,986       5,708  
Cash value life insurance
    23,139       22,451  
Other assets
    17,442       11,795  
     
Total assets
  $ 1,387,020     $ 1,306,857  
     
Liabilities
               
Deposits
               
Non-interest bearing
  $ 84,357     $ 83,642  
Interest bearing
    867,351       757,527  
     
Total deposits
    951,708       841,169  
Borrowings
    284,016       324,383  
Subordinated debentures
    27,837       27,837  
Interest payable
    1,135       1,910  
Other liabilities
    7,719       8,208  
     
Total liabilities
    1,272,415       1,203,507  
     
Commitments and contingent liabilities
               
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock, no par value, $1,000 liquidation value
               
Authorized, 1,000,000 shares
               
Issued 25,000 shares
    24,306       24,154  
Common stock, $.2222 stated value
               
Authorized, 22,500,000 shares
               
Issued, 3,273,881 and 3,254,482 shares
    1,119       1,114  
Additional paid-in capital
    10,030       9,650  
Retained earnings
    73,431       67,804  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,719       628  
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    114,605       103,350  
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,387,020     $ 1,306,857  
     
See notes to consolidated financial statements

53


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
                         
    Years Ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007
         
Interest Income
                       
Loans receivable
  $ 57,836     $ 57,801     $ 63,618  
Investment securities
                       
Taxable
    10,885       9,111       8,389  
Tax exempt
    3,942       3,323       3,061  
         
Total interest income
    72,663       70,235       75,068  
         
 
                       
Interest Expense
                       
Deposits
    14,792       19,536       28,442  
Borrowed funds
    11,696       11,772       11,505  
Subordinated debentures
    1,406       1,577       2,313  
         
Total interest expense
    27,894       32,885       42,260  
         
 
                       
Net Interest Income
    44,769       37,350       32,808  
Provision for loan losses
    13,603       7,568       3,068  
         
 
                       
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
    31,166       29,782       29,740  
         
 
                       
Other Income
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
    3,858       3,885       3,469  
Wire transfer fees
    921       528       357  
Interchange fees
    1,864       846       862  
Fiduciary activities
    3,336       3,713       3,556  
Gain (loss) on sale of securities
    795       (15 )     2  
Gain on sale of mortgage loans
    6,107       2,979       2,566  
Mortgage servicing net of impairment
    (134 )     20       5  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
    720       920       920  
Death benefit on officer life insurance
          538        
Other income
    389       417       534  
         
Total other income
    17,856       13,831       12,271  
         
 
                       
Other Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    19,204       16,749       17,154  
Net occupancy expenses
    3,796       3,775       3,602  
Data processing
    1,582       1,437       1,333  
Professional fees
    1,413       1,133       1,169  
Outside services and consultants
    1,471       1,313       1,174  
Loan expense
    2,611       2,223       1,402  
FDIC insurance expense
    2,126       546       99  
Other losses
    510       413       238  
Other expenses
    5,099       5,190       4,973  
         
Total other expenses
    37,812       32,779       31,144  
         
 
                       
Income Before Income Tax
    11,210       10,834       10,867  
Income tax expense
    2,070       1,862       2,727  
         
 
                       
Net Income
    9,140       8,972       8,140  
Preferred stock dividend and discount accretion
    (1,402 )     (45 )      
         
 
                       
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders
  $ 7,738     $ 8,927     $ 8,140  
         
 
                       
Basic Earnings Per Share
  $ 2.39     $ 2.78     $ 2.54  
Diluted Earnings Per Share
    2.37       2.75       2.51  
See notes to consolidated financial statements

54


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
                                                         
                                            Accumulated        
                    Additional                     Other        
    Preferred     Common     Paid-in     Comprehensive     Retained     Comprehensive        
    Stock     Stock     Capital     Income     Earnings     Income (loss)     Total  
     
Balances, January 1, 2007
  $     $ 1,111     $ 8,077             $ 54,196     $ (1,507 )   $ 61,877  
Net income
                          $ 8,140       8,140               8,140  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                                                       
Unrealized gain on securities
                            1,570               1,570       1,570  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive income
                          $ 9,710                          
 
                                                     
Adjustment to accrued income taxes upon adoption of financial interpretation 48
                                    563               563  
Amortization of unearned compensation
                    240                               240  
Issuance of restricted shares
            2       (2 )                              
Exercise of stock options
            3       132                               135  
 
                                                       
Tax benefit related to stock options
                    68                               68  
 
                                                       
Reversal of compensation expense for forfeiture of non-vested shares
            (2 )     (82 )                             (84 )
Stock option expense
                    53                               53  
Cash dividends on common stock ($.59 per share)
                                    (1,917 )             (1,917 )
     
Balances, December 31, 2007
  $     $ 1,114     $ 8,486             $ 60,982     $ 63     $ 70,645  
Net income
                          $ 8,972       8,972               8,972  
Issuance of preferred stock
    25,000                                               25,000  
Discount on preferred stock
    (849 )             849                                
Amortization of discount on preferred stock
    3                               (3 )              
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                                                       
Unrealized gain on securities
                            1,118               1,118       1,118  
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments
                            (553 )             (553 )     (553 )
 
                                                     
Comprehensive income
                          $ 9,537                          
 
                                                     
Amortization of unearned Compensation
                    233                               233  
Exercise of stock options
                    35                               35  
 
                                                       
Tax benefit related to stock options
                    8                               8  
Stock option expense
                    39                               39  
Cash dividends on common stock ($.66 per share)
                                    (2,147 )             (2,147 )
     
Balances, December 31, 2008
  $ 24,154     $ 1,114     $ 9,650             $ 67,804     $ 628     $ 103,350  
Net income
                          $ 9,140       9,140               9,140  
Amortization of discount on preferred stock
    152                               (152 )              
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                                       
Unrealized gain on securities
                            4,260               4,260       4,260  
Unrealized gain on derivative Instruments
                            831               831       831  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive income
                          $ 14,231                          
 
                                                     
Amortization of unearned Compensation
                    164                               164  
Issuance of restricted shares
            3       93                               96  
Exercise of stock options
            2       66                               68  
 
                                                       
Tax benefit related to stock options
                    18                               18  
Stock option expense
                    39                               39  
Cash dividends on preferred stock (5.00%)
                                    (1,132 )             (1,132 )
Cash dividends on common stock ($.68 per share)
                                    (2,229 )             (2,229 )
                 
Balances, December 31, 2009
  $ 24,306     $ 1,119     $ 10,030             $ 73,431     $ 5,719     $ 114,605  
                         
See notes to consolidated financial statements

55


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007
         
Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 9,140     $ 8,972     $ 8,140  
Items not requiring (providing) cash
                       
Provision for loan losses
    13,603       7,568       3,068  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,280       2,321       2,278  
Share based compensation
    39       39       53  
Mortgage servicing rights impairment
    135       (20 )     (5 )
Deferred income tax
    (713 )     (485 )     (225 )
Premium amortization on securities available for sale, net
    729       (266 )     121  
(Gain) loss on sale of investment securities
    (795 )     15       (2 )
Gain on sale of mortgage loans
    (6,107 )     (2,554 )     (2,566 )
Proceeds from sales of loans
    339,424       145,473       135,436  
Loans originated for sale
    (335,871 )     (140,462 )     (128,180 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (720 )     (36 )     (920 )
Loss on sale of other real estate owned
    9       (22 )     (10 )
Net change in
                       
Interest receivable
    (278 )     189       197  
Interest payable
    (775 )     (790 )     668  
Other assets
    (5,704 )     (769 )     47  
Other liabilities
    316       442       648  
         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    14,712       19,615       18,748  
         
Investing Activities
                       
Net change in interest-bearing deposits
    (2,104 )     (2,430 )     649  
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (137,723 )     (115,895 )     (51,822 )
Proceeds from sales, maturities, calls, and principal repayments of securities available for sale
    112,377       50,903       62,519  
Purchase of securities held to maturity
    (24,726 )     (1,800 )      
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity
    15,171       170        
Purchases of FRB and FHLB stock, net of redemption
    (564 )           (489 )
Net change in loans
    (21,643 )     (39,054 )     (48,161 )
Proceeds on sale of OREO and repossessed assets
    8,242       434       388  
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
    1,249       1,037       722  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (4,066 )     (5,442 )     (3,001 )
Purchases of bank owned life insurance
                (8,000 )
Proceeds from sale of loans transferred to held for sale
          37,695        
Gain on sale of loans transferred to held for sale
          (193 )      
         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (53,787 )     (74,575 )     (47,195 )
         
Financing Activities
                       
Net change in
                       
Deposits
    110,539       (52,495 )     (20,309 )
Borrowings
    (40,367 )     65,531       59,059  
Redemption of trust preferred securities
                (12,372 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          25,000        
Proceeds from issuance of stock
    164       35       135  
Tax benefit from issuance of stock
    18       8       68  
Dividends paid on preferred shares
    (1,132 )            
Dividends paid on common shares
    (2,229 )     (2,147 )     (1,917 )
         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    66,993       35,932       24,664  
         
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalent
    27,918       (19,028 )     (3,783 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period
    36,001       55,029       58,812  
         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period
  $ 63,919     $ 36,001     $ 55,029  
         
Additional Cash Flows Information
                       
Interest paid
  $ 28,668     $ 33,675     $ 41,592  
Income taxes paid
    3,155       2,935       2,630  
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned
    6,481       3,157       679  
See notes to consolidated financial statements

56


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 1 — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Business — The consolidated financial statements of Horizon Bancorp (Horizon) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Horizon Bank, N.A. (Bank) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reporting practices followed by the banking industry.
The Bank is a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of commercial and retail banking and other services incident to banking along with a trust department that offers corporate and individual trust and agency services and investment management services. The Bank has two active wholly owned subsidiaries, Horizon Investments, Inc. (Investment Company) and Horizon Grantor Trust. Horizon Investments, Inc. manages the investment portfolio of the Bank. Horizon Grantor Trust holds title to certain company owned life insurance policies. The Bank maintains 19 full service facilities. The Bank also wholly owns Horizon Insurance Services, Inc. (Insurance Agency) which is inactive, but previously offered a full line of personal insurance products. The net income generated from the insurance operations was not significant to the overall operations of Horizon and the majority of the insurance agency assets were sold during 2005. Horizon conducts no business except that incident to its ownership of the subsidiaries.
Horizon formed Horizon Statutory Trust II in 2004 and Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust III in 2006 for the purpose of participating in Pooled Trust Preferred Stock offerings. The Company assumed additional debentures as the result of the acquisition of Alliance in 2005 which formed Alliance Financial Statutory Trust I (Alliance Trust). See Note 12 for further discussion regarding these previously consolidated entities that are now reported separately.
Basis of Reporting — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Horizon and subsidiaries. All material inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Fair Value Measurements — Horizon uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments, to certain assets, and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Effective January 1, 2008, Horizon adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures for all applicable financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities. This accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance applies only when other guidance requires or permits assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value; it does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances.
As defined in codification, fair value is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. It represents an exit price at the measurement date. Market participants are buyers and sellers, who are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact in the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset or liability being measured. Current market conditions, including imbalances between supply and demand, are considered in determining fair value. Horizon values its assets and liabilities in the principal market where it sells the particular asset or transfers the liability with the greatest volume and level of activity. In the absence of a principal market, the valuation is based on the most advantageous market for the asset or liability (i.e., the market where the asset could be sold or the liability transferred at a price that maximizes the amount to be received for the asset or minimizes the amount to be paid to transfer the liability).
In measuring the fair value of an asset, Horizon assumes the highest and best use of the asset by a market participant to maximize the value of the asset, and does not consider the intended use of the asset.
When measuring the fair value of a liability, Horizon assumes that the nonperformance risk associated with the liability is the same before and after the transfer. Nonperformance risk is the risk that an obligation will not be satisfied and encompasses not only Horizon’s own credit risk (i.e., the risk that Horizon will fail to meet its obligation), but also other

57


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
risks such as settlement risk. Horizon considers the effect of its own credit risk on the fair value for any period in which fair value is measured.
There are three acceptable valuation techniques that can be used to measure fair value: the market approach, the income approach and the cost approach. Selection of the appropriate technique for valuing a particular asset or liability takes into consideration the exit market, the nature of the asset or liability being valued, and how a market participant would value the same asset or liability. Ultimately, determination of the appropriate valuation method requires significant judgment, and sufficient knowledge and expertise are required to apply the valuation techniques.
Valuation inputs refer to the assumptions market participants would use in pricing a given asset or liability using one of the three valuation techniques. Inputs can be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those assumptions which market participants would use in pricing the particular asset or liability. These inputs are based on market data and are obtained from a source independent of Horizon. Unobservable inputs are assumptions based on Horizon’s own information or estimate of assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are based on the best and most current information available on the measurement date. All inputs, whether observable or unobservable, are ranked in accordance with a prescribed fair value hierarchy which gives the highest ranking to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest ranking to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Fair values for assets or liabilities classified as Level 2 are based on one or a combination of the following factors: (i) quoted prices for similar assets; (ii) observable inputs for the asset or liability, such as interest rates or yield curves; or (iii) inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Corporation considers an input to be significant if it drives 10% or more of the total fair value of a particular asset or liability.
Assets and liabilities are considered to be fair valued on a recurring basis if fair value is measured regularly (i.e., daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly). Recurring valuation occurs at a minimum on the measurement date. Assets and liabilities are considered to be fair valued on a nonrecurring basis if the fair value measurement of the instrument does not necessarily result in a change in the amount recorded on the balance sheet. Generally, nonrecurring valuation is the result of the application of other accounting pronouncements which require assets or liabilities to be assessed for impairment or recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of assets or liabilities transferred in or out of Level 3 is measured on the transfer date, with any additional changes in fair value subsequent to the transfer considered to be realized or unrealized gains or losses.
Investment Securities Available for Sale — Horizon designates the majority of its investment portfolio as available for sale based on management’s plans to use such securities for asset and liability management, liquidity and not to hold such securities as long-term investments. Management repositions the portfolio to take advantage of future expected interest rate trends when Horizon’s long-term profitability can be enhanced. Investment securities available for sale and marketable equity securities are carried at estimated fair value and any net unrealized gains/losses (after tax) on these securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains/losses on the disposition of securities available for sale are recognized at the time of the transaction and are determined by the specific identification method.
Investment Securities Held to Maturity — Includes any security for which Horizon has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity. These securities are carried at cost.
Loans Held for Sale — Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or market value in the aggregate.
Interest and Fees on Loans — Interest on commercial, mortgage and installment loans is recognized over the term of the loans based on the principal amount outstanding. When principal or interest is past due 90 days or more, and the loan is not well secured or in the process of collection, or when serious doubt exists as to the collectibility of a loan, the accrual of interest is discontinued. Loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as a yield adjustment.

58


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Concentrations of Credit Risk — The Bank grants commercial, real estate, and consumer loans to customers located primarily in Northwest Indiana and southwest Michigan and provides mortgage warehouse lines to mortgage companies in the United States. Commercial loans make up approximately 35% of the loan portfolio and are secured by both real estate and business assets. These loans are expected to be repaid from cash flows from operations of the businesses. The Bank does not have a concentration in speculative commercial real estate loans. Residential real estate loans make up approximately 15% of the loan portfolio and are secured by residential real estate. Installment loans make up approximately 31% of the loan portfolio and are primarily secured by consumer assets. Mortgage warehouse loans make up approximately 19% of the loan portfolio and are secured by residential real estate.
Mortgage Warehouse Loans — Horizon’s mortgage warehousing business line has specific mortgage companies as customers of Horizon Bank. Individual mortgage loans originated by these mortgage companies are funded as a secured borrowing with pledge of collateral under Horizon’s agreement with the mortgage company. Each individual mortgage is assigned to Horizon until the loan is sold to the secondary market by the mortgage company. In addition, Horizon takes possession of each original note and forwards such note to the end investor once the mortgage company has sold the loan. At the time a loan is transferred to the secondary market, the mortgage company repurchases the loan under its option within the agreement.
Due to the repurchase feature contained in the agreement, the transaction does not qualify as a sale under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing and therefore is accounted for as a secured borrowing with pledge of collateral pursuant to the agreement with the mortgage company. When the individual loan is sold to the end investor by the mortgage company the proceeds from the sale of the loan are received by Horizon and used to payoff the loan balance with Horizon along with any accrued interest and any related fees. The remaining balance from the sale is forwarded to the mortgage company. These individual loans typically are sold by the mortgage company within 30 days and are seldom held more than 90 days. Interest income is accrued during this period and collected at the time each loan is sold. Fee income for each loan sold is collected when the loan is sold and no costs are deferred due to the term between each loan funding and related payoff is typically less than 30 days.
Based on the agreements with each mortgage company, at any time a mortgage company can repurchase from Horizon their outstanding loan balance on an individual mortgage and regain possession of the original note. Horizon also has the option to request that the mortgage company repurchase an individual mortgage. Should this occur, Horizon would return the original note and reassign the assignment of the mortgage to the mortgage company. Also, in the event that the end investor would not be able to honor the sales commitment and the mortgage company would not be able to repurchase its loan on an individual mortgage, Horizon would be able to exercise its rights under the agreement.
Allowance for Loan Losses — An allowance for loan losses is maintained to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing quarterly assessments of the probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by the provision for credit losses, which is charged against current period operating results and decreased by the amount of charge offs, net of recoveries. Horizon’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include the general allowance, specific allowances for identified problem loans and the qualitative allowance.
The general allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to pools of outstanding loans. Loss factors are based on historical loss experience and may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date.
Specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified conditions or circumstances related to a credit that management believes indicate the probability that a loss will be incurred in excess of the amount determined by the application of the formula allowance.
The qualitative allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of various conditions, the effects of which are not directly measured in the determination of the general and specific allowances. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific credits.

59


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
The conditions evaluated in connection with the qualitative allowance may include factors such as local, regional and national economic conditions and forecasts, concentrations of credit and changes in the composition of the portfolio.
Loan Impairment — When analysis determines a borrower’s operating results and financial condition are not adequate to meet debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment. Often this is associated with a delay or shortfall in payments of 30 days or more. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when 90 days or more past due. These loans are also often considered impaired. Impaired loans or portions thereof, are charged-off when deemed uncollectible. This typically occurs when the loan is 120 or more days past due.
Loans are considered impaired if full principal or interest payments are not made in accordance with the original terms of the loan. Impaired loans are measured and carried at the lower of cost or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Smaller balance homogenous loans are evaluated for impairment in the aggregate. Such loans include residential first mortgage loans secured by one to four family residences, residential construction loans and automobile, home equity and second mortgages. Commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment.
Premises and Equipment — Buildings and major improvements are capitalized and depreciated using primarily the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 40 years. Furniture and equipment are capitalized and depreciated using primarily the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 2 to 20 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred while major additions and improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses on disposition are included in current operations.
Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLBI) Stock — The stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBI) systems. The required investment in the common stock is based on a predetermined formula.
Mortgage Servicing Rights — Mortgage servicing rights on originated loans that have been sold are capitalized by allocating the total cost of the mortgage loans between the mortgage servicing rights and the loans based on their relative fair values. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated servicing revenue. Impairment of mortgage-servicing rights is assessed based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on a current market interest rate. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The predominant characteristic currently used for stratification is type of loan. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value. Amortization expense and charges related to an impairment write-down are included in other income.
Goodwill — Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. At December 31, 2009, Horizon had core deposit intangibles of $1.4 million subject to amortization and $5.8 million of goodwill, which is not subject to amortization. Goodwill arising from business combinations represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible assets in the business acquired. Horizon’s goodwill relates to the value inherent in the banking industry and that value is dependent upon the ability of Horizon to provide quality, cost effective banking services in a competitive marketplace. The goodwill value is supported by revenue that is in part driven by the volume of business transacted. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Goodwill totaled $5.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008. A large majority of the goodwill relates to the acquisition of Alliance Financial Corporation.
Income Taxes — Horizon files annual consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries. Income tax in the consolidated statements of income includes deferred income tax provisions or benefits for all significant temporary differences in recognizing income and expenses for financial reporting and income tax purposes.

60


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
The Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, no material liabilities for uncertain tax positions have been recorded. However, during 2007, the Company reduced its liabilities for certain tax position by $563,000. This reduction was recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to equity.
Trust Assets and Income — Property, other than cash deposits, held in a fiduciary or agency capacity is not included in the consolidated balance sheets since such property is not owned by Horizon.
Earnings per Common Share — Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders (net income less dividend requirements for preferred stock and accretion of preferred stock discount) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. In August 2002, substantially all of the participants in Horizon’s Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plans voluntarily entered into an agreement with Horizon to cap the value of their stock appreciation rights (“SARS”) at $14.67 per share and cease any future vesting of the SARS. These agreements with option holders make it more advantageous to exercise an option rather than a SAR whenever Horizon’s stock price exceeds $14.67 per share, therefore the option becomes potentially dilutive at $14.67 per share or higher. The following table shows computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.
                         
    December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Basic earnings per share
                       
Net income
  $ 9,140     $ 8,972     $ 8,140  
Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount
    1,402       45        
     
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 7,738     $ 8,927     $ 8,140  
 
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    3,232,033       3,208,658       3,200,440  
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 2.39     $ 2.78     $ 2.54  
     
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
                       
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 7,738     $ 8,927     $ 8,140  
 
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    3,232,033       3,208,658       3,200,440  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Restricted stock
    32,284       29,889       29,845  
Stock options
    6,406       7,804       13,280  
     
Weighted average shares outstanding
    3,270,723       3,246,351       3,243,565  
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 2.37     $ 2.75     $ 2.51  
     
At December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 there were 71,514 shares, 59,771 shares, and 32,000 shares that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were non-dilutive. Warrants to purchase 212,104 shares at December 31, 2009 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be non-dilutive.

61


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Dividend Restrictions — Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by a national bank to its parent holding company without prior approval of the Comptroller of the Currency. At December 31, 2009, $12.7 million was available for payment of dividends from the Bank to Horizon. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board limits the amount of dividends that may be paid by Horizon to its stockholders under its capital adequacy guidelines. Under the Capital Purchase Program pursuant to which Horizon issued the Preferred Stock, Horizon cannot increase the amount of the dividend it pays on its common shares while the Preferred Stock is outstanding without the prior consent of the Treasury. The preferred Stock qualifies as Tier I capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. This further limits the amount of net income available to the common shareholders.
Due to Horizon participation in the CPP Program in December 2008, Horizon is prohibited from increasing its common stock dividends for the first three years, while Treasury is an investor, without the prior consent of the Treasury.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined to include cash and due from banks, money market investments and federal funds sold with maturities of one day or less. Horizon reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, deposit transactions, short-term investments and borrowings.
Share-Based Compensation — At December 31, 2009, Horizon has stock option plans, which are described more fully in Note 18. All share-based payments to be recognized as expense, based upon their fair values, in the financial statements over the vesting period of the awards. Horizon has recorded approximately $39,000 and $39,000 for 2009 and 2008, in compensation expense relating to vesting of stock options less estimated forfeitures for the 12 month period ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Current Economic Conditions — The current economic environment presents financial institutions with unprecedented circumstances and challenges which in some cases have resulted in large declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity and significant credit quality problems, including severe volatility in the valuation of real estate and other collateral supporting loans. The financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to Horizon.
Given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses and capital that could negatively impact Horizon’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity.
Reclassifications — Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2008 and 2007 consolidated financial statements to be comparable to 2009. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2009-12, Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share
In September 2009, this ASU was issued and permits, as a practical expedient, a reporting entity to measure the fair value of an investment that is within the scope of the amendments in this ASU on the basis of the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) if the net asset value of the investment (or its equivalent) is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of Topic 946 as of the reporting entity’s measurement date. The ASU also requires disclosures by major category of investment about the attributes of investments within the scope of the Update. ASU 2009-12 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2009. Horizon is currently assessing the impact of the ASU on our financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.
ASU No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value codified in “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) — Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value”
In August 2009, this ASU provides amendments for fair value measurements of liabilities. It provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is

62


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
required to measure fair value using one or more techniques. ASU 2009-05 also clarifies that when estimating a fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. ASU 2009-05 is effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after issuance or fourth quarter 2009. Horizon is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on our financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.
ASU 2009-01 (formerly SFAS No. 168), Topic 105 — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles - FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
ASU 2009-01 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (Codification) as the single source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. ASU 2009-01 was effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. Horizon has made the appropriate changes to GAAP references in our financial statements.
FASB ASC 810-10 (formerly SFAS No. 167), Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS 167 which amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities. The amendments to the consolidation guidance affect all entities currently within the scope of FIN 46(R), as well as qualifying special-purpose entities (QSPEs) that are currently excluded from the scope of FIN 46(R). SFAS 167 is effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. Horizon is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on our financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.
FASB ASC topic 860 (formerly SFAS No. 166), Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140
SFAS 166 amends the derecognition accounting and disclosure guidance relating to SFAS 140. SFAS 166 eliminates the exemption from consolidation for QSPEs, it also requires a transferor to evaluate all existing QSPEs to determine whether it must be consolidated in accordance with SFAS 167. SFAS 166 is effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. Horizon is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on our financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 855 (formerly Statement No. 165), Subsequent Events
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855 which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. ASC 855 was effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. Horizon adopted the provisions of ASC 855 and this change is reflected in Note 27 - Subsequent Events.
ASC 825 (formerly FASB Staff Position (FSP) 107-1 and APB 28-1), Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 825 which requires a public entity to provide disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim financial information. ASC 825 is effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. Horizon adopted the provisions of ASC 825 on April 1, 2009 and the impact on our disclosures is more fully discussed in Note 22.
ASC 320 (formerly FSP FAS 115-2, FAS124-2 and EITF 99-20-2), Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment
In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 320 which (i) changes existing guidance for determining whether an impairment is other than temporary to debt securities and (ii) replaces the existing requirement that the entity’s management assert it has both the intent and ability to hold an impaired security until recovery with a requirement that management assert: (a) it does not have the intent to sell the security; and (b) it is more likely than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Under ASC 320, declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of impairment related to other factors is recognized in other

63


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
comprehensive income. ASC 320 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. Horizon adopted the provisions of ASC 320 on April 1, 2009. Details related to the adoption of ASC 320 and the impact on our disclosures are more fully discussed in Note 3.
Earnings Per Share (EPS): (formerly FSP EITF 03-6-1), Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Shared-Based Payment Transaction are Participating Securities .
In June 2008, the FASB issued ASC 260 which clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards with a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends are participating securities. ASC 260 also provides guidance on how to allocate earnings to participating securities and compute EPS using the two-class method. ASC 260 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. The provisions of ASC 260 did not have a material impact on our EPS calculation.
ASC 815 (formerly Statement No. 161), Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities .
In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC 815 which requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. ASC 815 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Horizon adopted the provisions of ASC 815 on January 1, 2009. The required disclosures are included in Note 21.
Note 2 — Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, cash equivalents consisted primarily of deposit accounts with financial institutions.
One or more of the financial institutions holding the Company’s cash accounts are participating in the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under the program, through June 30, 2010, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at these institutions are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account.
For financial institutions opting out of the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program or interest-bearing cash accounts, the FDIC’s insurance limits increased to $250,000, effective October 3, 2008. The increase in federally insured limits is currently set to expire December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s cash accounts exceeded federally insured limits by approximately $24.6 million.

64


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 3 – Securities
The fair value of securities is as follows:
                                 
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
December 31, 2009   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
     
Available for sale
                               
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ 19,612     $ 473     $     $ 20,085  
State and municipal
    107,160       2,402       (413 )     109,149  
Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    84,001       1,121       (227 )     84,895  
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
    113,633       5,028             118,661  
Corporate notes
    355             (13 )     342  
     
Total available for sale investment securities
  $ 324,761     $ 9,024     $ (653 )   $ 333,132  
     
Held to maturity, State and Municipal
  $ 11,657     $ 30     $     $ 11,687  
     
                                 
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
December 31, 2008   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
     
Available for sale
                               
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ 23,661     $ 1,253     $     $ 24,914  
State and municipal
    88,282       804       (2,101 )     86,985  
Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    13,063       223       (335 )     12,951  
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
    174,227       2,374       (212 )     176,389  
Corporate notes
    587             (188 )     399  
     
Total available for sale investment securities
  $ 299,820     $ 4,654     $ (2,836 )   $ 301,638  
     
Held to maturity, State and Municipal
  $ 1,630     $ 4     $     $ 1,634  
     
Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information, and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary. While these securities are held in the available for sale portfolio, Horizon intends and has the ability to hold them until the earlier of a recovery in fair value or maturity.
Should the impairment of any of these securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified. At December 31, 2009, no individual investment security had an unrealized loss that was determined to be other-than-temporary.
The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in securities of state and municipal, federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations, and federal agency mortgage-backed pools were caused by interest rate increases and not a decline in credit quality. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the investments or the Company expects to recover the amortized cost basis over the term of the securities. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company did not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009.

65


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair
    Cost   Value   Cost   Value
     
Available for sale
                               
Within one year
  $ 2,658     $ 2,691     $ 1,182     $ 1,190  
One to five years
    5,449       5,682       10,569       10,926  
Five to ten years
    40,557       41,400       28,701       28,664  
After ten years
    78,463       79,803       72,078       71,518  
     
 
    127,127       129,576       112,530       112,298  
Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations
  $ 84,001     $ 84,895       13,063       12,951  
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
    113,633       118,661       174,227       176,389  
     
Total available for sale investment securities
  $ 324,761     $ 333,132     $ 299,820     $ 301,638  
     
 
                               
Held to maturity
                               
Within one year
  $ 11,462     $ 11,484     $ 90     $ 91  
One to five years
    195       203       1,540       1,543  
     
Total held to maturity investment securities
  $ 11,657     $ 11,687     $ 1,630     $ 1,634  
     
The following table shows investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total
    Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized
December 31, 2009   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses
 
State and municipal
  $ 14,757     $ (216 )   $ 3,791     $ (197 )   $ 18,548     $ (413 )
Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    12,369       (122 )     1,756       (105 )     14,125       (227 )
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
                42             42        
Corporate notes
    9       (13 )                 9       (13 )
     
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 27,135     $ (351 )   $ 5,589     $ (302 )   $ 32,724     $ (653 )
     
 
    Less than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total
    Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized
December 31, 2008   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses
 
State and municipal
  $ 47,215     $ (1,973 )   $ 2,342     $ (128 )   $ 49,557     $ (2,101 )
Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    4,026       (335 )                 4,026       (335 )
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
    24,753       (161 )     6,145       (51 )     30,898       (212 )
Corporate notes
    399       (188 )                 399       (188 )
     
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 76,393     $ (2,657 )   $ 8,487     $ (179 )   $ 84,880     $ (2,836 )
     

66


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Information regarding security proceeds, gross gains and gross losses are presented below.
                         
    December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Sales of securities available for sale
                       
Proceeds
  $ 48,859     $ 30     $ 27,973  
Gross gains
    1,130             164  
Gross losses
    335       15       162  
The Company pledges securities to secure retail and corporate repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2009, the Company had pledged $177.9 million in securities as collateral for $141.2 million in repurchase agreements.
Note 4 Loans
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Real estate loans
               
1–4 family
  $ 128,373     $ 160,661  
Other
    5,519       7,105  
     
Total
    133,892       167,766  
 
               
Commercial loans
               
Working capital and equipment
    167,149       161,848  
Real estate, including agriculture
    135,639       136,376  
Tax exempt
    3,247       3,258  
Other
    8,482       9,360  
     
Total
    314,517       310,842  
 
               
Consumer loans
               
Auto
    146,270       160,685  
Recreation
    5,321       6,985  
Real estate/home improvement
    32,009       35,407  
Home equity
    83,412       72,628  
Unsecured
    2,222       2,124  
Other
    1,976       2,243  
     
Total
    271,210       280,072  
 
               
Mortgage warehouse loans
               
Prime
    166,698       115,939  
Sub-prime
          7,348  
     
Total
    166,698       123,287  
     
Total loans
  $ 886,317     $ 881,967  
     
Loans to directors and executive officers of Horizon and the Bank, including associates of such persons, amounted to $14.7 million and $15.9 million, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. During 2009, new loans or advances were $1.4 million and loan payments were $2.2 million.

67


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 5 – Allowance for Loan Losses
                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Balances, beginning of period
  $ 11,410     $ 9,791     $ 8,738  
Provision for losses
    13,603       7,568       3,068  
Recoveries on loans
    1,249       1,037       722  
Loans charged off
    (10,247 )     (6,986 )     (2,737 )
     
Balances, end of period
  $ 16,015     $ 11,410     $ 9,791  
     
Note 6 – Non-performing Assets and Impaired Loans
The following table shows non-performing loans including loans more than 90 days past due, on non-accrual, and trouble debt restructuring along with other real estate owned and repossessed collateral.
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Non-performing loans
               
Commercial
               
More than 90 days past due
  $ 1,086     $ 49  
Non-accrual
    8,143       5,118  
Trouble debt restructuring
           
Residential mortgage
               
More than 90 days past due
    296       464  
Non-accrual
    1,257       1,440  
Trouble debt restructuring
    3,266        
Mortgage warehouse
               
More than 90 days past due
           
Non-accrual
           
Trouble debt restructuring
           
Installment
               
More than 90 days past due
    376       318  
Non-accrual
    2,515       474  
Trouble debt restructuring
    206        
     
Total non-performing loans
    17,145       7,863  
     
Other real estate owned and repossessed collateral
               
Commercial
    544        
Residential mortgage
    1,186       2,772  
Mortgage warehouse
           
Installment
    23       207  
     
Total other real estate owned and repossessed collateral
    1,753       2,979  
     
Total non-performing assets
  $ 18,898     $ 10,842  
     

68


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Loans for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans.
If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value.
Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method. The following table shows the Company’s impaired loans.
                                 
    Carrying   Average   Specific   Interest
Impaired loans   Value   Balance   Reserves   Collected
     
December 31, 2009
                               
Commercial
  $ 9,685     $ 11,647     $ 1,675     $ 389  
Residential mortgage
    3,472       2,481       84       184  
Mortgage warehouse
                       
Installment
    206       159             15  
     
Total
  $ 13,363     $ 14,287     $ 1,759     $ 588  
     
December 31, 2008
                               
Commercial
  $ 5,118     $ 3,083     $ 1,122     $ 286  
Residential mortgage
                       
Mortgage warehouse
                       
Installment
                       
     
Total
  $ 5,118     $ 3,083     $ 1,122     $ 286  
     
December 31, 2007
                               
Commercial
  $ 1,870     $ 1,673     $ 345     $ 165  
Residential mortgage
                       
Mortgage warehouse
                       
Installment
                       
     
Total
  $ 1,870     $ 1,673     $ 345     $ 165  
     
There were $4.8 million, $1.4 million, and $0 of impaired loans without a specific reserve in 2009, 2008, or 2007. Interest income not recognized on the non-performing loans totaled approximately $712,000, $283,000, and $122,000 in 2009, 2008, and 2007. Accrued interest on impaired loans is reversed from interest income when a loan is determined to be impaired and is a non-accrual loan.
Note 7 – Premises and Equipment
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Land
  $ 9,202     $ 8,742  
Buildings and improvements
    30,271       27,562  
Furniture and equipment
    12,504       11,920  
     
Total cost
    51,977       48,224  
Accumulated depreciation
    (21,443 )     (19,944 )
     
Net premise and equipment
  $ 30,534     $ 28,280  
     

69


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 8 – Loan Servicing
Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others totaled approximately $313.3 million and $79.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The aggregate fair value of capitalized mortgage servicing rights was approximately $3.5 million, $1.2 million, and $309,000 at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. Comparable market values and a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows were used to estimate fair value. For purposes of measuring impairment, risk characteristics including product type, investor type and interest rates, were used to stratify the originated mortgage servicing rights.
                         
    2009   2008   2007
     
Mortgage servicing rights
                       
Balances, January 1
  $ 732     $ 276     $ 248  
Servicing rights capitalized
    2,807       634       79  
Amortization of servicing rights
    (529 )     (178 )     (51 )
     
 
    3,010       732       276  
Impairment allowance
    (139 )     (4 )     (7 )
     
Balances, December 31
  $ 2,871     $ 728     $ 269  
     
During 2008, the Bank recorded a recovery of the impairment allowance totaling approximately $3,000. During 2009 and 2007, the Bank recorded additional impairment of approximately $135,000 and $4,000.
Note 9 – Intangible Assets
As a result of the acquisition of Alliance Bank Corporation in 2005, the Company has recorded certain amortizable intangible assets related to core deposit intangibles. The Core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years using an accelerated method. Amortizable intangible assets are summarized as follows:
                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Gross Carrying   Accumulated   Gross Carrying   Accumulated
    Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
     
Amortizable intangible assets Core deposit intangible
  $ 2,952     $ (1,505 )   $ 2,952     $ (1,201 )
Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $305,000, $317,000, and $344,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. Estimated amortization for the years ending December 31 are as follows:
         
2010
  $ 292  
2011
    280  
2012
    269  
2013
    258  
2014
    247  
Thereafter
    101  
 
     
 
  $ 1,447  
 
     

70


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 10 – Deposits
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 84,357     $ 83,642  
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    395,179       315,005  
Money market (variable rate)
    79,831       81,477  
Savings deposits
    35,638       32,449  
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
    186,236       144,966  
Other certificates and time deposits
    170,467       183,630  
     
Total deposits
  $ 951,708     $ 841,169  
     
Certificates and other time deposits for both retail and brokered maturing in years ending December 31 are as follows:
                         
    Retail   Brokered   Total
     
2010
  $ 132,701     $ 30,184     $ 162,885  
2011
    80,660       20,414       101,074  
2012
    19,590       23,500       43,090  
2013
    9,914       5,000       14,914  
2014
    3,281       10,729       14,010  
Thereafter
    17,397       3,333       20,730  
     
 
  $ 263,543     $ 93,160     $ 356,703  
     
Note 11 – Borrowings
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, variable and fixed rates ranging from 3.16% to 7.53%, due at various dates through November 15, 2024
  $ 142,780     $ 177,488  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    141,236       89,995  
Federal Reserve Bank discount window
          45,000  
Federal funds purchased
          7,200  
Notes payable
          4,700  
     
Total borrowings
  $ 284,016     $ 324,383  
     
The Federal Home Loan Bank advances are secured by first and second mortgage loans and mortgage warehouse loans totaling approximately $437.1 million. Advances are subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment. In addition, $75.2 million of the advances outstanding at December 31, 2009 contained options with dates ranging from January 12, 2009 to April 29, 2013, whereby the interest rate may be adjusted by the Federal Home Loan Bank, at which time the advances may be repaid at the option of the Company without penalty.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase consist of obligations of the Bank to other parties. The obligations are secured by U.S. agency and mortgage-backed securities and such collateral is held in safekeeping by third parties. The maximum amount of outstanding agreements at any month end during 2009 and 2008 totaled $149.1 million and $103.6 million and the daily average of such agreements totaled $131.8 million and $95.6 million. The agreements at December 31, 2009, mature at various dates through March 30, 2019. Securities sold under repurchase agreements totaling $10.0 million may be cancelled at the discretion of the lender on various dates beginning on February 6, 2010.

71


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Horizon has an unsecured $2.0 million line of credit with no balance at December 31, 2009. The line of credit is from an unrelated financial institution with interest payable quarterly at a rate indexed to LIBOR. The line matures within one year.
At December 31, 2009, the Bank has available approximately $299.9 million in credit lines with various money center banks, including the FHLB.
Contractual maturities in years ending December 31
         
2010
  $ 101,399  
2011
    40,166  
2012
    41,591  
2013
    15,095  
2014
    123  
Thereafter
    85,642  
 
     
 
  $ 284,016  
 
     
Note 12 – Subordinated Debentures
In March of 2002, Horizon formed Horizon Statutory Trust I (Trust I), a wholly owned statutory business trust. Trust I sold $12.4 million of Trust Preferred Capital Securities as a participant in a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Trust I and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities bear interest at a rate of 90-day LIBOR plus 3.60% and mature on March 26, 2032, and are non-callable for five years. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par. These securities have been called and were redeemed on March 26, 2007. Costs associated with the issuance of the securities totaling $362,000 were capitalized and were amortized to the March 26, 2007 first call date of the securities.
In October of 2004, Horizon formed Horizon Statutory Trust II (Trust II), a wholly owned statutory business trust. Trust II sold $10.3 million of Trust Preferred Capital Securities as a participant in a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Trust II and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities bear interest at a rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 1.95% and mature on October 21, 2034, and are non-callable for five years. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par. Costs associated with the issuance of the securities totaling $17,500 were capitalized and were amortized to the October 31, 2009, first call date of the securities.
In December of 2006, Horizon formed Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust III (Trust III), a wholly owned statutory business trust. Trust III sold $12.4 million of Trust Preferred Capital Securities as a participant in a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Trust III and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities bear interest at a rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 1.65% and mature on January 30, 2037, and are non-callable for five years. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par. Costs associated with the issuance of the securities totaling $12,647 were capitalized and are being amortized to the first call date of the securities. The proceeds of this issue were used to redeem the securities issued by Trust I on March 26, 2007.

72


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
The Company assumed additional debentures as the result of the acquisition of Alliance Bank Corporation in 2005. In June 2004, Alliance formed Alliance Financial Statutory Trust I a wholly owned business trust (Alliance Trust) to sell $5.2 million in trust preferred securities. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of subordinated debentures from Alliance. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of Alliance Trust and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Horizon. The junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities pay interest and dividends on a quarterly basis. The junior subordinated debentures and the securities bear interest at a rate of 90-day LIBOR plus 2.65%, mature in June 2034, and are non-callable for five years. After that period, the securities may be called at any quarterly interest payment date at par.
The Trust Preferred Capital Securities, subject to certain limitations, are included in Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes. Dividends on the Trust Preferred Capital Securities are recorded as interest expense.
Note 13 – Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Effective January 1, 2007, Horizon converted its stock bonus plan to an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”). Prior to that date, Horizon maintained an employee stock bonus plan that covered substantially all employees. The stock bonus plan was noncontributory, and Horizon made matching contributions of amounts contributed by the employees to the Employee Thrift Plan and discretionary contributions. Prior to the establishment of the employee stock bonus plan, Horizon maintained an ESOP that was terminated in 1999. The prior ESOP accounts of active employees and the discretionary accounts of active employees will remain in the new ESOP. The Matching contribution accounts under the Stock Bonus Plan will be transferred to the Horizon Bancorp Employees’ Thrift Plan.
The ESOP exists for the benefit of substantially all employees. Contributions to the ESOP are by Horizon and are determined by the Board of Directors at their discretion. The contributions may be made in the form of cash or common stock. Shares are allocated among participants each December 31 on the basis of each participant’s eligible compensation to total eligible compensation. Eligible compensation is limited to $245,000 for each participant. Dividends on shares held by the plan, at the discretion of each participant, may be distributed to an individual participant or left in the plan to purchase additional shares.
Total cash contributions and expense recorded for the ESOP was $300,000 in 2009, 2008, and 2007.
The ESOP, which is not leveraged, owns a total of 402,644 shares of Horizon’s stock or 12.3% of the outstanding shares.
Note 14 – Employee Thrift Plan
The Employee Thrift Plan (“Plan”) provides that all employees of Horizon with the requisite hours of service are eligible for the Plan. The Plan permits voluntary employee contributions and Horizon may make discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions. Each eligible employee is vested according to a schedule based upon years of service. Employee voluntary contributions are vested at all times and Horizon’s discretionary contributions vest over a six-year period. The Bank’s expense related to the thrift plan totaled approximately $439,000 in 2009 and $348,000 in 2008 and 2007.

73


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 15 – Income Tax
                         
    December 31   December 31   December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Income tax expense
                       
Currently payable
                       
Federal
  $ 2,818     $ 2,404     $ 2,671  
State
    (35 )     (57 )     281  
Deferred
    (713 )     (485 )     (225 )
     
Total income tax expense
  $ 2,070     $ 1,862     $ 2,727  
     
Reconciliation of federal statutory to actual tax expense
                       
Federal statutory income tax at 34%
  $ 3,812     $ 3,683     $ 3,695  
Tax exempt interest
    (1,377 )     (1,182 )     (1,097 )
Tax exempt income
    (245 )     (496 )     (318 )
Nondeductible and other
    (120 )     (105 )     261  
Effect of state income taxes
          (38 )     186  
     
Actual tax expense
  $ 2,070     $ 1,862     $ 2,727  
     
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Assets
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 5,849     $ 4,516  
Director and employee benefits
    1,057       1,133  
Other
    32        
     
Total assets
    6,938       5,649  
     
 
               
Liabilities
               
Depreciation
    (1,241 )     (1,146 )
Difference in expense recognition
    (148 )     (130 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends
    (298 )     (319 )
Difference in basis of intangible assets
    (1,547 )     (685 )
Difference in basis of assets
          (91 )
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
    (2,930 )     (338 )
Other
    (73 )     (360 )
     
Total liabilities
    (6,237 )     (3,069 )
     
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 701     $ 2,580  
     
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.

74


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 16 – Other Comprehensive Income
                         
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
     
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:
                       
Unrealized holding gains arising during the year
  $ 7,348     $ 1,706     $ 2,413  
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) realized in net income
    795       (15 )     2  
     
 
    6,553       1,721       2,411  
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
    1,279       (851 )      
     
Net unrealized gains
    7,832       870       2,411  
Tax expense
    (2,741 )     (305 )     (841 )
     
Other comprehensive income
  $ 5,091     $ 565     $ 1,570  
     
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income included in capital are as follows:
 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008   December 31, 2008
     
Unrealized holding gain on securities available for sale
  $ 5,441     $ 1,181     $ 63  
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments
    278       (553 )      
     
Total other comprehensive income
  $ 5,719     $ 628     $ 63  
     
Note 17 – Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Contingencies
Because of the nature of its activities, Horizon is subject to pending and threatened legal actions that arise in the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, after consultation with counsel, none of the litigation to which Horizon or any of its subsidiaries is a party will have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of Horizon.
The Bank was required to have approximately $3.3 million of cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank to meet regulatory reserve and clearing balance requirements at December 31, 2009. These balances are included in cash and cash equivalents and do not earn interest.
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the ordinary course of business to meet financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank follows the same credit policy to make such commitments as is followed for those loans recorded in the financial statements.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, commitments to make loans amounted to approximately $189.5 million and $180.8 million and commitments under outstanding standby letters of credit amounted to approximately $1.5 million and $1.7 million. Since many commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit expire without being used, the amount does not necessarily represent future cash advances. No losses are anticipated as a result of these transactions. Collateral obtained upon exercise of the commitment is determined using management’s credit evaluation.
Note 18 – Regulatory Capital
Horizon and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies and are assigned to a capital category. The assigned capital category is largely determined by three ratios that are calculated according to the regulations: total risk adjusted capital, Tier I capital and Tier I leverage ratios. The ratios are intended to measure capital relative to assets and credit risk associated with those assets and off-balance sheet exposures of the entity. The capital category assigned to an entity can also be affected by qualitative judgments made by regulatory agencies about the risk inherent in the entity’s activities that are not part of the calculated ratios.

75


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
There are five capital categories defined in the regulations, ranging from well capitalized to critically undercapitalized. Classification of a bank in any of the undercapitalized categories can result in actions by regulators that could have a material effect on a bank’s operations. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, Horizon and the Bank are categorized as well capitalized and met all subject capital adequacy requirements.
                                                 
                    For Capital 1   For Well 1
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Capitalized Purposes
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
     
As of December 31, 2009
                                               
Total capital 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 142,122       14.74 %   $ 77,135       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    126,005       13.10 %     76,950       8.00 %   $ 96,187       10.00 %
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    130,052       13.49 %     38,562       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    113,935       11.85 %     38,459       4.00 %     57,689       6.00 %
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital 1 (to average assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    130,052       9.86 %     52,759       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    113,935       8.64 %     52,748       4.00 %     65,935       5.00 %
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2008
                                               
 
                                               
Total capital 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 134,546       14.38 %   $ 74,852       8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    122,538       13.11 %     74,775       8.00 %   $ 93,469       10.00 %
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital 1 (to risk-weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    123,136       13.16 %     37,427       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    111,128       11.89 %     37,385       4.00 %     56,078       6.00 %
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital 1 (to average assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    123,136       10.45 %     47,133       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    111,128       9.44 %     47,088       4.00 %     58,860       5.00 %
 
1   As defined by regulatory agencies
Note 19 — Share-Based Compensation
Under Horizon’s 1997 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plan (1997 Plan), which is accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, Horizon may grant certain officers and employees stock option awards or stock appreciation rights which vest and become fully exercisable at the end of five years of continued employment. SARs entitle eligible employees to receive cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock totaling the excess, on the date of exercise, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock covered by the option over the option exercise price. The underlying stock options are deemed to have been cancelled upon exercise of the SARs. In the third quarter of 2002, Horizon entered into agreements with participants that capped the value of their SARs at $14.67 per share and discontinued any future vesting. No additional compensation expense is recognized when the fair value of Horizon stock exceeds $14.67 per share as there is a presumption that participants will exercise their options rather than the SARs. No compensation expense relating to the SARs was recorded in 2009, 2008, or 2007.

76


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
A summary of option activity under the 1997 Plan as of December 31, 2009 and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:
                                 
                    Weighted-    
            Weighted-   Average   Aggregate
            Average   Remaining   Intrinsic
    Shares   Exercise Price   Term   Value
     
Outstanding, beginning of year
    25,520     $ 7.61                  
Exercised
    (7,270 )     7.44                  
 
                               
Outstanding, end of year
    18,250       7.68       0.98     $ 155,892  
 
                               
Exercisable, end of year
    18,250       7.68       0.98       155,892  
There were no options granted during the years 2009, 2008, and 2007. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, was $61,000, $23,000 and $167,000.
On January 21, 2003, the Board of Directors adopted the Horizon Bancorp 2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (2003 Plan), which was approved by stockholders on May 8, 2003. Under the 2003 Plan, Horizon may issue up to 150,000 common shares, plus the number of shares that are tendered to or withheld by Horizon in connection with the exercise of options plus that number of shares that are purchased by Horizon with the cash proceeds received upon option exercises. The 2003 Plan limits the number of shares available to 150,000 for incentive stock options and to 75,000 for the grant of non-option awards. The shares available for issuance under the 2003 Plan may be divided among the various types of awards and among the participants as the Compensation Committee (Committee) determines. The Committee is authorized to grant any type of award to a participant that is consistent with the provisions of the 2003 Plan. Awards may consist of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance units, performance shares or any combination of these awards. The Committee determines the provisions, terms and conditions of each award. The restricted shares vest over a period of time established by the committee at the time of each grant. Holders of restricted shares receive dividends and may vote the shares. The restricted shares are recorded at fair market value (on the date granted) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The cost of these shares is being amortized against earnings using the straight-line method over the vesting period. The options shares granted under the 2003 plan vest at a rate of 20% per year. The restricted shares granted under the 2003 Plan vest at the end of each grant’s vesting period.
The fair value of options granted is estimated on the date of the grant using an option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions (there were no options granted during 2009 or 2008 under the 2003 plan):
         
December 31   2007
 
       
Dividend yields
    2.18 %
Volatility factors of expected market price of common stock
    20.47 %
Risk-free interest rates
    5.05 %
Expected life of options
  6 years

77


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
A summary of option activity under the 2003 Plan as of December 31, 2009, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:
                                 
                    Weighted-    
                    Average    
            Weighted-   Remaining   Aggregate
            Average   Contractual   Intrinsic
    Shares   Exercise Price   Term   Value
     
Outstanding, beginning and end of year
    29,000     $ 25.28       5.65     $  
Exercisable, end of year
    22,600       24.82       5.31        
The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year 2007 was $6.59. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $4,258. No options were granted under the 2003 Plan during 2009 and 2008. No options granted under the 2003 Plan were exercised in 2009 or 2008.
A summary of the status of Horizon’s non-vested, restricted shares as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 is presented below:
                 
    2009
            Weighted
            Average
            Grant Date
    Shares   Fair Value
     
Non-vested beginning of year
    45,000     $ 24.37  
Granted
    19,080       10.50  
Exercised
           
Vested
    (54,080 )     18.95  
Forfeited
           
 
               
Non-vested, end of year
    10,000       27.22  
 
               
Grants vest at the end of four or five years of continuous employment.
Total compensation cost recognized in the income statement for option-based payment arrangements during 2009 was $39,000 and the related tax benefit recognized was $15,000. Total compensation cost recognized in the income statement for option-based payment arrangements during 2008 was $39,000 and the related tax benefit recognized was $15,000. Total compensation cost recognized in the income statement for option-based payment arrangements during 2007 was $53,000 and the related tax benefit recognized was $21,000.
Total compensation cost recognized in the income statement for restricted share based payment arrangements during 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $164,000, $233,000, and $240,000. The recognized tax benefit related thereto was $66,000, $92,000, and $96,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.
Cash received from option exercise under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was 68,000, $35,000, and $135,000. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercise of the share-based payment arrangements totaled 18,000, $8,000, and $68,000, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
As of December 31, 2009, there was $121,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under all of the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.9 years.

78


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 20 — FDIC Insurance
Effective November 17, 2006, the FDIC implemented a one-time credit of $4.7 billion to eligible institutions. The purpose of the credit was to recognize contributions made by certain institutions to capitalize the Bank Insurance Fund and Savings Association Insurance Fund, which have now been merged into the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Bank is an eligible institution and has received notice from the FDIC that its share of the credit was $458,000. Horizon utilized $314,000 of this credit during 2007, which reduced the Company’s FDIC insurance expense. The remaining credit of $144,000 was used in the first quarter of 2008. FDIC insurance expense for the full year increased from $99,000 in 2007 to $546,000 in 2008 because of the reduction in the available credit and a premium increase from the FDIC and $2.1 million in 2009.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the FDIC announced a temporary increase in coverage limits from $100,000 to $250,000. The increase is set to expire June 30, 2010.
Note 21 — Derivative Financial Instruments
Cash Flow Hedges
As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flow due to interest rate fluctuations, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements for a portion of its floating rate debt. The agreements provide for the Company to receive interest from the counterparty at three month LIBOR and to pay interest to the counterparty at a weighted average fixed rate of 5.53% on a notional amount of $27.0 million at December 31, 2009. Under the agreements, the Company pays or receives the net interest amount monthly, with the monthly settlements included in interest expense.
Management has designated the interest rate swap agreement as a cash flow hedging instrument. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. At December 31, 2009 the Company’s cash flow hedge was effective and is not expected to have a significant impact the Company’s net income over the next 12 months.
Fair Value Hedges
Fair value hedges are intended to reduce the interest rate risk associated with the underlying hedged item. The Company enters into fixed rate loan agreements as part of its lending policy. To mitigate the risk of changes in fair value based on fluctuations in interest rates, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements on individual loans, converting the fixed rate loans to a variable rate. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. At December 31, 2009 the Company’s fair value hedges were effective and are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s net income over the next 12 months.
The change in fair value of both the hedge instruments and the underlying loan agreements are recorded as gains or losses in interest income. The fair value hedges are considered to be highly effective and any hedge ineffectiveness was deemed not material. The notional amounts of the loan agreements being hedged were $30.1 million at December 31, 2009.
Other Derivative Instruments
The Company enters into non-hedging derivatives in the form of mortgage loan forward sale commitments with investors and commitments to originate mortgage loans as part of its mortgage banking business. At December 31, 2009 the Company’s fair value of these derivatives were recorded and over the next 12 months are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s net income.
The change in fair value of both the forward sale commitments and commitments to originate mortgage loans were recorded and the net gains or losses included in the Company’s gain on sale of loans.

79


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative financial instruments utilized by Horizon Bancorp:
                                 
    Asset Derivative     Liability Derivatives  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2009  
Derivatives designated as   Balance Sheet             Balance Sheet        
hedging instruments   Location     Fair Value     Location     Fair Value  
Interest rate contracts
  Loans   $ 1,141     Other liabilities   $ 1,141  
Interest rate contracts
  Other Assets     1,038     Other liabilities     611  
 
                           
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
            2,179               1,752  
 
                           
 
                               
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
                               
Mortgage loan contracts
  Other assets     265     Other liabilities     135  
 
                           
 
                               
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
            265               135  
 
                           
Total derivatives
          $ 2,444             $ 1,887  
 
                           
The effect of the derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of income for the twelve month periods ended is as follows:
         
    Amount of Gain  
    Recognized in Other  
    Comprehensive  
    Income on  
    Derivative (Effective  
    Portion)  
      Derivative in cash flow hedging   Year Ended  
                    relationship   December 31, 2009  
Interest rate contracts
  $ 831  
 
     
Total
  $ 831  
 
     

80


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820-10-20 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820-10-55 establishes a fair value hierarchy that emphasizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
                         
            Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
            on Derivative
Derivative in           Year Ended   Year Ended
fair value hedging   Location of Gain (Loss)   December 31,   December 31,
relationship   Recognized on Derivative   2009   2008
 
Interest rate contracts
  Interest income — loans   $ (565 )   $ 1,706  
Interest rate contracts
  Interest income — loans     565       (1,706 )
             
Total
          $     $  
             
                     
        Year Ended   Year Ended
Derivative not designated   Location of Gain (Loss)   December 31,   December 31,
as hedging relationship   Recognized on Derivative   2009   2008
Mortgage contract
  Other income — gain on sale of loans   $ (101 )   $ 231  
         
Total
      $ (101 )   $ 231  
         
Note 22 — Disclosures about fair value of assets and liabilities
The Fair Value Measurements topic of the FASB ASC defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2   Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities
Level 3   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying financial statements, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
Available for sale securities
When quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include, U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities, state and municipal securities, federal agency mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed pools, and corporate notes. Level 2 securities are valued by a third party pricing service commonly used in the banking industry utilizing observable inputs. Observable inputs include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flow analysis, the U.S. Treasury yield

81


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
curve, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment spreads and available credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions. The pricing provider utilizes evaluated pricing models that vary based on asset class. These models incorporate available market information including quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and, because many fixed-income securities do not trade on a daily basis, apply available information through processes such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector grouping, and matrix pricing. In addition, model processes, such as an option adjusted spread model is used to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios for securities with prepayment features.
Hedged loans
Certain fixed rate loans have been converted to variable rate loans through entering into interest rate swap agreements. Fair value of those fixed rate loans is based on discounting estimated cash flows using interest rates determined by a respective interest rate swap agreement. Loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy based on the unobservable inputs used.
Interest rate swap agreements
The fair value is estimated by a third party using inputs that are primarily unobservable and cannot be corroborated by observable market data and, therefore, are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets and liabilities recognized in the accompanying financial statements measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the FASB ASC fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at the following:
                                 
            Quoted Prices in   Significant    
            Active Markets   Other   Significant
            for Identical   Observable   Unobservable
            Assets   Inputs   Inputs
    Fair Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
     
December 31, 2009
                               
Available-for-sale securities
                               
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
  $ 20,085     $     $ 20,085     $  
State and municipal
    109,149             109,149        
Federal agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    84,895             84,895        
Federal agency mortgage-backed pools
    118,661             118,661        
Corporate notes
    342       323       19        
     
Total available-for-sale securities
    333,132       323       332,809        
 
                               
Hedged loans
    31,153                   31,153  
Forward sale commitments
    265                   265  
Interest rate swap agreements
    (715 )                 (715 )
Commitments to originate loans
    (135 )                 (135 )
 
                               
December 31, 2008
                               
Available-for-sale securities
  $ 301,638     $     $ 301,638     $  
Hedged loans
    25,033                   25,033  
Forward sale commitments
    670                   670  
Interest rate swap agreements
    (2,557 )                 (2,557 )
Commitments to originate loans
    (438 )                 (438 )

82


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements recognized in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet using significant unobservable (level 3) inputs:
                                 
                            Commitments
            Forward Sale   Interest Rate   to Originate
    Hedged Loans   Commitments   Swaps   Loans
     
Beginning balance December 31, 2008
  $ 25,033     $ 670     $ (2,557 )   $ (438 )
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses
                               
Included in net income
    (565 )     (405 )     565       303  
Included in other comprehensive income, gross
                240        
Purchases, issuances, and settlements
    7,489                    
Principal payments
    (804 )                  
     
Ending balance December 31, 2009
  $ 31,153     $ 265     $ (1,752 )   $ (135 )
     
                                 
                            Commitments
            Forward Sale   Interest Rate   to Originate
    Hedged Loans   Commitments   Swaps   Loans
     
Beginning balance December 31, 2007
  $     $     $     $  
Total realized and unrealized gains and losses
                               
Included in net income
    1,706       670       (1,706 )     (438 )
Included in other comprehensive income, gross
                (851 )      
Purchases, issuances, and settlements
    23,737                    
Principal payments
    (410 )                  
     
Ending balance December 31, 2008
  $ 25,033     $ 670     $ (2,557 )   $ (438 )
     
Realized gains and losses included in net income for the periods are reported in the condensed consolidated statements of income as follows:
                 
    Year Ended December 31
Non Interest Income   2009   2008
     
Total gains and losses from:
               
Hedged loans
  $ (565 )   $ 1,706  
Fair value interest rate swap agreements
    565       (1,706 )
Derivative loan commitments
    (101 )     231  
     
 
  $ (101 )   $ 231  
     
Certain other assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the course of business and are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment):
                                 
            Quoted Prices in           Significant
            Active Markets for   Significant Other   Unobservable
            Identical Assets   Observable Inputs   Inputs
    Fair Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
     
December 31, 2009
                               
Impaired loans
  $ 11,398     $     $     $ 11,398  
 
                               
December 31, 2008
                               
Impaired loans
  $ 3,996     $     $     $ 3,996  

83


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Impaired loans: Fair value adjustments for impaired loans typically occur when there is evidence of impairment. Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. The Company measures fair value based on the value of the collateral securing the loans. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or personal property including equipment and inventory. The value of the collateral is determined based on internal estimates as well as third party appraisals or non-binding broker quotes. These measurements were classified as Level 3. The fair value of the Company’s other real estate owned is determined using Level 3 inputs, which include current and prior appraisals and estimated costs to sell.
Note 23 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value amounts were determined using available market information, current pricing information applicable to Horizon and various valuation methodologies. Where market quotations were not available, considerable management judgment was involved in the determination of estimated fair values. Therefore, the estimated fair value of financial instruments shown below may not be representative of the amounts at which they could be exchanged in a current or future transaction. Due to the inherent uncertainties of expected cash flows of financial instruments, the use of alternate valuation assumptions and methods could have a significant effect on the derived estimated fair value amounts.
The estimated fair values of financial instruments, as shown below, are not intended to reflect the estimated liquidation or market value of Horizon taken as a whole. The disclosed fair value estimates are limited to Horizon’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008. These include financial instruments recognized as assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as well as certain off-balance sheet financial instruments. The estimated fair values shown below do not include any valuation of assets and liabilities, which are not financial instruments as defined by the FASB ASC fair value hierarchy.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:
Cash and Cash Equivalents — The carrying amounts approximate fair value.
Interest-Bearing Deposits — The carrying amounts approximate fair value.
Investment Securities — For debt securities held to maturity, fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. For those securities where a quoted market price is not available, carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value based upon comparison with similar securities.
Loans Held for Sale — The carrying amounts approximate fair value.
Net Loans — The fair value of portfolio loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.
Interest Receivable/Payable — The carrying amounts approximate fair value.
FHLB and FRB Stock — Fair value of FHLB and FRB stock is based on the price at which it may be resold to the FHLB and FRB.
Deposits — The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturity.
Borrowings — Rates currently available to Horizon for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair values of existing borrowings.

84


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Subordinated Debentures — Rates currently available for debentures with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair values of existing debentures.
Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letter of Credit — The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. Due to the short-term nature of these agreements, carrying amounts approximate fair value.
The estimated fair values of Horizon’s financial instruments are as follows:
                                 
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
    Amount   Value   Amount   Value
     
Assets
                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 63,919     $ 63,919     $ 36,001     $ 36,001  
Interest-bearing deposits
    4,783       4,783       2,679       2,679  
Investment securities available for sale
    333,132       333,132       301,638       301,638  
Investment securities held to maturity
    11,657       11,687       1,630       1,634  
Loans held for sale
    5,703       5,703       5,955       5,955  
Loans, net
    870,302       885,625       870,557       870,329  
Stock in FHLB and FRB
    13,189       13,189       12,625       12,625  
Interest receivable
    5,986       5,986       5,708       5,708  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Non-interest bearing deposits
  $ 84,357     $ 84,357     $ 83,642     $ 83,642  
Interest-bearing deposits
    867,351       830,621       757,527       739,867  
Borrowings
    284,016       304,000       324,383       334,616  
Subordinated debentures
    27,837       27,817       27,837       28,867  
Interest payable
    1,135       1,135       1,910       1,910  
Note 24 — Capital Purchase Program
On December 19, 2008, Horizon entered into a Letter Agreement (Purchase Agreement) with the U.S. Treasury (Treasury), pursuant to which Horizon agreed to issue and sell (a) 25,000 of Horizon’s fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and (b) a warrant to purchase 212,104 shares of Horizon’s common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $3,750,000 in cash.
The preferred Stock qualifies as Tier I capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. The preferred Stock is non-voting except with respect to certain matters affecting the rights of the holders thereof, and may be redeemed by Horizon after three years. The Warrant has a ten year term and is immediately exercisable with an exercise price of $17.68 per share of Common Stock. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.
In the Purchase Agreement, Horizon agreed that, until such time as Treasury ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Company, acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Horizon will take all necessary action to ensure that its benefit plans with respect to its senior executive officers comply with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) as implemented by any guidance or regulation under EESA that has been issued and is in

85


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
effect as of the date of issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Warrant, and has agreed to not adopt any benefit plans with respect to, or which cover, its senior executive officers that do not comply with the EESA, and the applicable executives have consented to the foregoing.
Upon issuance of the Preferred Stock on December 19, 2008, the ability of Horizon to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its Common Stock will be subject to restrictions, including Horizon’s restriction against increasing dividends from the last quarterly cash dividend per share of $.17 declared on the Common Stock prior to December 19, 2008. The redemption, purchase or other acquisition of trust preferred securities of Horizon or its affiliates also is restricted. These restrictions will terminate the earlier of (a) the third anniversary of the date of issuance of the Preferred Stock or (b) the date on which the Preferred Stock has been redeemed in whole or Treasury has transferred all of the Preferred Stock to third parties. In addition, the ability of Horizon to declare or pay dividends, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its Common Stock will be subject to restrictions in the event that Horizon fails to declare and pay full dividends on its Preferred Stock.
Note 25 — Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)
Presented below is condensed financial information as to financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Horizon Bancorp:
Condensed Balance Sheets
                 
    December 31   December 31
    2009   2008
     
Assets
               
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,819     $ 7,306  
Investment in Bank
    126,898       119,921  
Other assets
    4,973       10,230  
     
Total assets
  $ 143,690     $ 137,457  
     
Liabilities
               
Short-term borrowings
  $     $ 4,700  
Subordinated debentures
    27,837       27,837  
Other liabilities
    1,248       1,570  
Stockholders’ Equity
    114,605       103,350  
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 143,690     $ 137,457  
     
Condensed Statements of Income
                         
    Years Ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Operating Income (Expense)
                       
Dividend income from Bank
  $ 7,750     $ 6,200     $ 4,250  
Investment income
    2       10       139  
Other income
    (129 )            
Interest expense
    (1,467 )     (1,705 )     (2,571 )
Employee benefit expense
    (503 )     (572 )     (509 )
Other expense
    (100 )     (104 )     (97 )
     
Income Before Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
    5,553       3,829       1,212  
Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries
    2,717       4,201       5,725  
     
Income Before Tax
    8,270       8,030       6,937  
Income Tax Benefit
    870       942       1,203  
     
Net Income
    9,140       8,972       8,140  
Preferred stock dividend and discount accretion
    (1,402 )     (45 )      
     
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders
  $ 7,738     $ 8,927     $ 8,140  
     

86


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                         
    Years Ended December 31
    2009   2008   2007
     
Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 9,140     $ 8,972     $ 8,140  
Items not requiring (providing) cash
                       
Equity in undistributed net income of Bank
    (2,717 )     (4,201 )     (5,725 )
Change in
                       
Income taxes receivable
    7,523       (954 )     (1,836 )
Dividends receivable from Bank
    (1,500 )     300       400  
Share based compensation
    39       39       53  
Reversal of compensation expense
                (84 )
Amortization of unearned compensation
    164       233       240  
Other assets
    (175 )     48       596  
Other liabilities
    (82 )     (98 )     (4 )
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    12,392       4,339       1,780  
     
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal repayments of securities available for sale
                12,024  
Investment in Bank
          (20,000 )      
Redemption of Statutory Trust
                372  
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
          (20,000 )     12,396  
     
Financing Activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          25,000        
Dividends paid on preferred shares
    (1,132 )            
Dividends paid on common shares
    (2,229 )     (2,147 )     (1,917 )
Change in short-term borrowings
    (4,700 )           (500 )
Exercise of stock options
    68       35       135  
Issuance of restricted shares
    96              
Tax benefit of stock options
    18       8       68  
Redemption of trust preferred securities
                (12,372 )
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (7,879 )     22,896       (14,586 )
     
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    4,513       7,235       (410 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
    7,306       71       481  
     
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
  $ 11,819     $ 7,306     $ 71  
     

87


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
Note 26 — Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
The following is a summary of the quarterly consolidated results of operations:
                                 
Three Months Ended 2009   March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
 
Interest income
  $ 18,674     $ 18,849     $ 17,485     $ 17,655  
Interest expense
    7,258       7,586       6,766       6,284  
     
Net interest income
    11,416       11,263       10,719       11,371  
Provision for loan losses
    3,197       3,290       3,416       3,700  
Net income
    2,635       2,064       2,357       2,084  
Net income available to
                               
common shareholders
  $ 2,285     $ 1,714     $ 2,006     $ 1,733  
 
                               
Earnings per share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.71     $ 0.53     $ 0.62     $ 0.53  
Diluted
    0.71       0.52       0.61       0.53  
 
                               
Average shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    3,209,482       3,209,482       3,245,505       3,262,927  
Diluted
    3,250,424       3,270,178       3,273,742       3,275,588  
                                 
Three Months Ended 2008   March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
 
Interest income
  $ 18,752     $ 17,270     $ 17,165     $ 17,048  
Interest expense
    9,829       7,935       7,762       7,359  
     
Net interest income
    8,923       9,335       9,403       9,689  
Provision for loan losses
    778       1,490       3,137       2,163  
Net income
    2,528       2,990       1,332       2,122  
Net income available to
                               
common shareholders
  $ 2,483     $ 2,990     $ 1,332     $ 2,122  
 
                               
Earnings per share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.79     $ 0.93     $ 0.42     $ 0.64  
Diluted
    0.78       0.92       0.41       0.64  
 
                               
Average shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    3,207,232       3,208,419       3,209,482       3,209,482  
Diluted
    3,242,471       3,238,331       3,255,409       3,246,664  
Note 27 — Subsequent Events
On December 29, 2009 Horizon announced the signing of a definitive agreement to purchase substantially all of the banking-related assets and assume all deposits and certain other liabilities of American Trust & Savings Bank (“American”) headquartered in Whiting, Indiana and its parent company Am Tru, Inc. (“Am Tru”).
Under the terms of the agreement Horizon will purchase most of the banking-related assets of American (with an estimated value of approximately $110.0 million) and will assume all the deposits, federal home loan bank advances, and accrued interest payable in the approximate amount of $112.0 million. In addition, Horizon will pay a three percent premium on core deposits estimated to be $2.1 million and $500,000 in additional consideration. Horizon will not be purchasing approximately $12.0 million of loan participations owned by American or assuming any contingent liabilities. All values are approximate and based upon September 30, 2009 information and financial results. This transaction is

88


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp And Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table dollars in thousands except for per share data)
subject to approval by the shareholders of American and Am Tru and bank regulators. This transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2010.
Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 10, 2010 which is the date the financial statements were issued.

89


Table of Contents

(BKD LOGO)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Horizon Bancorp
Michigan City, Indiana
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Horizon Bancorp as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audit included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Horizon Bancorp as of December 31, 2009, and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(BKD LLP)
Indianapolis, Indiana
March 10, 2010
     
(LOGO)   (LOGO)

90


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Management is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements and related notes on the preceding pages. The statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America appropriate in the circumstances and include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Financial information elsewhere in the Annual Report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.
In meeting its responsibility for the accuracy of the consolidated financial statements, management relies on Horizon’s system of internal accounting controls. This system is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are properly recorded to permit the preparation of appropriate financial information. The system of internal controls is supplemented by a program of internal audits to independently evaluate the adequacy and application of financial and operating controls and compliance with Company policies and procedures.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors meets periodically with management, the independent accountants and the internal auditors to ensure that each is properly discharging its responsibilities with regard to the consolidated financial statements and internal accounting controls. The independent accountants have full and free access to the Audit Committee and meet with it to discuss auditing and financial reporting matters.
The consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report have been audited by BKD, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, for 2009, 2008, and 2007. Their audits were conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and included consideration of internal accounting controls, tests of accounting records and other audit procedures to the extent necessary to allow them to express their opinion on the fairness of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

91


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
Summary of Selected Financial Data
(Dollars in thousands except for per share data)
                                         
    2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
     
Earnings
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 44,769     $ 37,350     $ 32,808     $ 31,545     $ 30,873  
Provision for loan losses
    13,603       7,568       3,068       905       1,521  
Other income
    17,856       13,831       12,271       10,137       9,813  
Other expenses
    37,812       32,779       31,144       30,455       29,129  
Income tax expense
    2,070       1,862       2,727       2,838       2,945  
     
Net income
    9,140       8,972       8,140       7,484       7,091  
Preferred stock dividend
    (1,402 )     (45 )                  
     
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 7,738     $ 8,927     $ 8,140     $ 7,484     $ 7,091  
     
 
                                       
Cash dividend declared
  $ 2,229     $ 2,147     $ 1,917     $ 1,811     $ 1,660  
     
 
                                       
Per Share Data
                                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 2.39     $ 2.78     $ 2.54     $ 2.36     $ 2.31  
Diluted earnings per share
    2.37       2.75       2.51       2.33       2.24  
Cash dividends declared per common share
    0.68       0.66       0.59       0.56       0.53  
Book value per common share
    27.67       24.68       22.03       19.37       17.01  
 
                                       
Weighted-average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    3,232,033       3,208,658       3,200,440       3,177,272       3,067,632  
Diluted
    3,270,723       3,246,351       3,243,565       3,217,050       3,162,950  
 
                                       
Period End Totals
                                       
Loans, net of deferred loan fees and unearned income
  $ 886,317     $ 881,967     $ 888,852     $ 843,834     $ 732,734  
Allowance for loan losses
    16,015       11,410       9,791       8,738       8,368  
Total assets
    1,387,020       1,306,857       1,258,874       1,222,430       1,127,875  
Total deposits
    951,708       841,169       893,664       913,973       855,566  
Total borrowings
    311,853       352,220       286,689       240,002       211,470  
 
                                       
Ratios
                                       
Loan to deposit
    93.13 %     104.85 %     99.46 %     92.33 %     85.64 %
Loan to total funding
    70.14 %     73.90 %     75.30 %     73.12 %     68.67 %
Return on average assets
    0.68 %     0.75 %     0.69 %     0.67 %     0.71 %
Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets
    8.21 %     6.36 %     5.61 %     5.14 %     5.19 %
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    8.92 %     11.81 %     12.29 %     13.03 %     13.67 %
Dividend payout ratio (dividends divided by net income)
    24.39 %     23.93 %     23.51 %     24.20 %     21.21 %
Price to book value ratio
    58.63 %     50.66 %     118.09 %     143.53 %     166.42 %
Price to earnings ratio
    6.85       4.55       10.21       11.77       12.24  

92


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
Horizon’s Common Stock and Related Stockholders’ Matters
Horizon common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “HBNC.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices per share. Also summarized below are the cash dividends declared by quarter for 2009 and 2008.
                         
    2009
                    Dividends
    Common Stock Prices   Declared
    High   Low   Per Share
     
First Quarter
  $ 13.21     $ 10.50     $ 0.17  
Second Quarter
    19.45       11.00       0.17  
Third Quarter
    17.50       15.00       0.17  
Fourth Quarter
    17.25       14.31       0.17  
                         
    2008
                    Dividends
    Common Stock Prices   Declared
    High   Low   Per Share
     
First Quarter
  $ 24.50     $ 20.86     $ 0.15  
Second Quarter
    23.99       17.53       0.17  
Third Quarter
    25.87       16.36       0.17  
Fourth Quarter
    24.52       12.29       0.17  
There can be no assurance as to the amount of future dividends on Horizon common stock since future dividends are subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors, cash needs, general business conditions and dividends from the bank subsidiary. In addition, as a result of Horizon’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Horizon may not increase the quarterly dividends it pays on its common stock above $0.17 per share during the three-year period ending December 19, 2011, without the consent of the U.S. Treasury Department, unless the Treasury Department no longer holds shares of the Series A Preferred Stock Horizon issued in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
The approximate number of holders of record of Horizon’s outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2009, is 564.

93


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None
ITEM 9A(T). CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision of and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Office, Horizon has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, such officers have concluded that, as of the evaluation date, Horizon’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by Horizon in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in those reports is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of Horizon Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
Management assessed the effectiveness of Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 is effective based on the specified criteria.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Horizon’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, also have concluded that during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2009, there were no changes in Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect Horizon’s internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.

94


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
PART III
This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G. (3) of Form 10-K as Horizon intends to file with the Commission its definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, not later than 120 days after December 31, 2009.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information relating to Horizon’s directors required by this item is found in the Proxy Statement under “Proposal I — Election of Directors” and is incorporated into this report by reference. The information relating to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors required by this item is found in the Proxy Statement under “Corporate Governance — The Audit Committee” and is incorporated into this report by reference.
The information relating to Horizon’s executive officers required by this item is included in Part I of this Form 10-K under “Special Item: Executive Officers” and is incorporated into this item by reference.
The information relating to certain filing obligations of directors and executive officers required by this item is found in the Proxy Statement under “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated into this report by reference.
Horizon has a code of ethics that applies to its directors, chief executive officer and chief financial officer. The code is available on Horizon’s website at http://www.accesshorizon.com/ .
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information on executive and director compensation and compensation committee matters required by this item can be found in the Proxy Statement under “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of Directors” and is incorporated into this report by reference.

95


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The information required by this item can be found in the Proxy Statement under “Common Stock Ownership by Directors and Executive Officers,” “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated by reference into this report.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is found in the Proxy Statement under “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Business Relationships and Transactions” and is incorporated by reference into this report.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement section captioned “Accountant Fees and Services.”

96


Table of Contents

Horizon Bancorp
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Documents Filed As Part of This Annual Report on Form 10-K:
  1.   Financial Statement
 
      See the Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
  2.   Financial Statement Schedules
 
      Financial statement schedules are omitted for the reason that they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is included in the financial statements.
 
  3.   Exhibits
 
      The exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are identified in the Exhibit Index, which Exhibit Index specifically identifies those exhibits that describe or evidence all management contracts and compensation plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Report. Such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

97


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized
         
  Horizon Bancorp
Registrant
 
 
Date: March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Craig M. Dwight    
    Craig M. Dwight   
    President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   
 
     
Date: March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Mark E. Secor    
    Mark E. Secor   
    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Date   Signature and Title
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Robert C. Dabagia
 
Robert C. Dabagia, Chairman of the Board and Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Craig M. Dwight
 
Craig M. Dwight, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Susan D. Aaron
 
Susan D. Aaron, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Lawrence E. Burnell
 
Lawrence E. Burnell, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ James B. Dworkin
 
James B. Dworkin, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Charley E. Gillispie
 
Charley E. Gillispie, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Daniel F. Hopp
 
Daniel F. Hopp, Director
   

98


Table of Contents

         
Date   Signature and Title
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Robert E. McBride
 
Robert E. McBride, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Peter L. Pairitz
 
Peter L. Pairitz, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Larry N. Middleton
 
Larry N. Middleton, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Robert E. Swinehart
 
Robert E. Swinehart, Director
   
 
       
March 10, 2010
  /s/ Spero W. Valavanis
 
Spero W. Valavanis, Director
   

99


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
The following exhibits are included in this Form 10-K or are incorporated by reference as noted in the following table:
         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Incorporated by Reference/Attached
 
2.1
  Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated December 29, 2009, by and among Horizon Bank, National Association; American Trust & Savings Bank of Whiting, Indiana; and AmTru, Inc.   Attached
 
       
3.1
  Articles of Incorporation of Horizon Bancorp, as amended   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2007
 
       
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Horizon Bancorp   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed July 16, 2009
 
       
3.3
  Certificate of Designations for Series A Preferred Stock (as amended through July 15, 2008)   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 23, 2008
 
       
4.1
  Indenture, dated as of October 21, 2004, between Horizon Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company related to the issuance of Trust Preferred Securities   Attached
 
       
4.2
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, dated as of October 21, 2004, related to the issuance of Trust Preferred Securities   Attached
 
       
4.3
  Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2006, between Horizon Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company.   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2006
 
       
4.4
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust III, dated as of December 15, 2006   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2006
 
       
4.5
  Form of Certificate for Series A Preferred Stock   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 23, 2008

100


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Incorporated by Reference/Attached
 
4.6
  Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 23, 2008
 
       
10.1*
  Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, as amended   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007
 
       
10.2*
  1997 Key Employees Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007
 
       
10.3*
  Form of Amendment No. 1 to Horizon Bancorp Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement and Schedule Identifying Material Details of Individual Amendments   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007
 
       
10.4*
  Horizon Bancorp Amended 2003 Omnibus Equity
Incentive Plan
  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008
 
       
10.5*
  Directors Deferred Compensation Plan   Attached
 
       
10.6*
  Form of Change of Control Agreement for certain executive officers   Attached
 
       
10.7*
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2003 Omnibus Plan   Attached
 
       
10.8*
  Form of Option Grant Agreement under 2003 Omnibus Plan   Attached
 
       
10.9*
  Description of Executive Officer Bonus Plan   Attached
 
       
10.10
  Guarantee Agreement of Horizon Bancorp, dated as of October 21, 2004, related to the issuance of Trust Preferred Securities   Attached
 
       
10.11*
  Horizon Bancorp 2005 Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan
  Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006
 
       
10.12*
  Amendment to Horizon Bancorp Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated July 19, 2006   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed July 21, 2006
 
       
10.13*
  Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2006, among Horizon Bancorp, Horizon Bank, N.A. and Craig M. Dwight   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 6, 2006

101


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Incorporated by Reference/Attached
 
10.14*
  Letter Agreement, dated December 1, 2006, between Horizon Bank, N.A. and Craig M. Dwight   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 6, 2006
 
       
10.15*
  Guarantee Agreement of Horizon Bancorp, dated as of December 15, 2006   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2006
 
       
10.16*
  Employment Agreement, dated July 16, 2007, among Horizon Bancorp, Horizon Bank, N.A. and Thomas H. Edwards   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s form 8-K filed July 19, 2007.
 
       
10.17
  Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, by and between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury, including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein   Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed December 23, 2008
 
       
10.18*
  Agreement, dated August 28, 2007, between Horizon Bank, N.A., and Mark E. Secor   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008
 
       
10.19*
  First Amendment of the Agreement between Horizon Bank, N.A., and Mark E. Secor, dated January 1, 2009   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008
 
       
10.20*
  Second Amendment of the Agreement between Horizon Bank, N.A. and James H. Foglesong, dated January 1, 2009   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008
 
       
21
  Subsidiaries of Horizon   Attached
 
       
23
  Consent of BKD, LLP   Attached
 
       
31.1
  Certification of Craig M. Dwight pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   Attached
 
       
31.2
  Certification of Mark E. Secor pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   Attached
 
       
32.1
  Certification of Craig M. Dwight Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   Attached
 
       
32.2
  Certification of Mark E. Secor Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   Attached
 
       
99.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. §30.15   Attached
 
       
99.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. §30.15   Attached
 
*   Indicates exhibits that describe or evidence management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K.

102

Exhibit 2.1
Purchase and Assumption Agreement
by and among
Horizon Bank, National Association,
American Trust & Savings Bank of Whiting, Indiana
and
AM TRU Inc.
December 29, 2009

 


 

Table of Contents
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II TERMS OF PURCHASE
    7  
 
       
Section 2.01 Assets
    7  
Section 2.02 Liabilities
    9  
Section 2.03 Pro-Rated Adjustment of Income and Expenses
    10  
Section 2.04 Adjustments
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE III TRANSFER OF ASSETS
    11  
 
       
Section 3.01 Seller Real Estate and AM TRU Real Estate
    11  
Section 3.02 Fixed Assets
    11  
Section 3.03 Loans and Account Loans
    11  
Section 3.04 Liquid Assets
    11  
Section 3.05 Cash on Hand
    12  
Section 3.06 Records and Routing and Telephone Numbers
    12  
Section 3.07 Contracts
    12  
Section 3.08 Prepaid Expenses
    12  
Section 3.09 BOLI Insurance
    12  
Section 3.10 Retirement Accounts
    12  
Section 3.11 Allocation
    12  
Section 3.12 Destruction of Property
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CLOSING
    13  
 
       
Section 4.01 Closing Date
    13  
Section 4.02 Closing Payment
    13  
Section 4.03 Deliveries by Seller and AM TRU
    13  
Section 4.04 Deliveries by Buyer
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND AM TRU
    14  
 
       
Section 5.01 Organization and Authority
    14  
Section 5.02 Conflicts; Consents; Defaults
    14  
Section 5.03 Financial Information
    14  
Section 5.04 Absence of Changes
    15  
Section 5.05 Title to Real Estate
    15  
Section 5.06 Title to Assets Other Than Real Estate
    15  
Section 5.07 Loans
    15  
Section 5.08 Residential and Commercial Mortgage Loans and Certain Business Loans
    17  
Section 5.09 Auto Receivables
    19  
Section 5.10 Unsecured Loans
    19  
Section 5.11 Allowance
    20  
Section 5.12 Investments
    20  
Section 5.13 Deposits
    20  


 

         
Section 5.14 Account Loans
    21  
Section 5.15 Contracts
    21  
Section 5.16 Tax Matters
    22  
Section 5.17 Employee Matters
    22  
Section 5.18 Employee Benefit Plans
    22  
Section 5.19 Environmental Matters
    23  
Section 5.20 No Undisclosed Liabilities
    23  
Section 5.21 Litigation
    23  
Section 5.22 Performance of Obligations
    24  
Section 5.23 Compliance with Law
    24  
Section 5.24 Brokerage
    24  
Section 5.25 Interim Events
    24  
Section 5.26 Records
    24  
Section 5.27 Insurance
    24  
Section 5.28 Regulatory Enforcement Matters
    24  
Section 5.29 Community Reinvestment Act
    25  
Section 5.30 Regulatory Approvals
    25  
Section 5.31 Representations Regarding Financial Condition
    25  
Section 5.32 Limitation of Warranties
    25  
Section 5.33 Disclosure
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
    25  
 
       
Section 6.01 Organization and Authority
    26  
Section 6.02 Conflicts; Defaults
    26  
Section 6.03 Litigation
    26  
Section 6.04 Regulatory Approvals
    26  
Section 6.05 Community Reinvestment Act
    26  
Section 6.06 Financial Ability
    26  
Section 6.07 Financial Information
    27  
Section 6.08 Disclosure
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE VII COVENANTS
    27  
 
       
Section 7.01 Reasonable Best Efforts
    27  
Section 7.02 Shareholder Approval
    27  
Section 7.03 Press Releases
    28  
Section 7.04 Access to Records and Information; Personnel; Customers
    28  
Section 7.05 Operation in Ordinary Course
    29  
Section 7.06 Acquisition Proposals
    32  
Section 7.07 Regulatory Applications and Third Party Consents
    32  
Section 7.08 Title Insurance and Surveys
    32  
Section 7.09 Environmental Reports
    34  
Section 7.10 Further Assurances
    35  
Section 7.11 Payment of Checks
    36  
Section 7.12 Close of Business on Closing Date
    36  
Section 7.13 Supplemental Information; Disclosure Supplements
    36  
Section 7.14 Confidentiality of Records
    36  
Section 7.15 Solicitation of Customers
    36  

ii 


 

         
Section 7.16 Installation/Conversion of Signage/Equipment
    37  
Section 7.17 Seller and AM TRU Activities After Closing
    37  
Section 7.18 Interest Rates
    37  
Section 7.19 Escrow Account
    37  
Section 7.20 Maintenance of Records by Buyer
    38  
Section 7.21 Lease
    38  
Section 7.22 Lake County Advisory Board
    38  
Section 7.23 Attendance of Standing Committee Meetings
    38  
Section 7.24 Cooperation on Conversion of Systems
    39  
Section 7.25 Conforming Accounting and Reserve Policies
    39  
Section 7.26 Closing Note
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII EMPLOYEES
    41  
 
       
Section 8.01 Employees
    41  
Section 8.02 Employment Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans
    43  
Section 8.03 Employee Documents
    43  
 
       
ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
    44  
 
       
Section 9.01 Conditions to the Obligations of Seller and AM TRU
    44  
Section 9.02 Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer
    45  
Section 9.03 Condition to the Obligations of Seller, AM TRU and Buyer
    49  
 
       
ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION
    50  
 
       
Section 10.01 Indemnification by Seller and AM TRU
    50  
Section 10.02 Indemnification by Buyer
    51  
Section 10.03 Limitation on Losses; Deductible
    51  
 
       
ARTICLE XI TERMINATION
    52  
 
       
Section 11.01 Termination
    52  
Section 11.02 Effect of Termination and Abandonment
    53  
Section 11.03 Liquidated Damages
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE XII OTHER AGREEMENTS
    53  
 
       
Section 12.01 Holds and Stop Payment Orders
    53  
Section 12.02 ACH Items and Recurring Debits
    53  
Section 12.03 Withholding
    54  
Section 12.04 Retirement Accounts
    54  
Section 12.05 Interest Reporting
    54  
Section 12.06 Notices to Depositors
    54  
Section 12.07 Card Processing and Overdraft Coverage
    55  
Section 12.08 Taxpayer Information
    55  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS
    55  
 
       
Section 13.01 Attorneys’ Fees
    55  
Section 13.02 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    56  
Section 13.03 Notices
    56  
Section 13.04 Assignment
    57  

iii 


 

         
Section 13.05 Successors and Assigns
    57  
Section 13.06 Governing Law
    57  
Section 13.07 Entire Agreement
    57  
Section 13.08 Headings
    57  
Section 13.09 Severability
    57  
Section 13.10 Waiver
    57  
Section 13.11 Counterparts
    57  
Section 13.12 Force Majeure
    57  
Section 13.13 Schedules
    57  
Section 13.14 Knowledge
    57  
Section 13.15 Survival
    58  
Section 13.16 Transfer Charges and Assessments
    58  
Section 13.17 Breaches of Agreements with Third Parties
    58  
Section 13.18 Specific Performance
    58  
     
Exhibit A
  Account Loans
Exhibit B
  Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss Summary
Exhibit C
  AM TRU Real Estate
Exhibit D
  BOLI Insurance
Exhibit E
  Contracts
Exhibit F
  Deposits in Excess of $100,000
Exhibit G
  Fixed Assets
Exhibit H
  Insurance Business and ATIS Assets
Exhibit I
  Liquid Assets
Exhibit J
  Loans
Exhibit K
  Prepaid Expenses
Exhibit L
  Seller Real Estate
Exhibit 2.01(A)
  Purchase Price Calculation
Exhibit 2.01(D)
  Excluded Loan Participations and Assets
Exhibit 2.02(A)
  Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit 3.01(A)
  Forms of Corporate Warranty Deed
Exhibit 3.01(B)
  Forms of Vendor’s Affidavit
Exhibit 3.02(A)
  Bill of Sale and Assignment
Exhibit 3.10
  Retirement Account Transfer Agreement
Exhibit 5.13(B)
  Deposits
Exhibit 7.02
  Form of Voting Agreement
Exhibit 7.15(A)
  Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation Agreement for Philip J. Grenchik, Sr.
Exhibit 7.15(B)
  Nonsolicitation Agreement for David J. Dolak
Exhibit 7.19
  Form of Indemnification Escrow Agreement
Exhibit 7.26(B)
  Form of Closing Note
Exhibit 7.26(C)
  Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit 7.26(E)
  Certain Participation Loans
Exhibit 9.02(D)(14)
  Limited Power of Attorney
Exhibit 9.02(N)
  Data Processing Contracts
Exhibit 9.02(Q)
  Legal Opinion

iv


 

Purchase And Assumption Agreement
      This Purchase and Assumption Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 29 th day of December, 2009, by and among American Trust & Savings Bank of Whiting, Indiana (“ Seller ”), an Indiana commercial bank having its home office in Whiting, Indiana, Horizon Bank, National Association (“ Buyer ”), a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its home office in Michigan City, Indiana, and AM TRU Inc. (“ AM TRU ”), an Indiana corporation having its home office in Whiting, Indiana.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Buyer desires to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Seller and of AM TRU, and Seller and AM TRU desire to transfer to Buyer such assets and liabilities, all as described in more detail below; and
     WHEREAS, Buyer desires to operate the Home Office (as defined below) and Branch Offices (as defined below) of Seller as branches of Buyer;
     NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements, representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the parties, intending to be bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
      Section 1.01 Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used herein, the following terms have the definitions indicated:
     “ Account Loans ” are those savings account loans and NOW, checking and other transaction account lines of credit associated with Deposits domiciled at the Home Office and the Branch Offices which consist of (i) all loans secured solely by Deposits, if any, and (ii) any overdraft, checking balances or checking account line of credit loan balances, if any, together in each case with all Accrued Interest. The Account Loans as of September 30, 2009, are set forth on Exhibit A .
     “ Accrued Interest ” on any Account Loans or Loans means interest that is accrued but not received through the close of business on the Closing Date and on Deposits means interest that is accrued but unposted through the close of business on the Closing Date.
     “ ACH Items ” means automated clearing house debits and credits including social security payments, federal recurring payments, and other payments debited and/or credited to or from Deposit accounts pursuant to arrangements between the owner of the account and third party initiating the credits or debits.
     “ Affiliate ” of a party means any person, partnership, corporation, association or other legal entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with that party.

 


 

     “ Allowance ” means the specific and general reserves applicable to the Loans as determined by Seller in accordance with GAAP. Such Allowance as of September 30, 2009, with respect to each Loan is set forth on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss Summary attached hereto as Exhibit B .
     “ AM TRU IP ” means the name “American Trust & Savings Bank” and all derivations thereof to which Seller or AM TRU have any rights and other intellectual property, including websites, domain names and IP addresses, used by Seller solely in the conduct of its banking business; it does not include the names “American Trust Investment Services” and “American Trust Insurance Services,” together with any logos and tag lines, websites, domain names and IP addresses used in connection with the Insurance Business or the business of ATIS.
     “ AM TRU Real Estate Loan ” means the mortgage loan from Centier Bank in the principal amount of $945,480.18 at October 15, 2009 secured by the AM TRU Real Estate.
     “ AM TRU Real Estate ” means the real estate, buildings and fixtures owned by AM TRU as of the date hereof described in Exhibit C attached hereto, upon and at which are located the Home Office and the Branch Offices other than the Porter Branch.
     “ APY ” means Annual Percentage Yield as defined in Regulation DD, i.e. , the total interest earned on a deposit, based on the interest rate and the frequency of compounding for a 365 day period, and expressed as a percentage.
     “ APYE ” means Annual Percentage Yield Earned as defined in Regulation DD.
     “ Assets ” means the AM TRU Real Estate and the Seller Assets.
     “ ATIS ” means American Trust Investment Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Seller.
     “ ATIS Assets ” means all assets of ATIS used in its investment/brokerage business, which, together with the Insurance Assets, are listed on Exhibit H hereto.
     “ Auto Receivable ” means a Loan or installment sale contract arising from the purchase of, and secured by, an automobile or light-duty vehicle.
     “ BOLI Insurance ” means the life insurance policies as to which Seller and its affiliates are the owners and beneficiaries on the lives of Philip J. Grenchik, Sr. and David J. Dolak, including, without limitation, the cash surrender values thereof and prepaids, refunds and other entitlements thereto reflected on the books of Seller and its affiliates, which policies are listed on Exhibit D hereto.
     “ Branch Offices ” means the branch offices of Seller located at 1300 N. Main Street, Crown Point, Indiana 46307, 1349 Calumet Avenue, Hammond, Indiana 46394, and 100 W. Hwy 20, Porter, Indiana 46394.
     “ Business Day ” shall mean any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday that is not a federal or Indiana state holiday generally recognized by Indiana commercial banks.
     “ Business Loan ” means a term or revolving Loan to a commercial enterprise secured by

 


 

personal property or a mixture of real and personal property, or unsecured.
     “ Cash on Hand ” means all petty cash, vault cash, and teller cash located at the Home Office and the Branch Offices.
     “ Closing ” and “ Closing Date ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in Section 4.01 of the Agreement.
     “ Closing Note ” means the secured promissory note that may be made and delivered by Seller and AM TRU in favor of Buyer pursuant to Section 7.26 hereof.
     “ Collection Account ” means any account domiciled at the Home Office and Branch Offices through which Seller accepts payments or deposits for credit or deposit to another account domiciled at the Home Office and Branch Offices.
     “ Commercial Mortgage Loan ” means a Loan secured by a Mortgage on real property used for commercial purposes, including five- or greater unit residential real property.
     “ Construction Loan ” means a Loan, the proceeds of which are intended to be used substantially to finance the construction of improvements on real property.
     “ Contracts ” means the service and maintenance agreements, leases of personal and real property, loan, pledge and security agreements relating to borrowings by Seller, and any other agreements, licenses and permits to which Seller is a party (including contracts relating to the Safe Deposit Boxes) listed on Exhibit E hereto; provided , however , that, for purposes of clarification only, such contracts shall not include (1) any “employee benefit plans” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained, administered or contributed to or by Seller or employment or consulting agreements to which the Seller is a party, including without limitation, the American Trust & Savings Bank 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (“ AM TRU 401(k) Plan ”), any stay bonus agreements between Seller and any current or former employee, including David J. Dolak and Kenny Kusbel, and the Salary Continuation Agreement with Philip J. Grenchik, Sr. dated January 1, 2002, (2) unless such contracts are assigned to, and assumed by, Buyer as contemplated in Section 9.02(n), the Metavante data processing contract, the Harland Financial Services item processing/remote capture services contract and any related contracts identified by Buyer, (3) any leases of real property between AM TRU and Seller (“ Real Estate Leases ”), (4) any supplemental retirement plans or agreements of the Seller or AM TRU (5) any contracts to which ATIS and not Seller is a party and (6) any contracts relating solely to the Insurance Business (collectively, the “ Excluded Contracts ”). All Excluded Contracts shall be retained by Seller and Buyer assumes no responsibility or liability with respect thereto.
     “ Core Deposits ” means all Deposits excluding Deposits with balances equal to or greater than $100,000 at the close of business on the Closing Date (except for those Deposits with balances greater than $100,000 which are listed on Exhibit F ), all municipal deposits, all brokered certificates of deposit and all inter-company accounts ( i.e. , cashier’s checks, money orders, accounts payable, etc.).
     “ Deposit or Deposits ” means a deposit or deposits as defined in Section 3(l)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“ FDIA ”) as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l)(1), including without limitation the aggregate balances of all savings accounts with positive balances

 


 

domiciled at the Home Office and Branch Offices, including accounts accessible by negotiable orders of withdrawal (“ NOW ” accounts), other demand instruments, Retirement Accounts, and all other accounts and deposits, together with Accrued Interest thereon, if any.
     “ DFI ” means the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions.
     “ Employee Benefit Plan ” means any (a) nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plan or arrangement that is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, (b) qualified defined contribution retirement plan or arrangement that is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, (c) qualified defined benefit retirement plan or arrangement that is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (including any Multiemployer Plan), or (d) Employee Welfare Benefit Plan or material fringe benefit plan or program.
     “ Employee Pension Benefit Plan ” means as defined in ERISA Section 3(2).
     “ Employee Welfare Benefit Plan ” means as defined in ERISA Section 3(1).
     “ Encumbrances ” means all mortgages, claims, charges, liens, encumbrances, easements, restrictions, options, pledges, calls, commitments, security interests, conditional sales agreements, title retention agreements, leases, and other restrictions of any kind whatsoever.
     “ Environmental Laws ” are defined in Section 5.19(a).
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “ Excluded Assets ” are defined in Section 2.01(d).
     “ Excluded Liabilities ” are defined in Section 2.02(d).
     “ Fair Market Value ” means as to the Liquid Assets of the Seller, the market prices of those bonds and securities as determined by FTN Financial as of the Closing Date, and as to the Real Estate, the fair market value as determined pursuant to Section 2.01(c) of this Agreement.
     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     “ Fed Funds Rate ” means the rate for that day set forth opposite the caption “Federal Fund (Effective)” in the daily statistical release designated as “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities,” or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
     “ FHLB ” means the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis.
     “ Fixed Assets ” means all furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, ATMs, office supplies, sales material, Account Loan forms, Deposit account forms, Loan forms and all other forms and similar items used in connection with the Seller’s banking business, and all other tangible personal property owned or leased by Seller, located in or upon the Home Office and Branch Offices or used in the Seller’s business (other than those used in the Insurance Business), and described on Exhibit G hereto, which includes the depreciated book value of those Fixed Assets as of September 30, 2009.

 


 

     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied by Seller.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any court, administrative agency or commission or other federal, state or local governmental authority or instrumentality.
     “ Home Equity Loan ” means a closed-end or revolving Residential Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage with no lower priority than a second priority on the applicable Mortgaged Property.
     “ Home Office ” means the home office of Seller located at 1321 119 th Street, Whiting, Indiana 46394.
     “ Insurance Assets ” means the assets associated with the Insurance Business which, together with the ATIS assets, are listed on Exhibit H hereto.
     “ Insurance Business ” means the Seller’s insurance business relating to property and casualty, life (including fixed annuities) and medical insurance.
     “ IRA ” means Individual Retirement Account.
     “ IRS ” means Internal Revenue Service.
     “ Liabilities ” means the liabilities defined in Section 2.02 hereof.
     “ Liquid Assets ” means all bonds and other investment securities (including FHLB stock) owned by Seller on the Closing Date. A list of such bonds and investment securities owned as of September 30, 2009 (including the book value and market value thereof), is set forth in Exhibit I hereto.
     “ Loan Debtor ” and “ Loan Debtors ” means an obligor or guarantor, including a third party pledgor, with respect to the Loan Documents relating to a Loan.
     “ Loan Documents ” mean, with respect to each Loan or Account Loan, the constituent documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, the loan application, appraisal report, title insurance policy, promissory note, deed of trust, loan agreement, security agreement, and guarantee, if any.
     “ Loan ” and “ Loans ” means all the loans owned by Seller (other than Account Loans and loans included in the Excluded Assets), each of which is either a Construction Loan, a Residential Mortgage Loan, a Commercial Mortgage Loan, an Auto Receivable, a Business Loan or an Unsecured Loan, the Allowance maintained by Seller with respect to the Loans as of the close of business on the Closing Date, and all retained rights of Seller to service previously originated and sold Loans; provided, however, the Loans shall not include any Loans that have been charged off in full against the Allowance prior to the Closing Date. The Loans as of September 30, 2009 are described more fully in Exhibit J hereto.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” is defined in Section 5.04 hereof.
     “ Mortgage ” means a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering real property and, if

 


 

applicable, fixtures and securing the obligations of a Loan Debtor with respect to a Loan.
     “ Mortgaged Property ” means real property encumbered by a Mortgage.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” means as defined in ERISA Section 3(37).
     “ Net Book Value ” means the net book value of an asset as shown on the books and records of the Seller as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ OCC ” means Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
     “ OREO ” shall mean other real estate owned, as such real estate is classified on the books of Seller.
     “ Participation Loans ” means certain of the loans owned by Seller that are not being sold to Buyer and are listed on Exhibit 7.26(E) .
     “ Porter Branch ” means the branch office of Seller located at 100 W. Hwy 20, Porter, Indiana 46394.
     “ Prepaid Expenses ” means the prepaid expenses recorded or reflected on the books of Seller at the close of business on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, prepaid FDIC deposit premiums relating to the Deposits but excluding any prepaid insurance and prepaid expenses related to obligations not be assumed by Buyer) listed or described on Exhibit K hereto.
     “ Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.01(b) hereof.
     “ Real Estate ” means the AM TRU Real Estate and the Seller Real Estate.
     “ Records ” means (i) all open records and original documents, located at the Home Office and the Branch Offices or in centralized servicing areas pertaining to the Account Loans, the Loans, Collection Accounts, Safe Deposit Boxes, the Deposits, or the BOLI Insurance, all of which shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, and business practices with respect to the Account Loans, Loans, Collection Accounts, Safe Deposit Boxes, the Deposits, and the BOLI Insurance acquired from Seller pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) an account history of all accounts related to Deposits, Account Loans, Loans, Cash on Hand, Liquid Assets, and Safe Deposit Boxes; but shall not include the records and original documents pertaining to the Insurance Business or ATIS and its business. Records includes but is not limited to signature cards, customer cards, customer statements, legal files, pending files, all open account agreements, Account Loan agreements, Retirement Account agreements, Safe Deposit Box records, and computer records.
     “ Recurring Debit ” means payments made directly from a Deposit account to a third party on a regularly scheduled basis pursuant to arrangements between the owner of the account and the third party receiving the payments directly.
     “ Residential Mortgage Loan ” means a Loan secured by a Mortgage on one-to four-unit residential real estate.
     “ Retirement Accounts ” means any Deposit account, generally known as IRAs, Keoghs

 


 

or SEPs, maintained by a customer for the stated purpose of the accumulation of funds to be drawn upon at retirement.
     “ Routing and Telephone Numbers ” means the routing number 071911704 of the Seller used in connection with Deposits, upon approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“ FRB ”) of the transfer of this number to Buyer under the name Horizon Bank, National Association and the telephone and facsimile numbers associated with the Home Office and the Branch Offices, excluding any telephone numbers used exclusively in the Insurance Business or ATIS in its business.
     “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means all right, title and interest of Seller in and to any safe deposit business conducted at the Home Office or the Branch Offices as of the close of business on the Closing Date.
     “ Seller Assets ” means the Liquid Assets, Seller Real Estate, Fixed Assets, the Account Loans, the Loans, the Loan Documents, the Contracts, the Cash on Hand, the Records, the Safe Deposit Boxes, the Prepaid Expenses, the Routing and Telephone Numbers, the AM TRU IP and the BOLI Insurance; provided , however , that any policy included in BOLI Insurance shall be included in Seller Assets only if the Buyer is reasonably satisfied that Buyer will acquire an insurable interest in the individual whose life is insured by such policy.
     “ Seller Real Estate ” means the real estate, buildings and fixtures owned by Seller as of the date hereof described in Exhibit L attached hereto, upon and at which are located the Porter Branch.
     “ TIN ” means Taxpayer Identification Number.
     “ Transactions ” means the purchase and transfer contemplated by Articles II and III.
     “ Unfunded Commitment ” means the commitment of Seller to fund additional advances under any Loan, Account Loan or under any new unfunded Loan commitment on and after the Closing Date.
     “ Unsecured Loan ” means a loan which is not secured by assets of the Loan Debtor or Loan Debtors or any third party.
ARTICLE II
TERMS OF PURCHASE
      Section 2.01 Assets.
     (a) Purchase and Sale . At the Closing and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller shall sell, convey, assign, and transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from Seller all of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to the Seller Assets, and AM TRU shall sell, convey, assign, and transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from AM TRU all of AM TRU’s right, title and interest in and to the AM TRU Real Estate.

 


 

     (b) Purchase Price . In consideration for the Assets acquired by Buyer under this Agreement, Seller shall pay in cash to Buyer (the “ Purchase Price ”) at Closing an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the Deposits, plus Accrued Interest thereon, plus the amount of all FHLB advances less:
     (1) the Net Book Value of the Fixed Assets as of the close of business on the Closing Date;
     (2) the Net Book Value as of the close of business on the Closing Date of any Loans and Account Loans (minus all Allowances relating to such Loans and Account Loans);
     (3) the Fair Market Value of the Real Estate as determined by appraisal pursuant to Section 2.01(c) of this Agreement;
     (4) the Fair Market Value of the Liquid Assets owned by Seller as of the close of business on the Closing Date;
     (5) the Cash Surrender Value of the BOLI Insurance as of the close of business on the Closing Date (if the BOLI Insurance is acquired at Closing by the Buyer) decreased by the previously unrecorded accrual on the split-dollar life insurance policy covering the life of Philip J. Grenchik, Sr. (currently estimated to be $161,732);
     (6) the amount of all Cash on Hand at the Home Office and Branch Offices as of the close of business on the Closing Date;
     (7) a premium equal to 3% of the average balance of the Core Deposits for the 30 days ending on the Closing Date; and
     (8) $500,000 to be applied towards certain invoiced Transaction costs at the discretion of Buyer with any excess being allocated to the Assets in the Buyer’s reasonable discretion.
Such payment formula shall be further adjusted in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, and shall be determined substantially in compliance with Exhibit 2.01(A) (the “ Purchase Price Calculation ”).
     In the event that the preceding formula results in a positive number, and Seller and/or AM TRU does not have sufficient cash resources to pay the amount owed to Buyer at Closing, and if Buyer and Seller are unable to agree upon a means of satisfying the cash shortfall, such as through possible additional purchases by Buyer of some or all of the Loans on Exhibit 2.01(D) , then Seller and AM TRU shall deliver their joint and several promissory note in favor of Buyer and enter into a security agreement with Buyer with the terms and conditions specified in Section 7.26 hereof. In the event the preceding formula produces a negative number, the absolute value of such amount shall be paid by the Buyer to the Seller by wire transfer on the Closing Date, and the Seller shall have no obligation to make any payment to the Buyer. The payment formula referred to above is for the sole purpose of determining the amount of cash transferable at the Closing Date and shall not constitute an allocation of the Purchase Price to any particular asset being

 


 

transferred or liability being assumed pursuant hereto. Seller shall allocate and pay an appropriate portion of the Purchase Price to AM TRU in consideration for the AM TRU Real Estate after deducting any amounts payable to third parties in connection with such closing towards closing costs and to pay off any Encumbrances.
     (c) Fair Market Value of the Real Estate . The fair market value of the Real Estate shall be equal to its appraised value as determined by Lee & Associates, Inc. The cost of such appraiser shall be shared equally by the Buyer and the Seller.
     (d) Excluded Assets . It is understood and agreed that Seller and AM TRU shall retain, and Buyer shall not acquire, any right or interest in any of the following assets (the “ Excluded Assets ”): (i) the loan participation interests listed on Exhibit 2.01(D) , (ii) the shares of ATIS, (iii) the shares of common stock of the Illinois Business Bank, (iv) the assets listed on Exhibit H and (v) any other assets of Seller and AM TRU not included in the Assets which are listed on Exhibit 2.01(D) . In the event of a conflict between Exhibit 2.01(D) and Exhibit J , Exhibit 2.01(D) shall control.
      Section 2.02 Liabilities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Buyer, on the Closing Date, shall assume and agree to pay, discharge and perform when lawfully due, the following obligations debts and liabilities of Seller (the “ Liabilities ”).
     (a) Deposits and Contracts . Each liability for the payment and performance of Seller’s obligations on the Deposits and the Contracts in accordance with the terms of such Deposits and Contracts in effect on the Closing Date, pursuant to the form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 2.02(A) .
     (b) Assumption of Loans and Account Loans . All obligations and duties of Seller under and pursuant to the Loan Documents as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, the obligation to fund Unfunded Commitments, pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.02(A) .
     (c) FHLB Advances . All obligations of Seller relating to advances from the FHLB, pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.02(A) .
     (d) Excluded Liabilities . It is understood and agreed that Buyer shall not assume or be liable for (1) any contingent debts, obligations, or liabilities of Seller of any kind and nature whatsoever with respect to actions prior to or after the Closing Date, other than the Contracts, including, but not limited to, any losses or liabilities due to or arising from forgery, fraud, defalcation, or any other improper act or omission, any tax or debt, any liability for unfair labor practices (such as wrongful termination or employment discrimination), any liability or obligation of Seller or AM TRU arising out of any threatened or pending litigation including without limitation any litigation described in the Seller’s Disclosure Schedule, any liability with respect to personal injury or property damage claims, and any liability arising under Environmental Laws with respect to the Excluded Assets, (2) any expenses and liabilities of Seller or AM TRU resulting from the negotiation or consummation of this Agreement or the Transactions, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, investment bankers, (3) change in control payments or retention bonuses payable as a result of the negotiation or

 


 

consummation of this Agreement or the Transactions, (4) any liabilities of Seller or AM TRU for federal, state, county or local income taxes on the Purchase Price, (5) any debt, liability or obligation of Seller arising after the Closing Date (other than those relating to the Liabilities), including any liabilities that may relate to actions of Seller or AM TRU prior to the Closing Date, (6) any liability or obligation under the Excluded Contracts, or (7) any obligation under AM TRU’s trust preferred securities and indenture relating thereto; or (8) the AM TRU Real Estate Loan (as defined in Section 5.05 of this Agreement) (collectively, the “ Excluded Liabilities ”).
     (e) No Other Debt Obligations or Liabilities Assumed . It is understood and agreed that, except as expressly set forth in this Section 2.02, Buyer shall not assume or be liable for any of the debts, obligations, or liabilities of Seller or AM TRU of any kind and nature whatsoever with respect to any period prior to or after the Closing Date.
      Section 2.03 Pro-Rated Adjustment of Income and Expenses. All utility payments, real and personal property taxes, real and personal property lease payments, and similar expenses and charges relating to the Real Estate, the Assets, all Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) premiums and assessments and all other expenses relating to the Deposits assumed, and the operation of the Home Office and the Branch Offices shall be prorated between the parties as of the Closing Date on the basis of a 365-day year. To the extent any such item has been prepaid by the Seller for a period extending beyond the Closing Date, there shall be a proportionate monetary adjustment in favor of the Seller provided the Buyer is permitted to assume or purchase the same for no additional consideration. Any earned but unpaid noninterest income associated with the Home Office or the Branch Offices, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, shall also be adjusted pro rata between the parties as of the Closing Date. All security deposits made by the Seller shall be reimbursed to Seller to the extent the Seller would have had a right thereto at the Closing Date. All expenses relating to the Home Office and the Branch Offices which arise on and after the Closing Date, shall be paid by the Buyer. The proration of real estate and personal property taxes and assessments shall be calculated on the basis of when such taxes and assessments are assessed and become a lien on the real property, with Seller being liable for all taxes due and payable through the Closing Date, which shall be paid on or before the Closing Date, and with Buyer receiving a credit for all taxes accruing through the Closing Date but due after the Closing Date.
      Section 2.04 Adjustments. It is understood that the books and records of the Seller may not be complete as of the Closing Date and that the exact amount or amounts comprising the Purchase Price may not have been included therein as of the Closing Date because items were not posted on the Closing Date, or for other reasons complete information with respect to such items was not otherwise available. The Purchase Price to be paid at Closing will be calculated as accurately as possible at the Closing Date based on the information then available. Within 14 days after the Closing Date, the Seller and the Buyer shall prepare a closing statement setting forth the payment required pursuant to Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement based on the complete information which should be available and the final posting of items which shall have occurred by such date. Each party shall provide the other party full access to its books and records to enable the other party to verify the final calculation of the Purchase Price. Within 10 days after agreement by Buyer and Seller as to this final closing statement, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller or the Seller shall pay to the Buyer, as appropriate, the difference between the amount paid on

 


 

the Closing Date and the amount required to be paid pursuant to the closing statement, with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment at the Fed Funds Rate.
ARTICLE III
TRANSFER OF ASSETS
     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on and as of the Closing Date, Seller and AM TRU shall assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer the Assets as described in Section 3.01 through Section 3.10 of this Article III.
Section 3.01 Seller Real Estate and AM TRU Real Estate. All of Seller’s right, title and interest on the Closing Date in and to the Seller Real Estate, together with all of Seller’s rights in and to all improvements thereon, and all easements associated therewith, and all of AM TRU’s right, title, and interest on the Closing Date in and to the AM TRU Real Estate, together with all of AM TRU’s rights in and to all improvements thereon, and all easements associated therewith. Seller and AM TRU shall cause Corporate Warranty Deeds and Vendor’s Affidavits in the form of Exhibits 3.01 (A) and (B) to be delivered to Buyer on the Closing Date with respect to the Seller Real Estate and the AM TRU Real Estate, respectively, to effect such transfer. All Real Estate shall be delivered to Buyer free and clear of all Encumbrances (except taxes which are a lien but not yet payable and easements, rights-of-way, and other similar restrictions of record which do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the affected parcel of Real Estate).
      Section 3.02 Fixed Assets.
     (a) All of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to the Fixed Assets free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the rights of lessors under leases. Seller shall cause a Bill of Sale and Assignment of such property in the form of Exhibit 3.02(A) to be delivered to Buyer on the Closing Date to effect such transfer.
     (b) Exhibit G sets forth the Fixed Assets, including the tangible personal property situated at the Home Office and the Branch Offices including furniture, fixtures, equipment, and ATMs, which schedule identifies each item of such personal property with reasonable particularity, giving the net book value of such item on Seller’s books and describing any Encumbrances thereon. Seller hereby agrees that the personal property to be delivered on the Closing Date shall be substantially the same as the personal property set forth on Exhibit G , ordinary wear and tear excepted, provided , that in the event of material damage to the Fixed Assets, Seller shall have the option to repair or replace such Fixed Assets at Seller’s sole cost and expense. Seller shall assign to Buyer any manufacturer or supplier warranty covering such Fixed Assets.
      Section 3.03 Loans and Account Loans. All Loans and Account Loans (and related Loan Documents) as of the close of business on the Closing Date, as reflected on the books and records of Seller, including Accrued Interest thereon, shall be assigned to Buyer by Seller as of the close of business on the Closing Date pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.02(A) .
      Section 3.04 Liquid Assets. All Liquid Assets shall be assigned to Buyer by Seller pursuant to the Bill of Sale and Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit 3.02(A) as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

 


 

      Section 3.05 Cash on Hand. All Cash on Hand at the Branch Offices and the Home Office as of the close of business on the Closing Date, pursuant to the Bill of Sale and Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit 3.02(A) .
      Section 3.06 Records and Routing and Telephone Numbers. All Records related to the Assets transferred or Liabilities assumed by Buyer hereunder and the Routing and Telephone Numbers shall be delivered and assigned to Buyer as of the close of business on the Closing Date pursuant to the Bill of Sale and Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit 3.02(A) .
      Section 3.07 Contracts. All of Seller’s right, title and interest at the close of business on the Closing Date in and to the Contracts pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.02(A) .
      Section 3.08 Prepaid Expenses. All of Seller’s right, title and interest as of the close of business on the Closing Date in and to the Prepaid Expenses pursuant to the Bill of Sale and Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit 3.02(A) .
      Section 3.09 BOLI Insurance. All of Seller’s right, title and interest as of the close of business on the Closing Date in and to the BOLI Insurance pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.02(A) , and any other assignment forms deemed necessary or appropriate to effect such transfer in the judgment of the insurance agent or insurance underwriter for such policies, assuming the Buyer is obligated to acquire the BOLI Insurance at Closing.
      Section 3.10 Retirement Accounts. With regard to each Retirement Account all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the related plan or trustee arrangement, and in and to all assets held by Seller pursuant thereto, pursuant to the Retirement Account Transfer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 3.10 . Pursuant to the terms of such Retirement Account Transfer Agreement, Buyer agrees to assume all of the fiduciary relationships of Seller arising out of any Retirement Accounts assigned to Buyer pursuant to this Section 3.10, and with respect to such accounts, Buyer shall assume all of the obligations and duties of Seller as fiduciary and succeed to all such fiduciary relationships of Seller as fully and to the same extent as if Buyer had originally acquired, incurred, or entered into such fiduciary relationships. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, however, Buyer will not assume or be responsible for any act or failure to act of Seller in connection with such Retirement Accounts on or prior to the Closing Date.
      Section 3.11 Allocation. The Buyer and Seller agree that the allocation of the Purchase Price will be made based on the relative fair market value of the assets and liabilities acquired, as required by Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and agree to utilize such allocation for federal income tax purposes (the “ Purchase Price Allocation ”). Such Purchase Price Allocation shall be mutually agreed to by Buyer and Seller prior to the Closing Date and will be consistently reflected by each party on their federal income tax returns and similar documents, including, but not limited to, Internal Revenue Service Form 8594. No party shall file any document or assert any position that conflicts or is inconsistent with such Purchase Price Allocation, and each party agrees to inform the other promptly upon receipt of any communication from (or forwarding any communication to) the Internal Revenue Service relating to Form 8594. Each party shall cooperate fully with the other in filing Form 8594.

 


 

      Section 3.12 Destruction of Property. Seller will give Buyer prompt written notice of (a) any material fire or casualty on any of the Assets, and (b) any actual or threatened condemnation of all or any part of any of the Real Estate. Upon receipt of such notice, Buyer may, in its sole and exclusive discretion, within 14 days of receipt of such notice, elect either to: (x) close this transaction, excluding herefrom the personal property or real property in question and deducting from the Purchase Price an amount equal to Seller’s financial reporting book value thereof; or (y) elect to close this transaction, including therein the personal property or real property in question, in which event Seller shall (i) assign, transfer and set over unto Buyer all right, title and interest Seller has in and to any condemnation award, casualty award, insurance policy, insurance payment, or any manner of payment whatever in any way related to the condemnation or casualty, and (ii) in the event of a casualty, extend Buyer a credit against the Purchase Price in the amount of any deductible carried under any policy of insurance; provided , however , that in the event of a material fire or casualty affecting any Branch Office or the Home Office, Buyer may in its sole discretion, within 14 days of receipt of such notice, elect to terminate this Agreement, in which event neither party shall have any further liability or obligation to the other. For purposes hereof a “material fire or casualty” is one whose cost of repair is reasonably estimated by Buyer to be more than $100,000.
ARTICLE IV
CLOSING
      Section 4.01 Closing Date. The closing (“ Closing ”) under this Agreement shall be held at such time and place as shall be mutually agreeable to the parties, as promptly as practicable and no later than 15 days after the fulfillment or waiver of all the terms and conditions contained in Article IX of this Agreement.
     The date on which the Closing is to be held is herein called the “ Closing Date .” The Closing shall be deemed to occur at 11:59 p.m. Central Standard Time on the Closing Date, and the Home Office and Branch Offices will close for business at 3:00 p.m. Central Standard Time on the Closing Date.
      Section 4.02 Closing Payment. The cash amount owed to Seller by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.01(b) will be paid by Buyer to Seller by wire transfer in immediately available funds on the Closing Date; provided , however , that if the total amount needed by Seller to pay any negative amount of the Purchase Price and to fund its estimated working capital needs is greater than zero, Seller and AM TRU shall deliver the Closing Note to Buyer as contemplated in Section 7.26 hereof.
      Section 4.03 Deliveries by Seller and AM TRU. At or prior to the Closing, Seller and AM TRU shall deliver to Buyer the documents set forth in Section 9.02(d) of this Agreement, and on the Closing Date, Seller and AM TRU shall deliver possession of the Assets to Buyer.
      Section 4.04 Deliveries by Buyer. At or prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller and AM TRU the documents set forth in Section 9.01(c) of this Agreement.

 


 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND AM TRU
     On or prior to the date hereof, Seller and AM TRU have delivered to Buyer a schedule (“ Disclosure Schedule ”) setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate either (i) in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof or (ii) as an exception to one or more representations or warranties contained in this Article V or to one or more of Seller’s or AM TRU’s covenants contained in Article VII.
     Seller and AM TRU, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Buyer, as follows:
      Section 5.01 Organization and Authority. Seller is a commercial bank organized, validly existing, and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the State of Indiana with full power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted and to own and operate the properties which it owns and/or operates, including the Home Office and the Branch Offices. AM TRU is a corporation duly organized, validly existing under the laws of the State of Indiana with full power and authority to own the AM TRU Real Estate, and is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Seller has one wholly-owned subsidiary, ATIS, as a for-profit corporation organized under Indiana law. The execution, delivery, and performance by Seller and AM TRU of this Agreement are within their corporate power and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on their part, except for the approval by AM TRU’s shareholders. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and AM TRU and constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
      Section 5.02 Conflicts; Consents; Defaults. Except as may be set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller and AM TRU nor the consummation of the Transactions will (i) conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under or accelerate the performance required by, any order, law, regulation, contract, instrument or commitment to which Seller or AM TRU is a party or by which it is bound, which breach or default would have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller, (ii) violate the charter or bylaws of Seller or AM TRU, (iii) require any consent, approval, authorization or filing under any law, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree, permit, license or agreement to which Seller or AM TRU is a party, or (iv) require the consent or approval of any other party to any material contract, instrument or commitment to which Seller or AM TRU is a party, in each case other than any required OCC approval of the Transactions and the approval by AM TRU’s shareholders of this Agreement and the Transactions.
      Section 5.03 Financial Information. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the audited consolidated balance sheets of Seller as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and related audited consolidated income statements and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for the two years ended December 31, 2008, together with the notes thereto, and the unaudited periodic financial statements of Seller for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, together with notes thereto (if any) (collectively, “ Seller Financial Statements ”), copies of which have been provided to Buyer, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may be disclosed therein, and in the case of interim statements, for the

 


 

absence of footnotes and normal year end adjustments) and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and the consolidated results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Seller as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
      Section 5.04 Absence of Changes. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, since September 30, 2009, no events or transactions have occurred which have resulted in a Material Adverse Effect as to Seller. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, event or effect that is both material and adverse to (1) the financial position or condition, results of operation, future prospects, the Assets or business of the Seller, or (2) the ability of the Seller or AM TRU to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, other than (A) the effects of any change attributable to or resulting from changes in economic conditions, laws, regulations or accounting guidelines applicable to depository institutions generally or in general levels of interest rates, or (B) employee terminations after announcement of this Agreement. The parties agree that if any of the conditions set forth in Section 9.02(h), Section 9.02(i) and Section 9.02(j) of this Agreement are not met on the Closing Date, such failure to satisfy any such condition shall be deemed to have resulted in a Material Adverse Effect as to Seller.
      Section 5.05 Title to Real Estate. Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, (i) Seller has good, marketable and insurable title, free and clear of all Encumbrances (except taxes which are a lien but not yet payable and easements, rights-of-way, and other restrictions which do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Seller) to the Seller Real Estate; (ii) AM TRU has good, marketable and insurable title, free and clear of all Encumbrances (except taxes which are a lien but not yet payable and easements, rights-of-way, and other restrictions which do not have a Material Adverse Effect on AM TRU) to the AM TRU Real Estate; (iii) all leasehold interests for any material personal property used by Seller in its business are held pursuant to valid lease agreements; and (iv) all such properties comply in all material respects with all applicable private agreements, zoning requirements and other governmental laws and regulations relating thereto, and there are no condemnation proceedings pending or threatened with respect to such properties.
      Section 5.06 Title to Assets Other Than Real Estate. Seller is the lawful owner of and has good and marketable title to the Loans, Account Loans, Liquid Assets, Cash on Hand, Prepaid Expenses, the Fixed Assets owned by it, and all Records and the BOLI Insurance, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the lien of the FHLB with respect to certain of the Loans and Account Loans. Each item of tangible personal property included in the Seller Assets is in good repair and good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, is suitable for immediate use in the ordinary course of Seller’s banking business and to the Seller’s knowledge is free from latent and patent defects. No such item is in need of repair or replacement other than as part of routine maintenance. Delivery to Buyer of the instruments of transfer of ownership contemplated by this Agreement will vest in Buyer good and marketable title to any Loans, Account Loans, the Fixed Assets owned by it, Liquid Assets, Cash on Hand, Prepaid Expenses, all Records, and the BOLI Insurance, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than the lien of the FHLB.
      Section 5.07 Loans. Seller represents and warrants as to each Loan that, except as may be set forth in the Disclosure Schedule:

 


 

     (a) Seller is the sole owner and holder of the Loan and all servicing rights relating thereto. The Loan is not assigned or pledged (other than to the FHLB), and Seller has good and marketable title thereto. Seller has the full right, subject to no interest or participation of, or agreement with, any other party (other than to the FHLB), to sell and assign the Loan to Buyer, free and clear of any right, claim or interest of any person or entity (other than to the FHLB), and such sale and assignment to Buyer will not impair the enforceability of the Loan.
     (b) Except for any Unfunded Commitment, the full principal amount of the Loan has been advanced to the Loan Debtor, either by payment direct to him or her, or by payment made on his or her approval, and there is no requirement for future advances thereunder. The unpaid principal balance of each Loan and the amount of the Unfunded Commitment in each case as of September 30, 2009, is as stated on Exhibit J .
     (c) Each of the Loan Documents is genuine, and each is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the maker thereof. All parties to the Loan Documents had legal capacity to enter into the Loan Documents, and the Loan Documents have been duly and properly executed by such parties.
     (d) All federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting the origination, administration and servicing of the Loans prior to the Closing Date, including without limitation, truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws, have been complied with in all respects. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller has timely provided all disclosures, notices, estimates, statements and other documents required to be provided to the Loan Debtor under applicable law and has documented receipt of such disclosures, estimates, statements and other documents as required by law and prudent loan origination policies and procedures.
     (e) The Loan Debtor has no rights of rescission, setoff, counterclaims, or defenses to the Loan Documents, except such defenses arising by virtue of bankruptcy, creditors rights laws, and general principles of equity.
     (f) Except as set forth on Exhibit J , as of the date hereof, (i) no Loan is in default, nor, to Seller’s knowledge, is there any event applicable to a Loan where with the giving of notice or the passage of time, would constitute a default; and (ii) no Loan is classified as substandard, doubtful, or loss or is on non-accrual status.
     (g) Seller has not modified such Loan or waived any material provision of or default under such Loan or the related Loan Documents, except in accordance with its customary loan administration policies and procedures. Any such modification or waiver is in writing and is contained in the Loan file.
     (h) Seller has taken all actions to cause each Loan secured by personal property to be perfected by a security interest having first priority or such other priority as is required by the relevant loan approval report for such Loan; and the collateral for each such Loan is owned by the Loan Debtor, free and clear of any Encumbrance except for the security interest in favor of Seller and any other Encumbrance expressly permitted under the relevant loan approval report.

 


 

     (i) The Loan Debtor is the owner of all collateral for such Loan.
      Section 5.08 Residential and Commercial Mortgage Loans and Certain Business Loans. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Seller represents and warrants as to each Residential Mortgage Loan, Commercial Mortgage Loan and Business Loan that is secured in whole or in part by a Mortgage that:
     (a) The Mortgage is a valid first lien on the Mortgaged Property securing the related Loan (or a subordinate lien if expressly permitted under the relevant loan approval report), and the Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all Encumbrances having priority over the first lien of the Mortgage, except for liens for real estate taxes and special assessments not yet due and payable, easements and restrictions of record, and, in the case of a Home Equity Loan or a Mortgage securing a guarantee of a Business Loan, the permitted lien of the senior mortgage or deed of trust.
     (b) The Mortgage contains customary provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for the realization against the Mortgaged Property of the benefits of the security provided thereby, including, (i) in the case of a Mortgage designated as a deed of trust, by trustee’s sale, and (ii) otherwise by judicial foreclosure.
     (c) Except as set forth in the Loan file, all of which actions were taken in the ordinary course of business, Seller has not (i) satisfied, canceled, or subordinated the Loan in whole or in part; (ii) released the Mortgaged Property, in whole or in part, from the lien of the Loan; or (iii) executed any instrument of release, cancellation, modification, or satisfaction.
     (d) To Seller’s knowledge, all taxes, government assessments, insurance premiums, water, sewer, and municipal charges, and leasehold payments which previously became due and owing have been paid, or an escrow payment has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every such item which remains unpaid. Seller has not advanced funds, or induced, solicited, or knowingly received any advance of funds by a party other than the Loan Debtor.
     (e) To Seller’s knowledge, there is no proceeding pending for the total or partial condemnation of the Mortgaged Property and the Mortgaged Property is undamaged by waste, earth movement, fire, flood, windstorm, earthquake, or other casualty.
     (f) To Seller’s knowledge, the Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all mechanics’ liens or liens in the nature thereof, and no rights are outstanding that under law could give rise to any such lien.
     (g) To Seller’s knowledge, all of the improvements which are included for the purpose of determining the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Mortgaged Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Mortgaged Property, except as allowed by the Seller’s underwriting guidelines.

 


 

     (h) The Loan meets, or is exempt from, applicable state or federal laws, regulations and other requirements pertaining to usury, and the Loan is not usurious.
     (i) Each Loan for which private mortgage insurance was required by Seller under its underwriting guidelines is insured by a reputable private mortgage insurance company; each such insurance policy is in full force and effect; and all premiums due thereunder have been paid.
     (j) There is in force a paid-up Lender’s Title Insurance Policy respecting the Mortgaged Property issued by a reputable title insurance company in an amount at least equal to the outstanding principal balance of the related Loan. No claims have been made under such Lender’s Title Insurance Policy, and Seller has not done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of such Lender’s Title insurance Policy.
     (k) There is in force for each Loan, a hazard insurance policy, including, to the extent required by applicable law, flood insurance, meeting the specifications of FNMA/FHLMC in the case of a Residential Mortgage Loan (other than Home Equity Loans). All such insurance policies contain a standard mortgagee clause naming the Seller and its successors and assigns as mortgagee, and all premiums thereon have been paid. The Mortgage obligates the Loan Debtor thereunder to maintain the hazard insurance policy at the Loan Debtor’s cost and expense and, on the Loan Debtor’s failure to do so, authorizes the holder of the Mortgage to obtain and maintain such insurance at such Loan Debtor’s cost and expense, and to seek reimbursement therefor from the Loan Debtor. Seller has not engaged in, and has no knowledge of the Loan Debtor’s having engaged in, any act or omission which would impair the coverage of any such policy, the benefits of the endorsement provided for therein, or the validity and binding effect of either.
     (l) As to each Residential Mortgage Loan, the Mortgaged Property consists of a one- to four-family (including condominium or PUD projects that meet FNMA/FHLMC guidelines as warranted by Seller), owner-occupied primary residence second home or investment property.
     (m) Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Loan was originated and underwritten in the ordinary course of Seller’s business and by an authorized employee of Seller.
     (n) Neither (i) the information presented as factual concerning the income, employment, credit standing, purchase price and other terms of sale, payment history or source of funds submitted to Seller for the purpose of making the Loan, nor (ii) the information presented as factual in the appraisal with respect to the Mortgaged Property, contained, to Seller’s knowledge, any material omission or misstatement or other material discrepancy at the time the information was obtained by Seller.
     (o) All appraisals have been ordered, performed and rendered in accordance with the requirements of the underwriting guidelines of Seller and in compliance, in all material respects, with all laws and regulations then in effect relating and applicable to the origination of Loans, (i) which requirements include, without limitation, requirements

 


 

as to appraiser independence, appraiser competency and training, appraiser licensing and certification, and the content and form of appraisals, and (ii) which laws and regulations include, without limitation, regulations promulgated by the DFI and the FDIC.
     (p) Substantially all of the Mortgaged Property is located in Lake or Porter Counties, Indiana or contiguous counties.
     (q) To Seller’s knowledge, no Mortgaged Property is contaminated or in violation of any Environmental Law.
      Section 5.09 Auto Receivables. Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as to any Auto Receivable that:
     (a) The Auto Receivable represents a bona fide sale or finance of the vehicle described therein to the vehicle purchaser or owner for the amount set forth therein;
     (b) The vehicle described in the Auto Receivable has been delivered to and accepted by the vehicle purchaser and such acceptance shall not have been revoked;
     (c) The security interest created by the Auto Receivable is a valid first lien in the motor vehicle covered by the Auto Receivable and all action has been taken to create and perfect such lien in such motor vehicle within such time following the date of the Auto Receivable as will afford first priority status;
     (d) The down payment relating to such Auto Receivable has been paid in full by the vehicle purchaser in cash and/or trade as shown in such Auto Receivable, and no part of the down payment consisted of notes or postdated checks.
     (e) The statements made by the vehicle purchaser or owner and the information submitted by the vehicle purchaser or owner in connection with the Auto Receivable are true and complete to Seller’s knowledge;
     (f) Each Auto Receivable complies, in all material respects, with all applicable provisions of laws and regulation which are applicable to the transaction represented by the Auto Receivable.
     (g) Seller has no knowledge of any circumstances or conditions with respect to the Auto Receivable, the related vehicle, the vehicle purchaser or owner, or vehicle purchaser’s or owner’s credit standing that can be expected to adversely affect Seller’s security interest in the Auto Receivable.
      Section 5.10 Unsecured Loans.
     (a) Except as set forth on Exhibit J , no Unsecured Loan has been charged-off under Seller’s normal procedures since December 31, 2008.
     (b) No such Unsecured Loan has been the subject of any bankruptcy since inception.

 


 

      Section 5.11 Allowance. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Allowance shown on the Seller Financial Statements as of September 30, 2009, with respect to the Loans is adequate as of such date under the requirements of GAAP to provide for possible losses on items for which reserves were made. The aggregate Loan balances outstanding as of September 30, 2009, in excess of the Allowance as of such date were, as of September 30, 2009, collectible in accordance with their respective terms.
      Section 5.12 Investments. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, none of the investments reflected in the Seller Financial Statements as of September 30, 2009, and none of the investments made by Seller since September 30, 2009, are subject to any restriction, whether contractual or statutory, which materially impairs the ability of Seller to dispose freely of such investment at any time and each of such investments complies with regulatory requirements concerning such investments.
      Section 5.13 Deposits.
     (a) Seller has delivered to Buyer a true and complete copy of the account forms for all Deposits offered by Seller. Except as listed in the Disclosure Schedule, all the accounts related to the Deposits are in material compliance with all applicable laws, orders and regulations and were originated in material compliance with all applicable laws, orders and regulations.
     (b) Exhibit 5.13(b) is a true and correct schedule of the Deposits prepared as of the date indicated thereon (which shall be updated through the Closing Date), listing by category and the amount of such deposits, together with the amount of Accrued Interest thereon. All Deposits are insured to the fullest extent permissible by the FDIC. Subject to the receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals, Seller has and will have at the Closing Date all rights and full authority to transfer and assign the Deposits without restriction. As of the date hereof, with respect to the Deposits:
     (1) Subject to items returned without payment in full (“ Return Items ”) and immaterial bookkeeping errors, all interest accrued or accruing on the Deposits has been properly credited thereto, and properly reflected on Seller’s books of account, and Seller is not in default in the payment of any thereof;
     (2) Subject to Return Items and immaterial bookkeeping errors, Seller has timely paid and performed all of its obligations and liabilities relating to the Deposits as and when the same have become due and payable;
     (3) Subject to immaterial bookkeeping errors, Seller has administered all of the Deposits in accordance with applicable fiduciary duties and good and sound financial practices and procedures, and has properly made all appropriate credits and debits thereto; and
     (4) None of the Deposits are subject to any Encumbrances or any legal restraint or other legal process, other than Account Loans or Loans, customary court orders, levies, and garnishments affecting the depositors, all of which Encumbrances (other than Account Loans or Loans) are described on Exhibit 5.13(b) .

 


 

      Section 5.14 Account Loans.
     (a) Exhibit A is a true and correct schedule of all Account Loans, including the aggregate outstanding principal shown thereon, of the Seller as of the date indicated thereon (which shall be updated through the Closing Date) to be transferred to Buyer hereunder.
     (b) Any and all Account Loans made by the Seller and any extensions, renewals or continuations of such Account Loans were made in accordance with customary lending standards of the Seller in the ordinary course of business, and are secured by deposit accounts which constitute Deposits hereunder. Any Account Loans are evidenced by appropriate and sufficient documentation based upon customary and ordinary past practices of the Seller.
     (c) All Account Loans have been made in accordance with all applicable statutes and regulatory requirements.
      Section 5.15 Contracts. The Disclosure Schedule lists or describes the following:
     (a) Each loan and credit agreement, conditional sales contract, indenture or other title retention agreement or security agreement relating to money borrowed by Seller or AM TRU;
     (b) Each guaranty by Seller or AM TRU of any obligation for the borrowing of money or otherwise (excluding any endorsements and guarantees in the ordinary course of business and letters of credit issued by Seller in the ordinary course of its business) or any warranty or indemnification agreement;
     (c) Each agreement between Seller and any present or former officer or director of Seller (except for deposit or loan agreements entered into in the ordinary course of Seller’s business);
     (d) Each lease or license with respect to personal property involving an annual amount in excess of $10,000 or the AM TRU Real Estate or Seller Real Estate involving Seller or AM TRU whether as lessee or lessor or licensee or licensor;
     (e) The name, annual salary and primary department assignment as of November 30, 2009, of each employee of Seller and any employment or consulting agreement or arrangement with respect to each such person; and
     (f) Each agreement, loan, contract, lease, guaranty, letter of credit, line of credit or commitment of Seller not referred to elsewhere in this Section which (i) involves payment by Seller (other than as disbursement of loan proceeds to customers) of more than $10,000 annually or $25,000 in the aggregate over its remaining term unless, in the latter case, such is terminable within one (1) year without premium or penalty; (ii) involves payments based on profits of Seller; (iii) relates to the future purchase of goods or services in excess of the requirements of its respective business at current levels or for normal operating purposes; or (iv) were not made in the ordinary course of business.

 


 

     (g) Final and complete copies of each document, plan or contract listed and described in the Disclosure Schedule pursuant to this Section 5.15 have been provided to Buyer.
      Section 5.16 Tax Matters . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Seller and AM TRU have filed with the appropriate governmental agencies all federal, state and local income, franchise, excise, sales, use, real and personal property and other tax returns and reports required to be filed by it. Seller and AM TRU are not (a) delinquent in the payment of any taxes shown on such returns or reports or on any assessments received by it for such taxes; (b) aware of any pending or threatened examination for income taxes for any year by the IRS or any state tax agency; (c) subject to any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any federal or state tax; or (d) a party to any action or proceeding with, nor has any claim been asserted against it by, any Governmental Authority for assessment or collection of taxes. Seller is not the subject of any threatened action or proceeding by any Governmental Authority for assessment or collection of taxes. The reserve for taxes in the unaudited financial statements of Seller for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, is, in the opinion of management, adequate to cover all of the tax liabilities of Seller (including, without limitation, income taxes and franchise fees) as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
      Section 5.17 Employee Matters .
     (a) Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, Seller has not entered into any collective bargaining agreement with any labor organization with respect to any group of employees of the Seller, and to the knowledge of the Seller, there is no present effort nor existing proposal to attempt to unionize any group of employees of the Seller.
     (b) Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, (i) the Seller is and has been in material compliance with all applicable laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, including, without limitation, any such laws respecting employment discrimination and occupational safety and health requirements, and the Seller is not engaged in any unfair labor practice; (ii) there is no unfair labor practice complaint against Seller pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened before the National Labor Relations Board; (iii) there is no labor dispute, strike, slowdown or stoppage actually pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against or directly affecting Seller; and (iv) Seller has not experienced any work stoppage or other such labor difficulty during the past 5 years.
      Section 5.18 Employee Benefit Plans.
     (a) Each Employee Benefit Plan (and each related trust, insurance contract, or fund) complies in form and in operation in all material respects with the applicable requirements of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and other applicable legal requirements. No such Employee Benefit Plan is under audit by the IRS or the U.S. Department of Labor.
     (b) All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions) that are due have been paid to each Employee Benefit Plan that is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, and all contributions for any period

 


 

ending on or before the Closing Date that are not yet due have been paid to each Employee Pension Benefit Plan or accrued in accordance with the past custom and practice of Seller and will be paid when due to such plan. All premiums or other payments for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date have been paid with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that is an Employee Welfare Benefit Plan.
      Section 5.19 Environmental Matters .
     (a) As used in this Agreement, “ Environmental Laws ” means all local, state and federal environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which Seller has done business or owned, leased or operated property, including, without limitation, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, and the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act.
     (b) Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, no activity or condition exists at or upon the AM TRU Real Estate, the Seller Real Estate or (to the knowledge of Seller, after reasonable investigation) any of Seller’s OREO, that violates any Environmental Law, and no condition has existed or event has occurred with respect to the AM TRU Real Estate, the Seller Real Estate or any of Seller’s OREO that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a violation of any Environmental Law or obligate (or potentially obligate) Seller or AM TRU to remedy, stabilize, neutralize or otherwise alter the environmental condition of any of the AM TRU Real Estate, the Seller Real Estate or any of Seller’s OREO where the aggregate cost of such actions would be material to Seller or to AM TRU. Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, and to the knowledge of Seller, after reasonable investigation, neither Seller nor AM TRU has received any notice from any person or entity that Seller or AM TRU (or the operation or condition of any of the AM TRU Real Estate, the Seller Real Estate or the Seller’s OREO) is or was in violation of any Environmental Law or that Seller is responsible (or potentially responsible) for the cleanup or other remediation of any pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials at, on or beneath any such property.
      Section 5.20 No Undisclosed Liabilities . Seller does not have any material liability, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due (and there is no past or present fact, situation, circumstance, condition or other basis for any present or future action, suit or proceeding, hearing, charge, complaint, claim or demand against Seller giving rise to any such liability) required in accordance with GAAP to be reflected in an audited consolidated balance sheet of Seller or the notes thereto, except (i) for liabilities set forth or reserved against in the Seller Financial Statements as of September 30, 2009, (ii) for liabilities occurring in the ordinary course of business of Seller since September 30, 2009, (iii) liabilities relating to the possible sale of Seller or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (iv) as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule.
      Section 5.21 Litigation . Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against Seller or AM TRU or to the best knowledge of

 


 

Seller or AM TRU threatened against or affecting Seller, before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency, or official involving a monetary claim for $25,000 or more or equitable relief ( i.e. , specific performance or injunctive relief). Seller is not aware of any facts that would reasonably afford a basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation.
      Section 5.22 Performance of Obligations . Seller has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it to date under the Contracts, the Deposits, and the Loan Documents and the BOLI Insurance policies, and Seller is not in material default under, and no event has occurred which, with the lapse of time or action by a third party, could result in a material default under, any such agreements or arrangements.
      Section 5.23 Compliance with Law . Seller has all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations that are legally required to enable it to conduct its business in all material respects and has conducted its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders or decrees applicable thereto or to the employees conducting such businesses. The Home Office and the Branch Offices comply with all applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
      Section 5.24 Brokerage. Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule and with the exception of fees payable to Renninger & Associates, LLC (“ Renninger ”), there are no existing claims or agreements for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees, or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement payable by Seller.
      Section 5.25 Interim Events . Except as provided in the Disclosure Schedule, since September 30, 2009, Seller has not paid or declared any dividend or made any other distribution to its sole shareholder or taken any other action which if taken after the date of this Agreement would require the prior written consent of Buyer under Section 7.05 hereof.
      Section 5.26 Records . The Records to be delivered to Buyer under Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement are and shall be sufficient to enable Buyer to conduct a banking business with respect thereto under the same standards as Seller has heretofore conducted such business.
      Section 5.27 Insurance . All material insurable properties owned or held by Seller and AM TRU are adequately insured by financially sound and reputable insurers in such amounts and against fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage and public liability insurance, as is customary with banks of similar size. The Disclosure Schedule sets forth, for each material policy of insurance maintained by Seller or AM TRU the amount and type of insurance, the name of the insurer and the amount of the annual premium. All amounts due and payable under such insurance policies are fully paid, and all such insurance policies are in full force and effect.
      Section 5.28 Regulatory Enforcement Matters . Except as may be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, the Seller and AM TRU are not subject to, and have received no notice or advice that they may become subject to, any order, agreement or memorandum of understanding with any federal or state agency charged with the supervision or regulation of banks or bank holding companies or engaged in the insurance of financial institution deposits or any other governmental agency having supervisory or regulatory authority with respect to Seller or AM TRU.

 


 

      Section 5.29 Community Reinvestment Act . Seller received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent examination or interim review with respect to the Community Reinvestment Act. Seller has not been advised of any supervisory concerns regarding its compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.
      Section 5.30 Regulatory Approvals . The information furnished or to be furnished by Seller or AM TRU for the purpose of enabling Seller or Buyer to complete and file all requisite regulatory applications is or will be true and complete as of the date so furnished. There are no facts known to the Seller or AM TRU which Seller or AM TRU has not disclosed to the Buyer in writing, which, insofar as Seller or AM TRU can now reasonably foresee, may have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer or Seller to obtain all requisite regulatory approvals or to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
      Section 5.31 Representations Regarding Financial Condition .
     (a) AM TRU and Seller are not entering into this Agreement in an effort to hinder, delay or defraud their creditors.
     (b) AM TRU and Seller are not insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent as a result of the Transactions.
     (c) The Purchase Price and assumption of Liabilities represents fair and reasonable equivalent value for the Assets to be transferred and Liabilities to be assumed hereunder.
     (d) Neither Seller nor AM TRU has any intention to file proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency or for the appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, or guardian with respect to its business or assets.
      Section 5.32 Limitation of Warranties . EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER AND AM TRU EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE FIXED ASSETS OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER ASSETS BEING TRANSFERRED TO OR LIABILITIES BEING ASSUMED BY BUYER (EXCLUDING THE REAL ESTATE), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
      Section 5.33 Disclosure . No representation or warranty contained in this Article V and no statement or information relating to Seller or AM TRU or any Assets or Liabilities contained in (i) this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto), or (ii) in any certificate or document furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of Seller or AM TRU to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
     Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and AM TRU as follows:

 


 

      Section 6.01 Organization and Authority . Buyer is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the United States of America with full power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted and to own and operate the properties which it now owns and/or operates. The execution, delivery, and performance by Buyer of this Agreement are within Buyer’s corporate power, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
      Section 6.02 Conflicts; Defaults . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer nor the consummation of the Transactions will (i) conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under, or accelerate the performance required by, the terms of any order, law, regulation, contract, instrument or commitment to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound, (ii) violate the articles of association or bylaws of Buyer, (iii) require any consent, approval, authorization or filing under any law, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree, permit or license to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound, other than any required regulatory approvals of the OCC and the approval by AM TRU’s shareholders of this Agreement and the Transactions. Buyer is not subject to any agreement or understanding with any regulatory authority which would prevent or adversely affect the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
      Section 6.03 Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against Buyer, or to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened against or affecting Buyer, before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official which alone or in the aggregate would, if adversely determined, adversely affect the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or which in any manner questions the validity of this Agreement. Buyer is not aware of any facts that would reasonably afford a basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation.
      Section 6.04 Regulatory Approvals . The information furnished or to be furnished by Buyer for the purpose of enabling Seller or Buyer to complete and file all requisite regulatory applications is or will be true and complete as of the date so furnished. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, there are no facts known to the Buyer which, insofar as Buyer can now reasonably foresee, may have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer to obtain all requisite regulatory approvals or to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
      Section 6.05 Community Reinvestment Act . Buyer received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent examination or interim review with respect to the Community Reinvestment Act. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer has not been advised of any supervisory concerns regarding its compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.
      Section 6.06 Financial Ability . Buyer has the financial ability to pay the Purchase Price for the Assets and assume the Liabilities as provided in this Agreement and will be “well capitalized” under OCC regulations at the Closing Date upon consummation of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 


 

      Section 6.07 Financial Information . The audited consolidated balance sheets of Horizon Bancorp as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and related audited consolidated income statements and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2008, together with the notes thereto, included in Horizon Bancorp’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, as currently on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), and the unaudited periodic financial statements for the three months and the nine months ended September 30, 2009, together with the notes thereto included in Horizon Bancorp’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, as currently on file with the SEC, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may be disclosed therein, and in the case of interim statements, for the absence of footnotes and normal year end adjustments) and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and the consolidated results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Horizon Bancorp as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
      Section 6.08 Disclosure . No representation or warranty contained in this Article VI and no statement or information relating to Buyer contained in (i) this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto), or (ii) in any certificate or document furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of Buyer to Seller pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS
      Section 7.01 Reasonable Best Efforts . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of AM TRU, Seller and Buyer agrees to use its reasonable best efforts in good faith to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the Transactions as promptly as practicable and shall cooperate fully with the other party hereto to that end.
      Section 7.02 Shareholder Approval . AM TRU agrees, as soon as practicable after the date hereof, to take, in accordance with applicable law and its articles of incorporation and by-laws, all action necessary to convene an appropriate meeting of its shareholders to consider and vote upon the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Transactions, appropriately disclosing any dissenters’ rights to which they may be entitled as required by Indiana law. AM TRU’s Board of Directors is recommending and, unless, after having consulted with and considered the advice of outside counsel and its financial advisor, it has determined in good faith that to do so would result in a failure by the directors to discharge properly their fiduciary duties in accordance with Indiana law, AM TRU’s Board of Directors will continue to recommend to the shareholders of AM TRU that they approve this Agreement and the Transactions and will take any other action required, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duties, to permit and cause consummation of the Transactions. AM TRU, as Seller’s sole shareholder, has approved this Agreement. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the directors of AM TRU has executed and delivered a voting agreement with the Buyer in substantially the form of Exhibit 7.02 .

 


 

      Section 7.03 Press Releases . Each of AM TRU, Buyer, and Seller agrees that it will not, without the prior approval of the other party, issue any press release or written statement for general circulation relating to the transactions contemplated hereby (except for any release or statement that, in the written opinion of outside counsel to such party, is required by law or regulation and as to which such party has used its best efforts to discuss with the other party in advance, provided that such release or statement has not been caused by, or is not the result of, a previous disclosure by or at the direction of such party or any of its representatives that was not permitted by this Agreement). In addition, all public statements, written or otherwise, made with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be made, with respect to Buyer, solely by Craig M. Dwight, and, with respect to AM TRU and Seller, solely by David J. Dolak. Seller, AM TRU and Buyer shall inform all of their respective officers, directors and employees of this requirement.
      Section 7.04 Access to Records and Information; Personnel; Customers .
     (a) Upon reasonable advance notice, Seller and AM TRU shall afford to the officers and authorized representatives of Buyer full access during regular business hours to the offices, properties, books, contracts, commitments and records of Seller and AM TRU in order that Buyer may have full opportunity to make such investigations as it shall desire of the Deposits, Assets, Liabilities and the operations of the Branch Offices and the Home Office. The officers of Seller and AM TRU shall furnish Buyer with such additional financial and operating data and other information relating to the assets, properties and business of Seller and AM TRU as Buyer shall from time to time reasonably request. Seller shall consent, upon reasonable advance notice, to the review by the officers and authorized representatives of Buyer of the reports and working papers of Seller’s and AM TRU’s independent auditors (upon reasonable advance notice to such auditors).
     (b) Following the execution of this Agreement, Buyer may, at its own expense, be entitled to meet and communicate with, and deliver information, brochures, bulletins, press releases, and other communications to depositors, Loan and Account Loan borrowers and other customers of Seller concerning the Transactions and concerning the business and operations of Buyer; provided , however , that Seller shall be entitled to attend any such meetings and must approve any such written communications before they are sent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
     (c) On a bi-weekly basis following the date hereof and through the Closing Date, Seller shall provide information to Buyer in a format reasonably acceptable to Buyer concerning the status of the following matters:
     (1) Any communication from or contacts by DFI or the FDIC or any other bank regulatory agencies concerning the status of Seller’s consent order or any other regulatory matters affecting Seller or AM TRU as to which such bank regulatory agencies have jurisdiction; provided, such agencies have consented to the disclosure of such information to Buyer to the extent such consent is legally required (which consent Seller agrees to request in good faith and diligently pursue);

 


 

     (2) Current information on the quality and performance of the Loans including information on the status of any delinquencies, non-performing Loans, OREO, new Loans, information concerning refinancings and payments made on such Loans, and information indicating that any of the representations and warranties relating to the Loans in Section 5.07, Section 5.08 or Section 5.09 are no longer accurate in any respect; and
     (3) Information concerning the total deposits and by deposit product, their weighted average interest rate.
     Within 20 days following the conclusion of each fiscal quarter of Seller between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer updated Exhibits to this Agreement relating to Assets and Liabilities, reflecting changes therein since the execution of this Agreement.
     Within 20 days following the close of each month between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer with unaudited financial statements of Seller on a consolidated basis for such month prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     From the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Seller will cause one or more of Seller’s designated representatives to confer on a regular basis, but no less frequently than weekly, with the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer (or his designees) to report the general status of the ongoing operations of Seller and AM TRU.
      Section 7.05 Operation in Ordinary Course . From the date hereof to the Closing Date, Seller shall: (a) not engage in any transaction affecting the Branch Offices, the Home Office, the Deposits, the Liabilities, or the Assets except in the ordinary course of business, and shall operate and manage its business in the ordinary course consistent with past practices; (b) use reasonable best efforts to maintain the Branch Offices and the Home Office in a condition substantially the same as on the date of this Agreement, reasonable wear and use excepted; (c) maintain its books of accounts and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner; and (d) use reasonable best efforts to duly maintain compliance with all laws, regulatory requirements and agreements to which it is subject or by which it is bound. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall not, without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld:
     (a) fail to maintain the Fixed Assets and Real Estate in their present state of repair, order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and casualty excepted;
     (b) fail to maintain its books, accounts and records in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) fail to charge off assets in accordance with GAAP on a timely basis;
     (d) fail to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations relating to its operations;
     (e) authorize or enter into any contract or amend, modify or supplement any contract relating to or affecting its operations or involving any of the Assets or Liabilities which obligates Seller to expend $10,000 or more;

 


 

     (f) take any action, or enter into or authorize any transaction, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, relating to or affecting its operations or involving any of the Assets or Liabilities; provided, however , that the foregoing restrictions and the other restrictions in this Section 7.05 shall not apply to or restrict any sale or other transaction involving the Insurance Business or ATIS;
     (g) do any act which, or omit to do any act the omission of which, could cause a breach of any material contract, commitment or obligation of Seller or AM TRU;
     (h) make any changes in its accounting systems, policies, principles or practices relating to or affecting its operations or involving any of the Assets or Liabilities, except in accordance with GAAP and regulatory requirements;
     (i) enter into or renew any data processing service contract;
     (j) engage or participate in any material transaction or incur or sustain any material obligation except in the ordinary course of business;
     (k) make or renew (1) any Business Loan in excess of $250,000, (2) any Residential Mortgage Loan or Home Equity Loan with a loan to value ratio in excess of 80% or any Residential Mortgage Loan or Home Equity Loan in excess of $300,000 and $75,000, respectively, (3) any Unsecured Loan or Auto Receivable in excess of $50,000, or (4) any Loan or Account Loan which is not made in the ordinary course of business;
     (l) undertake any actions which are inconsistent with a program to use all reasonable efforts to maintain good relations with its employees, shareholders, or customers;
     (m) transfer, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any contract, agreement, or understanding to transfer, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any of the Assets except in the ordinary course of business;
     (n) invest in any Fixed Assets or improvements except for commitments previously disclosed to Buyer in writing, made on or before the date of this Agreement for replacements of furniture, furnishings and equipment, for normal maintenance and refurbishing, purchased or made in the ordinary course of business and for emergency and casualty repairs and replacements;
     (o) increase or agree to increase the salary, remuneration, or compensation of its employees or pay or agree to pay any uncommitted bonus to any such employees;
     (p) pay incentive compensation to employees for purposes of retaining their services or maintaining Deposit levels through the Closing Date;
     (q) enter into or renew any employment agreements with employees of Seller or any consulting or similar agreements with directors of Seller;

 


 

     (r) fail to use its reasonable best efforts to preserve its present operations intact, keep available the services of its present officers and employees or to preserve its present relationships with persons having business dealings with it;
     (s) amend or modify any of its promotional, deposit account or account loan practices other than amendments or modifications in the ordinary course of business or otherwise consistent with the provisions of this Agreement;
     (t) fail to maintain deposit rates substantially in accord with past standards and practices;
     (u) change or amend its schedules or policies relating to service charges or service fees;
     (v) pay or make any dividends or other distributions to AM TRU, and AM TRU will not pay or make any dividends or other distributions to its shareholders;
     (w) fail to comply in all material respects with the Contracts or fail to pay any premiums on the BOLI Insurance policies;
     (x) except in the ordinary course of business (including creation of deposit liabilities, enter into repurchase agreements, purchases or sales of federal funds, and sales of certificates of deposit), borrow or agree to borrow any material amount of funds or directly or indirectly guarantee or agree to guarantee any material obligations of others except pursuant to outstanding letters of credit; provided , however , the Seller shall not take any additional FHLB advances other than overnight or other short-term (less than 15 days) advances, which shall not exceed $5 million in the aggregate;
     (y) purchase or otherwise acquire any investment security for their own account that exceeds $500,000 individually or $1,000,000 in the aggregate or purchase or otherwise acquire any security other than U.S. treasury or other governmental obligations or asset-backed securities issued or guaranteed by United States governmental or other governmental agencies, in either case having an average remaining life of 3 years or less, or sell any investment security owned by them other than sales made in the ordinary course of business as previously conducted during the past 3 years and in accordance with applicable law and regulations or engage in any activity that would be inconsistent with the classification of investment securities as either “held to maturity” or “available for sale;”
     (z) except as required by applicable law or regulation: (1) implement or adopt any material change in its interest rate risk management and hedging policies, procedures or practices; (2) fail to follow its existing policies or practices with respect to managing its exposure to interest rate risk; or (3) fail to use commercially reasonable means to avoid any material increase in its aggregate exposure to interest rate risk; or
     (aa) take any action that would change Seller’s loan loss reserves which is not in compliance with Seller’s past practices consistently applied and in compliance with GAAP, other than any changes made pursuant to Section 7.25 hereof.

 


 

      Section 7.06 Acquisition Proposals . AM TRU and Seller agree that they shall not, and they shall cause their officers, directors, agents, advisors and affiliates not to, solicit or encourage inquiries or proposals with respect to, or engage in any negotiations concerning, or provide any confidential information to, or have any discussions with, any person relating to, any tender or exchange offer, proposal for a merger, consolidation, sale of assets and assumption of liabilities, or other business combination involving AM TRU or Seller or any proposal or offer to acquire in any manner a substantial equity interest in, or a substantial portion of the assets or deposits of, AM TRU or Seller other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (any of the foregoing, an “ Acquisition Proposal ”); provided , however , that if AM TRU is not otherwise in violation of this Section 7.06, AM TRU’s Board of Directors may provide information to, and may engage in such negotiations or discussions with, a person with respect to an Acquisition Proposal, directly or through representatives, if AM TRU’s Board of Directors, after consulting with and considering the advice of its financial advisor and its outside counsel, determines in good faith that its failure to provide information or to engage in any such negotiations or discussions would constitute a failure to discharge properly the fiduciary duties of such directors in accordance with Indiana law. AM TRU shall promptly (within 24 hours) advise Buyer following the receipt by it of any Acquisition Proposal and the substance thereof (including the identity of the person making such Acquisition Proposal and a copy of such Acquisition Proposal), and advise the Buyer of any developments with respect to such Acquisition Proposal immediately upon the occurrence thereof.
      Section 7.07 Regulatory Applications and Third Party Consents . As promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, Buyer shall file all applications, filings, notices, consents, permits, requests, or registrations required to obtain authorizations of any Governmental Authority and consents of all third parties necessary to consummate the Transactions. Buyer will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such authorizations from Governmental Authorities and consents from third parties as promptly as practicable and will consult with Seller and AM TRU with respect to the obtaining of all such authorizations and consents necessary or advisable to consummate the Transactions. Seller and AM TRU agree to use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate in connection with obtaining such authorizations and consents. Each party will keep the other party apprised of the status of material matters relating to completion of the Transactions. Copies of applications and correspondence with such Governmental Authorities shall be promptly provided to the other party. Each of Buyer, Seller and AM TRU agrees, upon request, to furnish the other party with all information concerning itself and its respective directors, officers and shareholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with any filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of Buyer, AM TRU or Seller to any third party or Governmental Authority.
      Section 7.08 Title Insurance and Surveys .
     (a) The Seller and AM TRU and the Buyer shall use their reasonable best efforts to order within 5 business days of the date hereof, with respect to the Real Estate:
     (1) a commitment for an ALTA 2006 owner’s title insurance policy for each parcel of Real Estate (each, a “ Title Commitment ”) issued on a date subsequent to the date hereof by a title company agreed to by the Buyer and the Seller (the “ Title Insurer ”), insuring the fee simple title of the Buyer in the Real Estate, including any easements appurtenant thereto, in an amount equal to the

 


 

Fair Market Value of such Real Estate, which shall include: (i) an extended coverage endorsement guaranteeing the deletion of all general or standard exceptions customarily contained in an ALTA 2006 owners title insurance policy, (ii) an ALTA Endorsement 3.1 (Zoning Complete Structure) as amended to include parking, (iii) a tax parcel endorsement, (iv) a subdivision endorsement, and (v) such other endorsements as Buyer deems necessary and appropriate;
     (2) legible copies of all documents cited, raised as exceptions or noted in the Title Commitment or the Survey (as defined below) with respect to the Real Estate to the extent reasonably available (“ Title Documents ”); and
     (3) a survey for each parcel of Real Estate prepared in accordance with current ALTA/ACSM land survey standards by a registered land surveyor agreed to by the Buyer and the Seller and licensed in Indiana (the “ Surveyor ”), which references the 2005 requirements adopted by ALTA/ACSM and NSPS, certified as of a date subsequent to the date hereof and showing with respect to such Real Estate: (A) the legal description; (B) Table A, Items 1 (monuments placed and set), 2 (vicinity map), 3 (flood zone designation), 4 (gross land area), 6 (setback, height and area restrictions per zoning and/or building code), 7a (exterior dimensions of all buildings at ground level), 7b (square footage of exterior footprint and gross floor area), 7c (measured height of buildings), 8 (visible improvements), 9 (parking, including the number of spaces on the subject property), 10 (indication of access), 11b (evidence of utilities per observation and plans), 13 (names of adjoining owners of platted land), 14 (distance to nearest intersecting streets), 16 (evidence of earth moving), 17 (changes to right of way) and 18 (evidence of dump site) and show them thereon (each, a “ Survey ”). ALTA Minimum Standard Detail Certificate certified to Buyer, the title company and Buyer’s designees. In the ALTA Certification, please ask the surveyor to make reference to Table A and specifically Items 1 (monuments placed and set), 2 (vicinity map), 3 (flood zone designation), 4 (gross land area), 6 (setback, height and area restrictions per zoning and/or building code), 7a (exterior dimensions of all bldgs. at ground level), 7b (square footage of exterior footprint and gross floor area), 7c (measured height of bldg.), 8 (visible improvements), 9 (parking), 10 (indication of access), 11b (evidence of utilities per observation and plans), 13 (names of adjoining owners of platted land), 14 (distance to nearest intersecting streets), 16 (evidence of earth moving), 17 (changes to right of way) and 18 (evidence of dump site) (Note: Items 7 and 9 are only applicable if the property is improved) and show them thereon.
     (b) With respect to each parcel of Real Estate, the Buyer shall a have a period of 20 business days from its receipt of the later of the Title Commitment, Survey and Title Documents in which to review such Title Commitment, Survey and Title Documents and to deliver to the Seller, at the Buyer’s election, notice of any objections thereto with respect to matters that would materially and adversely affect the Buyer’s use, ownership of, marketability, or Fair Market Value of the Real Estate (each a “ Buyer’s Objection Notice ”). The Seller shall use their reasonable best efforts to promptly, but in no event later than the tenth (10 th ) day after Seller’s receipt of Buyer’s Objection Notice, cure all objections relating to all Buyer’s Objection Notices and take all commercially

 


 

reasonable steps required by the Title Insurer to eliminate each objection as an exception to the applicable Title Commitment. Any objection that the Title Insurer is willing to insure over on terms reasonably acceptable to Buyer is herein referred to as an “ Insured Exception .” If the objections are not cured or are not covered by an Insured Exception, the Buyer shall have the right to (A) terminate this Agreement or (B) in a writing to the Seller waive any remaining objection.
     (c) It shall be a condition to the Buyer’s obligation to close the Transactions that the Title Insurer be irrevocably committed to issue to the Buyer (1) an ALTA 2006 owner’s title insurance policy, based on each Title Commitment and including all unwaived objections, dated as of the Closing Date, with respect to each parcel of Real Estate in the amount not less than the same amount as the Title Commitment therefor, subject only to (A) taxes which are a lien but not yet payable, (B) liens, charges, encumbrances, easements, rights-of-way or other restrictions that do not adversely affect the Buyer’s use and ownership of or the marketability of the Real Estate, (C) such other matters that were disclosed in the Title Commitment and that were not objected to by Buyer, or if objected to, not cured by Seller and AM TRU, and other matters approved in writing by the Buyer subsequent to the date of this Agreement, and (D) matters over which the Title Insurer has committed in writing to insure on terms reasonably acceptable to Buyer (each a “ Title Policy ”).
     (d) Seller and AM TRU shall pay the costs and expenses associated with the Title Commitments, Title Documents, and Title Policies. Buyer shall pay the costs and expenses associated with the Surveys.
      Section 7.09 Environmental Reports . Seller shall provide Buyer copies of any environmental reports it has obtained or received with respect to the Real Estate and all OREO within 5 Business Days after the date hereof. Buyer, in its discretion, within 20 days after the date hereof, shall order a phase one and/or phase two environmental report with respect to any Real Estate or any OREO of Seller; provided , however , that no such reports may be requested with respect to single family non-agricultural property of one acre or less unless the Buyer has reason to believe that such property might contain any waste materials or otherwise might be contaminated. Buyer shall have 15 Business Days from the receipt of any such environmental reports to notify Seller of any dissatisfaction with the contents of such reports. Should the cost of taking all remedial or other corrective actions and measures with respect to all Real Estate and OREO, in the aggregate (i) required by applicable law, or (ii) recommended or suggested by such report or reports or prudent in light of serious life, health or safety concerns, in the aggregate, exceed the sum of $500,000 as reasonably estimated by an environmental expert retained for such purpose by Buyer and reasonably acceptable to Seller, or if the cost of such actions and measures cannot be so reasonably estimated by such expert to be such amount or less with any reasonable degree of certainty such circumstances shall be deemed an “ Environmental Problem .” Upon the occurrence of an Environmental Problem, Buyer shall have the right to elect not to purchase the Real Estate for the Branch Office, Home Office or OREO affected by the Environmental Problem by giving written notice to Seller within thirty (30) days from Buyer’s discovery of the Environmental Problem and to proceed with the Transactions, without acquiring the affected Real Estate. In such event, the Purchase Price will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the Real Estate not purchased. All costs of any phase one investigation and any phase two investigation or environmental report requested pursuant to this Section which does

 


 

not recommend or suggest the taking of any remedial or corrective actions shall be at Buyer’s sole cost and expense. Seller or AM TRU agree to pay the costs of any phase two investigation prepared or conducted at Buyer’s request pursuant to this Section which recommends or suggests the taking of remedial or corrective action. Buyer does hereby agree to restore at its cost any property for which it has undertaken an environmental investigation to the condition existing immediately prior to such investigation if the investigation does not recommend or suggest the taking of remedial or corrective action.
      Section 7.10 Further Assurances .
     (a) On and after the Closing Date, Seller and AM TRU shall each (i) give such further assistance to Buyer and shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver all such instruments and take such further action as may be necessary and appropriate effectively to vest in Buyer full, legal, and equitable title to the Assets, and (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to assist Buyer in the orderly transfer of the Assets and Deposits being acquired by Buyer.
     (b) Buyer and Seller agree to ensure an orderly transfer of all data tapes and processing information and to facilitate an electronic and systematic conversion of all applicable data regarding Account Loans, Loans, ATM Cards, Collection Accounts, and Deposits effective as of the Closing Date. Seller agrees to provide, at Seller’s cost:
     (i) within 15 Business Days after the date of this Agreement, (1) all information necessary to complete such conversion processing, and (2) the initial data processing pre-conversion file layout in an electronic form;
     (ii) within 15 Business Days of date of this Agreement, all data necessary to enable Buyer to calculate APY and APYE for the Deposits and otherwise to comply with Regulation DD, including rate history, back items, no books and interest calculation;
     (iii) no later than 30 days prior to the Closing Date, provide the final data processing pre-conversion file packages;
     (iv) on a day-to-day basis subsequent to the preparation of the final pre-conversion tapes, provide information on any data processing system changes or additions;
     (v) as part of the data processing conversion, pay off all accrued interest on checking and money market accounts (but not CD’s or passbooks), send statements on all accounts as required by Regulation DD, and book all savings account no-book items; and
     (vi) by 10:00 a.m. on the first business day after the Closing Date, provide two sets of final data processing conversion file packages.

 


 

     (c) The parties agree to send promptly to the other parties hereto, at the receiving party’s expense, any payments, documents or instruments a party receives after the Closing which belongs to another party.
      Section 7.11 Payment of Checks . From and after the Closing Date, Buyer agrees to pay, to the extent of sufficient available funds on deposit, all properly drawn checks, drafts, and negotiable orders of withdrawal timely presented to it by mail, over its counters, or through clearings if such items are drawn by depositors whose Deposits or accounts on which such items are drawn are Deposits, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by Seller, for at least 120 days after the Closing Date, or on those provided by Buyer. In addition, Buyer shall, in all other respects, discharge the duties, liabilities and obligations with respect to the Deposits to the extent such duties, liabilities or obligations occur following the Closing.
      Section 7.12 Close of Business on Closing Date . On the Closing Date, Seller shall close the Branch Offices and Home Offices for business not later than 3:00 p.m., whereupon representatives of Buyer shall have access to the Branch Offices and Home Offices, under the supervision of representatives of Seller, to verify Seller’s provision to Buyer of the documents, files and records relating to the Branch Offices and the Home Office, including the Records.
      Section 7.13 Supplemental Information; Disclosure Supplements . From time to time during the period ending two business days prior to the Closing, Seller and AM TRU will promptly disclose in writing to Buyer any matter hereafter arising which, if existing, occurring or known at the date of this Agreement would have been required to be disclosed or which would render inaccurate any of the representations, warranties or statements set forth in this Agreement. From time to time during the period ending two business days prior to the Closing, Seller and AM TRU will promptly supplement or amend the exhibits and schedules delivered in connection with the execution of this Agreement to reflect any matter which, if existing, occurring or known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such exhibit or schedule or which is necessary to correct any information in such exhibit or schedule that has been rendered inaccurate thereby.
      Section 7.14 Confidentiality of Records . Buyer and its authorized agents and representatives shall receive and treat all Records, documents and information obtained pursuant to any provision of this Agreement as confidential, until the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been consummated, and if not consummated, shall thereafter continue to maintain such confidentiality and not use such information for any purpose whatsoever, and shall, upon the request of Seller, return to Seller all originals and copies of such documents or other materials containing such information or Records. Until the Closing Date, Buyer shall use all such information only for purposes of effectuating the Transaction.
      Section 7.15 Solicitation of Customers . For 2 years following the Closing Date, Seller and AM TRU will not, and will not permit any of their officers, directors or affiliates on behalf of AM TRU or Seller to, solicit customers whose Deposits are assumed pursuant to this Agreement or whose Loans or Account Loans are acquired by Buyer under this Agreement for any banking business, or to engage in deposit taking activities, and, at Closing, Philip J. Grenchik, Sr. shall execute a Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement in the form of Exhibit 7.15(A) and David J. Dolak shall execute a Non-Solicitation Agreement in the form of Exhibit 7.15(B) . In addition, prior to the Closing Date, officers of Seller engaged in the

 


 

Insurance Business and all officers of ATIS shall execute an agreement to be negotiated by the parties and agreed to prior to the Closing prohibiting them from soliciting customers whose Deposits are assumed pursuant to this Agreement or whose Loans or Account Loans are acquired by Buyer under this Agreement for any banking business other than the Insurance Business or the securities brokerage business while they lease space from the Buyer and during a 2-year period following the termination of any such lease, or if no such lease is entered into, during the 2-year period following the Closing.
      Section 7.16 Installation/Conversion of Signage/Equipment . Prior to Closing, at times mutually agreeable to Buyer and Seller, Buyer may, at Buyer’s sole expense, install teller equipment, platform equipment, security equipment, computers, and signage at the Home Office or the Branch Offices, and Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in connection with such installation; provided , however , that (i) such installation shall not interfere with the normal business activities and operation of the Home Office or the Branch Offices; (ii) no such signage shall be installed at the Home Office or the Branch Offices more than 5 Business Days before the Closing Date; and (iii) Buyer’s name as appearing on any such signage shall be covered by an opaque covering material until after the close of business on the Closing Date.
      Section 7.17 Seller and AM TRU Activities After Closing . Seller and AM TRU shall pay when due all of their respective obligations with respect to the Excluded Liabilities. In addition, after Closing, Seller shall obtain approval of the DFI and AM TRU to amend Seller’s articles of incorporation to (i) change its name to “ATSB Liquidating Bank;” (ii) prohibit it from accepting any deposits or making any new loans; and (iii) limit its business activities to those related to the conduct of the Insurance Business, the business conducted by ATIS, the payment of the Excluded Liabilities, the management of the Excluded Assets and the winding-down of Seller’s business. Neither Seller nor AM TRU will seek to sell Seller’s charter to any third party buyer who intends to conduct the business of banking within one hundred (100) miles of any banking office of Buyer, and shall obtain from any third party buyer of the charter a covenant to the same effect as a condition to such sale.
      Section 7.18 Interest Rates . Seller agrees not to increase or decrease the rate of interest paid by Seller on any deposit product, including without limitation on certificates of deposit, except in a manner and pursuant to policies consistent with past practices; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Seller pay a rate of interest on any deposit product which is more than the greater of (i) 0.0025 above the average of the rates paid on comparable deposit products by the 5 highest deposit interest paying other banks or thrifts located in the market in which such deposit product is offered by Seller or, if fewer than 5 other banks and thrifts are located in such market, the average of the rates paid by all other banks and thrifts located in such market or (ii) the rate paid by Buyer, without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
      Section 7.19 Escrow Account . For a period of 22 months following the Closing Date (the “ Escrow Period ”), Seller or AM TRU shall maintain a deposit account at an independent financial institution or trust company (the “ Escrow Agent ”) (the “ Buyer Escrow Account ”) consisting of bona fide funds owned by Seller with a beginning balance of $250,000, which shall not be subject to any lien or other security interest held by any party other than Buyer with respect to the Closing Note, provided, however, if Buyer is required to provide COBRA insurance to the COBRA Employees, the beginning balance of the Buyer Escrow Account shall

 


 

be $350,000. The Buyer Escrow Account shall secure the timely payment and performance in full of Seller’s and AM TRU’s indemnification obligations to Buyer as set forth in Section 10.01 hereof and certain potential COBRA liabilities as set forth in Section 8.01(c). Buyer and Seller shall enter into an agreement with the Escrow Agent to such effect prior to the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit 7.19 hereof (the “ Indemnification Escrow Agreement ”). Should Seller and/or AM TRU become responsible for any such obligations, Buyer may exercise all rights and remedies under the Indiana Uniform Commercial Code (IND. CODE § 26-1-9.1 et seq.) with respect to its security interest in the Buyer Escrow Account. Proceeds shall be released from the Buyer Escrow Account upon the joint instructions of Buyer and AM TRU and/or Seller. At the conclusion of the Escrow Period, Seller shall be paid any remaining balance in the Buyer Escrow Account.
      Section 7.20 Maintenance of Records by Buyer . The Buyer agrees that it shall maintain, preserve and safely keep, for a period of 6 years, all of the Records for the benefit of itself, the Seller and AM TRU, and that it shall permit the Seller. AM TRU or their representatives, at any reasonable time and at the expense of the Seller or AM TRU, to inspect, make extracts from or copies of any such Records as such parties shall deem reasonably necessary.
      Section 7.21 Lease . The Seller shall have the right to lease, on a month-to-month basis, the office space that it is currently using for the Insurance Business and ATIS; provided , that such operations can be physically separated from the Buyer’s operations to the satisfaction of Buyer and in accordance with all regulatory and legal requirements. Any modifications required to the leased space to accomplish such physical separation shall be at Seller’s sole cost and expense. The leased space shall be used by the Seller solely for the purpose of conducting an insurance agency and the business ATIS conducts. The lease for the Insurance Business shall continue for 12 months following the Closing with an option to renew for an additional 12 months thereafter. The lease for ATIS shall be on a month-to-month basis and ATIS shall vacate its leased space within 90 days after the Closing Date. The monthly rent shall be $9.00 per square foot (which shall include ATIS’s proportionate share of the monthly costs for taxes, insurance and utilities), payable on the first (1 st ) day of each month for which the rent is payable. Seller shall be responsible for utilities and cleaning of the leased premises. At the end of the term of the lease, Seller shall return the space to the Buyer in as good a condition as it exists now, subject to reasonable wear and tear. The Seller shall not be permitted to sublease the space or assign the lease. The parties shall agree to a form of lease and execute it on or before the Closing Date.
      Section 7.22 Lake County Advisory Board . As soon as reasonably practical after the Closing Date, Buyer agrees to form a Lake County Advisory Board and add representatives to the advisory board from Seller’s Board.
      Section 7.23 Attendance of Standing Committee Meetings . In order to provide for a smooth transition after the Closing and for Buyer to monitor the compliance by Seller with the provisions of this Agreement, Seller agrees to allow representatives of Buyer to attend all meetings of Seller’s standing committees, including its loan committee and asset and liability committee meetings (but excluding meetings of the Board of Directors) and shall provide Buyer with advance notice of all such meetings at the same time that such notice is provided to members of the committees. Seller and AM TRU shall also provide Buyer with copies of

 


 

minutes and consents from all such committee meetings and of its board meetings no later than 7 days thereafter.
      Section 7.24 Cooperation on Conversion of Systems . Seller agrees to commence immediately after the date of this Agreement (and continue until Closing or completed) using its best efforts to ensure an orderly transfer of information, processes, systems and data to Buyer and to otherwise assist Buyer in facilitating the conversion of all of Seller’s systems into, or to conform with, Buyer’s systems; so that, as of the Closing, the systems of Seller are readily convertible to Buyer’s systems to the fullest extent possible without actually converting them prior to the Closing.
      Section 7.25 Conforming Accounting and Reserve Policies .
     (a) Notwithstanding that Seller believes that it has established all reserves and taken all provisions for possible loan losses required by GAAP and applicable laws, rules and regulations, Seller recognizes that Buyer may have adopted different loan, accrual and reserve policies (including loan classifications and levels of reserves for possible loan losses). From and after the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Buyer and Seller shall consult and cooperate with each other with respect to conforming, based upon such consultation, as specified in each case in writing to Seller by Buyer, and subject to the conditions in Section 7.25(b) below and as hereinafter provided , the loan, accrual and reserve policies of Seller to those policies of Buyer.
     (b) Subject to applicable laws, Seller shall establish and take such reserves and accruals at such time as Buyer shall reasonably request to conform Seller’s loan, accrual and reserve policies to Buyer’s policies, at such times as are reasonably requested by Buyer, but in no event prior to 2 business days before the Closing; provided , however , (1) on the date such reserves, accruals and charges are to be taken, Buyer shall certify to Seller that all conditions to Buyer’s obligation to consummate the Transactions set forth in Section 9.02 hereof (other than the delivery of certificates, opinions and other instruments and documents to be delivered at the Closing or otherwise to be dated at the Closing Date, the delivery of which shall continue to be conditions to Buyer’s obligation to consummate the Transactions) have been satisfied or waived; and (2) Seller shall not be required to take any such action that is not consistent with GAAP and regulatory accounting principles.
     (c) No reserves, accruals or charges taken in accordance with this Section may be a basis to assert a violation of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of Seller herein.
      Section 7.26 Closing Note .
     (a) In the event that Seller and AM TRU do not have sufficient cash to close the Transaction and establish necessary working capital, Buyer will allow Seller and AM TRU to pay the amount of the shortfall, not exceeding $1 million (the “ Shortfall Amount ”), in accordance with terms of this Section 7.26.
     (b) The obligation of Seller and AM TRU to pay the Shortfall Amount shall be evidenced by a secured promissory note in the form of Exhibit 7.26(B) attached hereto

 


 

(the “ Closing Note ”) to be made by Seller and AM TRU, jointly and severally, and delivered to Buyer on the Closing Date. The principal of the Closing Note shall bear interest at the rate of 5% per annum and shall mature on the second anniversary of the Closing Date. Interest accruing on the Closing Note shall be payable on the tenth day of each calendar month (the “ Interest Payment Date ”), beginning with the first calendar month after the Closing Date. Principal shall be payable at maturity, except that Seller and AM TRU shall be obligated to make mandatory principal prepayments as provided in subsection (f) below, and the principal may be voluntarily prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time.
     (c) The Closing Note will be secured by a first priority security interest in all of the assets of Seller and AM TRU, including the Excluded Assets and Seller’s Deposit Account (as defined below), whether existing as of the Closing Date or arising thereafter, under the terms of a Security Agreement in the form of Exhibit 7.26(C) attached hereto, executed by Seller and AM TRU and delivered to the Buyer on the Closing Date.
     (d) On or before the Closing Date, Seller shall establish its primary depository account with Buyer (the “ Seller’s Deposit Account ”), and after the Closing Date Seller shall remit and shall direct the primary lenders on all Participation Loans to remit all future principal and interest payments to the Seller’s Deposit Account. The Seller’s Deposit Account shall remain open until the principal and interest of the Closing Note are paid in full.
     (e) For as long as any of the principal of or interest on the Closing Note remains unpaid, Seller shall report to Buyer in writing, not later than the fifth business day of each calendar month, the aggregate amount of interest payments and the aggregate amount of principal payments on the Participation Loans identified on Exhibit 7.26(E) that were received by Seller during the preceding calendar month. On the following Interest Payment Date, Buyer shall debit the Seller’s Deposit Account an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the accrued unpaid interest on the Closing Note, or (ii) the aggregate amount of interest payments on the Participation Loans received by Seller during the preceding calendar month, and shall apply the amount debited to the interest due on the Closing Note on the Interest Payment Date. If the amount debited is less than the interest due, Seller and AM TRU shall pay the deficiency within 5 Business Days.
     (f) Prior to the maturity date of the Closing Note, Seller and AM TRU shall make mandatory prepayments on the Closing Note as follows:
          (i) Within 5 Business Days of the closing of any sale by Seller or AM TRU of the Insurance Business or ATIS (or any other sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business), the Seller or AM TRU (as applicable) shall remit to Buyer, as a prepayment on the Closing Note, an amount equal to the gross sale price for such assets, less any amounts payable for the discharge of any debt secured by a lien or security interest in such assets (other than the Closing Note), and less reasonable closing expenses, commissions, and other adjustments in connection with such sale.

 


 

          (ii) On each Interest Payment Date, Buyer shall debit the Seller’s Deposit Account, as a prepayment on the Closing Note, an amount equal to the product of (A) the aggregate amount of principal payments on the Participation Loans received by Seller during the preceding calendar month, multiplied by (B) 50%.
          (iii) All prepayments will be applied to the outstanding obligations under the Closing Note in the following order: first to expenses of collection, next to interest which is due and payable, and only after satisfaction of all such expenses and interest, to principal.
ARTICLE VIII
EMPLOYEES
      Section 8.01 Employees.
     (a) Buyer shall offer substantially similar salaries, duties and benefits as are available to similarly situated employees of Buyer, to those employees of Seller who Buyer elects to hire and who satisfy Buyer’s customary employment requirements, including pre-employment interviews, investigations and employment conditions, uniformly applied by Buyer and Buyer’s employment needs. Buyer and Seller will establish a mutually acceptable process for the orderly interviewing of employees for employment by Buyer; Seller will give Buyer a reasonable opportunity to interview the employees.
     (b) Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall be solely and entirely responsible for timely giving any notices to employees (including any such employees that Buyer may offer employment) under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”) to the extent that such notices are required to be made as a result of the Transactions. Buyer agrees to assume any and all liabilities of Seller after the Closing Date with respect to Seller’s obligations under the WARN Act, and other applicable federal and state laws, with respect to the employees hired by Buyer and shall provide certifications of creditable coverage under its group health plan(s) to employees hired by Buyer, to the extent and within the time frames required by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”).
     (c) Seller shall give notices to Seller’s employees as are required for it to comply with the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) or any applicable state law with respect to continuation of healthcare coverage. To the extent that Seller maintains a group health plan after Closing which allows it to provide health continuation coverage and taking all other actions required of it by COBRA, with respect to all individuals who are, immediately before the Closing Date, or who become, upon or after the Closing Date, qualified beneficiaries because of their status as current or former employees of Seller or their relationship to current or former employees of Seller (collectively, the “ COBRA Employees ”); then Seller shall be responsible for providing health continuation coverage and performing any related responsibilities to the COBRA Employees. If Seller does not have a group health plan permitting it to provide health continuation coverage to the COBRA Employees, then Buyer shall be responsible for

 


 

providing such health continuation coverage and performing such related responsibilities as required by law. Further Seller shall provide such other continuation and/or conversion notices to the employees as are required under federal or state law relative to the benefits which they enjoyed prior to the Closing Date. To the extent Buyer shall become legally responsible for providing such health continuation coverage and taking all other actions required of it by COBRA, with respect to the COBRA Employees, Buyer shall be entitled to deduct from the Buyer Escrow Account all amounts Buyer is required to pay for health and similar claims made by the COBRA Employees in excess of $12,000 per year per COBRA Employee; provided, however that Buyer’s right to be reimbursed for such amounts shall not exceed $70,000 per year per employee and $100,000 in the aggregate for all such COBRA Employees. Any claims for which the Buyer is entitled to reimbursement pursuant to this Section shall be determined as soon as reasonable practicable after the end of the first anniversary of the Closing Date and at the end of the COBRA coverage period, and Buyer shall be reimbursed from the Buyer Escrow Account in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indemnification Escrow Agreement. To the extent the amounts in the Buyer Escrow Account are insufficient to satisfy such claims, the Seller and AM TRU, jointly and severally, agree to pay such deficiency within 10 Business Days of when due pursuant to the Indemnification Escrow Agreement.
     (d) Before Closing, with Seller’s prior consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), Buyer may conduct such training and other programs as it may, in its reasonable discretion and at its sole expense, elect to provide for those employees who accept an offer of employment from Buyer; provided , however , that such training and other programs shall not materially interfere with or prevent the performance of the normal business operations of Seller.
     (e) This Section 8.01 shall not confer any rights or benefits on any person other than Buyer and Seller, or their respective successors and assigns, either as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.
     (f) Buyer agrees that those employees of Seller who become employees of Buyer on the Closing Date (“ Former Seller Employees ”), while they remain employees of Buyer after the Closing Date will be provided with benefits under employee benefit plans during their period of employment which are no less favorable in the aggregate than those provided by Buyer to similarly situated employees of Buyer except as otherwise provided herein. Unused vacation pay which has been accrued as of the Closing Date by any Former Seller Employees shall be paid to such employees by Seller on or before the Closing Date if required by Seller’s policies or applicable law. Except as hereinafter provided, at the Closing Date, Buyer will amend or cause to be amended each employee benefit and welfare plan of Buyer in which Former Seller Employees are eligible to participate, to the extent necessary and allowable under applicable law, so that as of the Closing Date:
     (i) such plans take into account for purposes of eligibility, participation, vesting, and benefit accrual (except that there shall not be any benefit accrual for past service under any qualified defined benefit

 


 

pension plan), the service of such employees with Seller as if such service were with Buyer;
     (ii) Former Seller Employees are not subject to any waiting periods or pre-existing condition limitations under the medical, dental and health plans of Buyer in which they are eligible to participate and may commence participation in such plans on the Closing Date;
     (iii) for purposes of determining the entitlement of Former Seller Employees to sick leave and vacation pay following the Closing Date, the service of such employees with Seller shall be treated as if such service were with Buyer; and
     (iv) Former Seller Employees are first eligible to participate and will commence participation in the Horizon Bancorp Employees’ Thrift Plan and the Horizon Bancorp Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan on the first entry date coinciding with or following the Closing Date.
     (g) At the request of Buyer, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, Seller shall pay “stay bonuses” to any employees of Seller identified by Buyer as necessary to ensure an orderly and successful transition of the business of Seller and the Seller Assets to Buyer. At the request of Buyer, at the Closing, Seller shall pay severance to any employees of Seller identified by Buyer and in such amounts as determined by Buyer. The Purchase Price shall be increased by any such amounts paid by Seller, or upon the mutual agreement of Buyer and Seller as to the structure of the stay bonuses, such stay bonuses shall be paid by Buyer to Seller (or directly to such employees) prior to Closing.
     (h) Effective as of the Closing Date, Buyer shall offer employment to David J. Dolak and Philip J. Grenchik, Sr. to assist in the transition of Seller’s banking business to Buyer and to perform such other duties as may be reasonably assigned to them by Buyer, at such compensation, and with such other terms and conditions, as shall be negotiated between the parties.
      Section 8.02 Employment Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans. Buyer is not assuming, nor shall it have responsibility for the continuation of, any liabilities under or in connection with:
     (a) any employment or consulting contract, collective bargaining agreement, supplemental employee retirement plan, plan or arrangement providing for insurance coverage or for deferred compensation, bonuses, stock options, or other forms of incentive compensation or post-retirement compensation or benefits, written or implied, which is entered into or maintained, as the case may be, by Seller; or
     (b) any Employee Benefit Plan as maintained, administered, or contributed to by Seller or AM TRU and covering any employees.
      Section 8.03 Employee Documents. Within 15 Business Days of the date of this Agreement, Seller shall provide Buyer with access to employees at the Branch Offices and the

 


 

Home Office and Buyer will be delivered copies of such employee’s personnel files including, but not limited to, copies of each written employment agreement and a written description of the terms of oral employment agreements for such employee, if any, but excluding any medical or health related information not disclosable without the consent of such employees.
ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
      Section 9.01 Conditions to the Obligations of Seller and AM TRU. Unless waived in writing by Seller and AM TRU, the obligations of Seller and AM TRU to consummate the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:
     (a) Performance . Each of the acts and undertakings and covenants of Buyer to be performed at or before the Closing pursuant to this Agreement shall have been duly performed in all material respects.
     (b) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Article VI of this Agreement shall be true, correct and complete, in all material respects, on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date.
     (c) Documents . Seller and AM TRU shall have received the following documents from Buyer:
     (1) An executed copy of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02(A) hereto.
     (2) Resolutions of Buyer’s Board of Directors, certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions.
     (3) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Buyer as to the incumbency and signatures of officers.
     (4) A certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of Buyer stating that the conditions set forth in Section 9.01(a) and Section 9.01(b) of this Agreement have been fulfilled.
     (5) An executed copy of the Retirement Account Transfer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 3.10 .
     (6) The lease of office space for the use of the Insurance Business as contemplated by Section 7.21 hereof.
     (7) Such other instruments and documents as counsel for Seller and AM TRU may reasonably require as necessary or desirable for transferring to Buyer the obligation to pay the Deposit liabilities and otherwise perform Seller’s and AM TRU’s obligations that are being transferred to Buyer pursuant to this

 


 

Agreement, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Seller and AM TRU.
     (d) Purchase Price . Seller and AM TRU shall have received the Purchase Price in immediately available funds, if Seller and AM TRU are entitled to a cash payment at the Closing.
      Section 9.02 Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer. Unless waived in writing by Buyer, the obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
     (a) Performance . Each of the acts and undertakings and covenants of Seller and AM TRU to be performed at or before the Closing pursuant to this Agreement shall have been duly performed in all material respects.
     (b) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Seller and AM TRU contained in Article V of this Agreement shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date (unless they speak to an earlier date) with the same effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that inaccuracies in those representations and warranties do not relate to the Assets or the Liabilities (other than the Deposits) and would not otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.
     (c) No Material Adverse Effect . Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, Seller and AM TRU, taken as a whole (but excluding the Insurance Business and Insurance Assets and the ATIS business and ATIS Assets) shall not have experienced a Material Adverse Effect.
     (d) Documents . Buyer shall have received the following documents from Seller and AM TRU:
     (1) Duly executed recordable Corporate Warranty Deeds conveying title to the Real Estate and Vendor’s Affidavits to be transferred hereunder in the form of Exhibits 3.01(A) and (B) hereto, and updated title reports with respect to the Real Estate.
     (2) An executed Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form of Exhibit 2.02(A) hereto.
     (3) An executed Bill of Sale and Assignment in the form of Exhibit 3.02(A) hereto.
     (4) Resolutions of Seller’s and AM TRU’s Board of Directors, certified by their respective Secretary or Assistant Secretary, authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions and resolutions of AM TRU’s shareholders approving this Agreement and the Transactions.

 


 

     (5) A certificate from the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Seller and AM TRU as to the incumbency and signatures of officers.
     (6) A certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of Seller and AM TRU stating that the conditions set forth in Section 9.02(a), Section 9.02(b) and Section 9.02(c) of this Agreement have been satisfied.
     (7) A final customer list as set forth in Section 12.06(a) of this Agreement.
     (8) An affidavit of non-foreign status as required by Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (9) The holds and stop payment information described in Section 12.01 of this Agreement.
     (10) An executed copy of the Retirement Account Transfer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 3.10 .
     (11) All third party consents required for the Seller and AM TRU to consummate the Transactions.
     (12) The Records.
     (13) Seller shall sell, endorse, assign and deliver to Buyer with respect to each Loan and each Account Loan the following documents to the extent they are applicable to a Loan and to the extent they are in Seller’s possession, all subject to the reasonable approval of Buyer as to proper from and execution:
     (i) Original executed promissory note endorsed without recourse by Seller;
     (ii) Deed of trust or other security document, which in the case of a Construction Loan shall be a construction deed of trust, accompanied by those documents and instruments necessary to record and perfect ownership thereof in Buyer, including assignments of rents, if any;
     (iii) One or more original written appraisal reports, prepared in conformity with applicable regulation and signed, prior to the approval of the Loan Debtor’s application, by a person or persons duly appointed and qualified as appraiser or appraisers by the Seller’s board of directors and who has no interest, direct or indirect, in the security property or any loan on the security thereof and who does not receive compensation which is affected by the approval or declination of the Loan (or an internal staff appraiser if permitted under Seller’s loan origination policies and procedures). Such appraisal shall disclose the market value of the security offered by the Loan Debtor and contain sufficient information and data concerning the appraised security property to substantiate its market value;

 


 

     (iv) Lender’s title insurance policy, and proper assignment thereof;
     (v) Survey of premises identifying the security property by address and legal description, this being required only if the title policy contains an exception as to boundary and building line restrictions or as to anything else that may be determined by a survey of the premises;
     (vi) Originals of hazard insurance policies meeting the specifications as contained in this Agreement and any flood plain certifications;
     (vii) Statement showing unpaid principal balance on each Loan, amount of periodic installments and date to which interest is paid;
     (viii) Certified copy of the Seller’s resolution authorizing sale of the Loans;
     (ix) Appropriate evidence indicating that the Loan Debtor has received the disclosure materials as required by applicable law and regulations;
     (x) Original paid-up title insurance policy issued by a Seller and servicer-approved title company in an amount at least equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan;
     (xi) Originally executed guarantee, if applicable;
     (xii) Any UCC-1 financing statements, bearing appropriate file stamps;
     (xiii) Any lien search reports and other documents establishing the ownership of personal property collateral in borrower or, if applicable, third party pledgor, free and clear of liens and encumbrances;
     (xiv) With respect to each Construction Loan:
     a) A construction loan agreement duly executed by all parties thereto;
     b) Assignment of building permits;
     c) Assignments of contracts with architects and contractors; and
     d) Completion guaranties.
     (xv) With respect to any Auto Receivable, all counterparts of any installment sale contracts, together with evidence of title with respect to the security therefor;

 


 

     (xvi) Any guaranty;
     (xvii) Any amendments, modifications or supplements to the foregoing; and
     (xviii) The Loan files.
     (14) The Limited Power of Attorney attached hereto as Exhibit 9.02(D)(14) .
     (15) Such other documents or instruments as counsel for Buyer may reasonably require as necessary or desirable for transferring, assigning and conveying to Buyer the Contracts and the Deposits and good, marketable, and (with respect to the Real Estate) insurable title to the Assets to be transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Buyer.
     (e) Physical Delivery . Seller and AM TRU shall also deliver to Buyer the Assets purchased hereunder which are capable of physical delivery.
     (f) Purchase Price . Buyer shall have received any cash payment to which it is entitled at the Closing under Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement.
     (g) Conversion . Buyer and Seller shall have completed all steps required to permit the conversion of Seller’s Loans and Deposits to Buyer’s data processing system.
     (h) Deposits . The 30-day average balances of the (i) Core Deposits shall be no less than $65 million, and (ii) Deposits shall be no less than $90 million; as of the Closing Date.
     (i) Loans . The Loans shall have a total aggregate balance of at least $57 million as of the Closing Date.
     (j) Allowance for Loan Losses . The Allowance with respect to the Loans, as computed under GAAP as of the end of the month preceding the Closing Date, shall not exceed 2.5% of the Loans, and the percentage of non-performing Loans ( i.e. , non-accrual Loans or Loans with any payments more than 90 days past due) shall not exceed 2.25% of the Loans.
     (k) AM TRU Real Estate Loan . AM TRU shall have paid in full the AM TRU Real Estate Loan and secured a release of the underlying mortgage and any other liens to which the AM TRU Real Estate is subject at the time of such payment.
     (l) Real Estate Leases . The Real Estate Leases shall have been terminated as of the Closing Date.
     (m) Trust Preferred Securities . On or before the Closing Date, AM TRU shall obtain all required consents and approvals of the Transactions required by the Indenture dated December 17, 2003 between AM TRU and U.S. Bank National Association, as

 


 

Trustee, relating to the Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2033.
     (n) Termination of Data Processing Contract . Seller’s data processing contract with Metavante, Inc. shall have been terminated effective as of the day after the Closing Date with no liability or obligation of Buyer, or if the Buyer reasonably concludes that the data processing conversion cannot be completed to its satisfaction by the Closing Date, such data processing contract and any related contracts Buyer believes are necessary or convenient to the continued operations (some of which are identified on Exhibit 9.02(N)) shall be assigned to, and assumed by, Buyer, and the consent of such other parties to such assignments (if required) shall then be a condition to Closing. In either event, Seller shall pay any termination fees payable under the Metavante contract.
     (o) Closing Note . If Seller and AM TRU are not entitled to receive a cash payment at the Closing, Seller and AM TRU shall have delivered the Closing Note to Buyer.
     (p) Legal Opinion . Buyer shall have received a legal opinion from Seller’s counsel in substantially the same form as the legal opinion attached hereto as Exhibit 9.02(P) .
     (q) Consents Regarding Participation Loans . Where required, Seller shall have received, and delivered to Buyer a true and correct copy of, the consent or approval of the primary lender of each Participation Loan in connection with the remittance by such lender after the Closing Date of all future principal and interest payments due to Seller under the Participation Loans to the Seller’s Deposit Account pursuant to Section 7.26(d) of this Agreement.
     (r) Grenchik Salary Continuation Agreement . The Salary Continuation Agreement with Philip J. Grenchik, Sr. shall have been terminated or shall have been amended such that it does not become an obligation of Buyer; to the reasonable satisfaction of Buyer.
     (s) Termination of Purchase Option . The lessee’s option to purchase the real estate subject to the Sublease between Seller and John and Sharon Murzyn dated January 1, 2004 shall have been exercised by such lessee or such Sublease (and the related Agreement to Purchase with Leaseback Provisions dated December 3, 2003) shall have been amended to eliminate such option.
      Section 9.03 Condition to the Obligations of Seller, AM TRU and Buyer.
     (a) Regulatory Approvals . All required licenses, approvals, and consents of any relevant federal, state, or other regulatory agency shall have been obtained without any non-standard conditions or other non-standard requirements reasonably deemed unduly burdensome by either Seller or Buyer.
     (b) Absence of Proceedings and Litigation . No order shall have been entered and remain in force at the Closing Date restraining or prohibiting any of the Transactions in any legal, administrative or other proceeding, no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened on or before the Closing Date seeking to restrain or prohibit the

 


 

Transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which would have a Material Adverse Effect on AM TRU or Seller.
     (c) Shareholder Approval . This Agreement and the Transactions shall have been approved by the affirmative vote of holders of the requisite number of outstanding shares of AM TRU common stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with applicable law, AM TRU’s articles of incorporation and by-laws.
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION
      Section 10.01 Indemnification by Seller and AM TRU.
     (a) From and after the Closing Date, Seller and AM TRU shall jointly and severally indemnify, hold harmless, and (at the option of Buyer) defend Buyer from and against any and all actual liabilities, claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees and related costs and judgments (“ Losses ”), arising out of (1) any failure of Seller to observe or perform any of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement, (2) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty set forth in Article V hereof (subject to Section 13.15 hereof as to the survival of such representations and warranties), or (3) any claim by a third party that Buyer is responsible for any Excluded Liabilities.
     (b) The obligations of Seller and AM TRU under Section 10.01(a) shall be contingent upon Buyer giving Seller or AM TRU written notice (i) of receipt by Buyer of any process and/or pleading in or relating to any actions, suits, or proceedings of the kinds described in Section 10.01(a), including copies thereof, and (ii) of the assertion of any claim or demand of the kind described in Section 10.01(a), including, to the extent known to Buyer, the identity of the person(s) or entity(ies) asserting such claim or making such demand and the nature thereof, and including copies of any correspondence or other writings relating thereto. The failure to give such notice within a reasonable time shall not void Buyer’s right to indemnification from Seller and AM TRU unless the delay shall have materially prejudiced Seller’s or AM TRU’s right to defend. At its option, Buyer may elect to cause Seller and/or AM TRU, at their expense, to take over Buyer’s defense in such actions, suits, or proceedings through counsel selected by Seller and/or AM TRU to compromise and/or settle the same (on a basis acceptable to Buyer) and to prosecute any available appeals or reviews of any adverse judgment or ruling that may be entered therein, and in that event, Buyer agrees to cooperate with Seller and AM TRU in the defense and/or prosecution of claims regarding these matters. If Buyer does not elect to have Seller and/or AM TRU assume the defense of any such matter, Buyer shall be entitled to defend, compromise and/or settle the same (in its sole discretion), and Seller and AM TRU shall be obligated to indemnify Buyer for all Losses incurred in connection therewith.

 


 

      Section 10.02 Indemnification by Buyer .
     (a) From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Seller and AM TRU from and against all Losses arising out of (1) any failure of Buyer to observe or perform any of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement or (2) any claims by a third party that Seller or AM TRU is responsible for any of the Liabilities.
     (b) The obligations of Buyer under Section 10.02(a) shall be contingent upon Seller or AM TRU giving Buyer written notice (i) of receipt by Seller or AM TRU of any process and/or pleading in or relating to any actions, suits, or proceedings of the kinds described in Section 10.02(a), including copies thereof, and (ii) of the assertion of any claim or demand of the kind described in Section 10.02(a), including to the extent known to Seller or AM TRU the identity of the person(s) or entity(ies) asserting such claim or making such demand and the nature thereof, and including copies of any correspondence or other writings relating thereto. The failure to give such notice within a reasonable time shall not void Seller’s or AM TRU’s right to indemnification from Buyer unless the delay shall have materially prejudiced Buyer’s right to defend. Buyer shall have the right at its expense to take over Seller’s or AM TRU’s defense in such actions, suits, or proceedings through counsel selected by Buyer, to compromise and/or settle the same (on a basis reasonably acceptable to Seller or AM TRU) and to prosecute any available appeals or reviews of any adverse judgment or ruling that may be entered therein, and Seller and AM TRU agree to cooperate with Buyer in the defense and/or prosecution of claims regarding these matters.
      Section 10.03 Limitation on Losses; Deductible . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, except in the case of actual fraud by Buyer, Seller or AM TRU:
     (a) any claim for indemnification hereunder, other than a claim arising out of a breach of a covenant to be performed after the Closing, must be asserted, if at all, during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending eighteen (18) months following the Closing Date (except that this limitation on the claims period shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.19 and Section 5.31);
     (b) no party shall make any claim for indemnification of Losses that are less than $25,000 (the “ Threshold Amount ”); provided , that if the aggregate of all claims for Losses by a party equals or exceeds the Threshold Amount, then such party shall be entitled to recover for Losses only to the extent such Losses exceed the Threshold Amount; and
     (c) the aggregate maximum amount of all Losses that may be claimed for indemnification by a party with respect to the failure of the other party’s representations or warranties contained in this Agreement to be true and correct shall not exceed $2,000,000 (except that this limitation on damages shall not apply to the representations or warranties set forth in Section 5.01, Section 5.02(ii), the first sentence of Section 5.06, Section 5.16, Section 5.19 and Section 5.31);

 


 

provided, however, that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to Buyer’s obligations with respect to the Assumed Liabilities or to Seller’s and AM TRU’s obligations with respect to the Excluded Liabilities.
ARTICLE XI
TERMINATION
      Section 11.01 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as between the parties, except as to liability for breach of any duty or obligation arising prior to the date of termination, upon the occurrence of any of the following conditions:
     (a) The expiration of 10 Business Days after any Governmental Authority shall have denied or refused to grant the approvals or consents required to be obtained pursuant to this Agreement, unless within said 10 Business Day period Buyer and Seller agree to submit or resubmit an application to, or appeal the decision of, the regulatory authority which denied or refused to grant approval thereof;
     (b) The expiration of 20 Business Days from the date that either party has given notice to the other party of such other party’s material breach or misrepresentation of any obligation, warranty, representation, or covenant in this Agreement; provided , however , that no such termination shall take effect if within said 20 Business Day period the party so notified shall have fully and completely corrected the grounds for termination as specified in such notice; provided further, however, that no such termination shall take effect if within 30 Business Days of the failure by the notified party to make such correction within said 30 day period, the notifying party delivers to the notified party a written election not to terminate this Agreement notwithstanding such breach or misrepresentation, and any such election to proceed shall not waive such party’s right to seek damages or other equitable relief;
     (c) The failure to consummate the transactions provided for in this Agreement by June 30, 2010, unless the date is extended by the mutual written agreement of the parties;
     (d) The mutual written consent of the parties to terminate;
     (e) By Seller, if any of the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or Section 9.03 hereof have not been satisfied by June 30, 2010 (or such earlier time as it becomes apparent that such condition will not be met), unless the relevant condition shall have failed to occur as a result of any material act or omission by Seller;
     (f) By Buyer, if any of the conditions set forth in Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 hereof have not been satisfied by June 30, 2010 (or such earlier time as it becomes apparent that such condition will not be met), unless the relevant condition shall have failed to occur as a result of any material act or omission by Buyer;
     (g) By Buyer if (1) the Board of Directors of AM TRU shall not have recommended adoption and approval of this Agreement to its shareholders, or (2) at any time prior to the receipt of the approval of AM TRU’s shareholders, AM TRU’s Board of Directors shall have withdrawn such recommendation or modified or changed such

 


 

recommendation in a manner adverse to the interests of Buyer (whether in accordance with Section 7.06 or otherwise); or
     (h) By AM TRU if, without breaching Section 7.06, AM TRU shall contemporaneously enter into a definitive agreement with a third party providing for an Acquisition Proposal on terms determined in good faith by the AM TRU Board, after consulting with and considering the advice of AM TRU’s outside counsel and financial advisors, to constitute a Superior Proposal; provided , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 11.01(h) shall not be available to AM TRU unless it delivers to Buyer (1) written notice of AM TRU’s intention to terminate at least 10 Business Days prior to termination and (2) simultaneously with such termination, the Fee referred to in Section 11.03. For purposes of this Section 11.01(h), “Superior Proposal” means an Acquisition Proposal made by a third party after the date hereof which, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of AM TRU receiving the Acquisition Proposal, taking into account the various legal, financial and regulatory aspects of the proposal and the person making such proposal, (A) if accepted, is significantly more likely than not to be consummated, and (B) if consummated, is reasonably likely to result in a materially more favorable transaction than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for AM TRU and its shareholders and other relevant constituencies.
      Section 11.02 Effect of Termination and Abandonment. In the event of termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to this Article XI, no party to this Agreement shall have any liability or further obligation to any other party hereunder except (a) as set forth in Section 7.14 and Section 11.03 and (b) that termination will not relieve a breaching party from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement giving rise to such termination.
      Section 11.03 Liquidated Damages. If (1) AM TRU terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.01(h) or (2) Buyer terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.01(g); then, within 5 Business Days of such termination, Seller and/or AM TRU shall pay Buyer by wire transfer in immediately available funds, as agreed upon liquidated damages and not as a penalty and as the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer, $250,000 (the “ Fee ”).
ARTICLE XII
OTHER AGREEMENTS
      Section 12.01 Holds and Stop Payment Orders. Holds and stop payment orders that have been placed by Seller on particular accounts or on individual checks, drafts or other instruments before the Closing Date will be continued by Buyer under the same terms after the Closing Date. Seller will deliver to Buyer at the Closing a complete schedule of such holds and stop payment orders and documentation relating to the placing thereof
      Section 12.02 ACH Items and Recurring Debits. Seller will transfer all ACH arrangements to Buyer as soon as possible after the Closing Date. At least 15 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller will deliver to Buyer (i) a listing of account numbers for all accounts being assumed by Buyer subject to ACH Items and Recurring Debit arrangements, and (ii) all other records and information necessary for Buyer to administer such arrangements. Buyer shall continue such ACH arrangements and such Recurring Debit arrangements as are originated and administered by third parties and for which Buyer need act only as processor;

 


 

Buyer shall also continue Recurring Debit arrangements that were originated or administered by Seller.
      Section 12.03 Withholding. Seller shall deliver to Buyer (i) within 3 Business Days after the Closing Date a list of all “B” (TINs do not match) and “C” (under reporting/IRS imposed withholding) notices from the IRS imposing withholding restrictions, and (ii) for a period of 120 days after the Closing Date, all notices received by Seller from the IRS releasing withholding restrictions on Deposit accounts transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement. Any amounts required by any governmental agency to be withheld from any of the Deposits (the “ Withholding Obligations ”) will be handled in the following manner:
     (a) Any Withholding Obligations required to be remitted to the appropriate governmental agency prior to the Closing Date will be withheld and remitted by Seller, and any other sums withheld by Seller pursuant to Withholding Obligations prior to the Closing Date shall also be remitted by Seller to the appropriate governmental agency on or prior to the time they are due.
     (b) Any Withholding Obligations required to be remitted to the appropriate governmental agency on or after the Closing Date with respect to Withholding Obligations after the Closing Date and not withheld by Seller as set forth in Section 12.03(a) above will be remitted by Buyer.
     (c) Any penalties described on “B” notices from the IRS or any similar penalties that relate to Deposit accounts opened by Seller prior to the Closing Date will be paid by Seller promptly upon receipt of the notice providing such penalty assessment resulted from Seller’s acts, policies or omissions.
      Section 12.04 Retirement Accounts. Seller will provide Buyer with the proper trust documents and all related information for any Retirement Accounts assumed by Buyer under Section 2.02 of this Agreement. Buyer shall be responsible for all federal and state income tax reporting of Retirement Accounts for 2010. Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer to permit Buyer to retain Seller’s current reporting service provider (and assume any such contract) (if Buyer elects to do so) and to assist Buyer in the preparation of any such reports or background materials needed for the preparation of any such reports.
      Section 12.05 Interest Reporting. Buyer shall report for 2010 all interest credited to, interest withheld from, and early withdrawal penalties charged to the Deposits which are assumed by Buyer under this Agreement. Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer to permit Buyer to retain Seller’s current reporting service provider (and assume any such contract) (if Buyer elects to do so) and to assist Buyer in the preparation of any such reports or background materials needed for the preparation of any such reports. Said reports shall be made to the holders of these accounts and to the applicable federal and state regulatory agencies.
      Section 12.06 Notices to Depositors. Seller shall provide Buyer an intermediate customer list of the Deposit accounts to be assumed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, together with a tape thereof, as of month-end prior to the scheduled Seller mailing referred to in Section 12.06(a) below. Seller shall provide Buyer a final customer list of the Deposits transferred as of the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement with the data processing tapes.

 


 

     (a) After receipt of all regulatory approvals and approval of AM TRU’s shareholders and, with the concurrence of the DFI and the OCC, at least 5 Business Days before the Closing Date but only after the waiver or satisfaction of all conditions to Closing (other than deliveries), Seller shall mail notification to the holders of the Deposits to be assumed that, subject to closing requirements, Buyer will be assuming the liability for the Deposits; provided however, such notice shall be given to the holders of IRAs at least 30 days prior to the Closing Date. The notification(s) will be based on the list referred to in the first paragraph of Section 12.06 above and a listing maintained at the Home and Branch Offices of the new accounts opened since the date of said list. Seller shall provide Buyer with the documentation of said listing up to the date of Seller’s mailing. Buyer shall send notification(s) to the same holders either together with Seller’s mailing, (in which case Buyer and Seller shall equally share the costs of such mailing and Buyer shall not delay the timing of such mailing), or within 3 days after Seller’s notification setting out the details of its administration of the assumed accounts. Each party shall obtain the approval of the other on its notification letter(s). Except as otherwise provided herein, each party will be responsible for the cost of its own mailing.
     (b) At least 5 Business Days before the Closing Date, Seller will prominently and continuously display a sign in the Home and Branch Office stating that they will be closed at 3:00 p.m. on the Closing Date.
     (c) After the effective date of any mailing regarding account services by Buyer, Buyer will provide copies of such materials to Seller for distribution at the Home and Branch Offices at the time new services are acquired.
      Section 12.07 Card Processing and Overdraft Coverage.
     (a) Seller will provide Buyer with a list of ATM card holders and a magnetic tape no later than 30 days prior to the Closing Date; provided , however , Buyer shall not use such list to contact the card holders prior to 5 Business Days before the Closing Date.
     (b) All customers at the Home and Branch Offices with overdraft coverage shall be provided similar overdraft coverage, if available, by Buyer after the Closing.
      Section 12.08 Taxpayer Information. Seller shall deliver to Buyer within 3 Business Days after the Closing Date: (i) TINs (or record of appropriate exemption) for all holders of Deposit accounts acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) all other information in Seller’s possession or reasonably available to Seller required by applicable law to be provided to the IRS with respect to the Assets and Deposit accounts transferred pursuant to this Agreement and the holders thereof, except for such information which Seller will report on pursuant to Section 12.03 and Section 12.05 of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Taxpayer Information ”). Seller hereby certifies that such information, when delivered, shall accurately reflect the information provided by Seller’s customers.
ARTICLE XIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
      Section 13.01 Attorneys’ Fees . Except as provided below, each party shall bear the cost of its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and

 


 

consummation of the Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any action between the parties seeking enforcement of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or in connection with any of the property described herein, the prevailing party in such action shall be awarded, in addition to damages, injunctive or other relief, its reasonable costs and expenses, not limited to taxable costs, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as determined by the court.
      Section 13.02 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended nor should it be construed to create any express or implied rights in any third parties.
      Section 13.03 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communication given or required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing, duly addressed to the parties as follows or at such other address, telephone or facsimile number as either party may later specify by such written notice:
     
To AM TRU or Seller:
  AM TRU Inc. or American Trust & Savings Bank of Whiting, Indiana
 
  1321 119 th Street
 
  Whiting, IN 46394
 
  Telephone: (219) 659-0850
 
  Facsimile: (219) 473-5524
 
   
With a copy to:
  David C. Worrell
 
  Baker & Daniels LLP
 
  600 East 96 th Street, Suite 600
 
  Indianapolis, IN 46240
 
  Telephone: (317) 569-4882
 
  Facsimile: (317) 569-4800
 
   
To Buyer:
  Craig M. Dwight, CEO
 
  Horizon Bank, National Association
 
  515 Franklin Square
 
  Michigan City, IN 46360
 
  Telephone: (219) 879-0211
 
  Facsimile: (219) 873-2628
 
   
With copy to:
  Curt W. Hidde, Esq.
 
  Barnes & Thornburg LLP
 
  11 South Meridian Street
 
  Indianapolis, IN 46204-3535
 
  Telephone: (317) 231-7707
 
  Facsimile: (317) 231-7433
     Any such notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been duly given and received 48 hours after the same is so addressed and mailed with postage prepaid. Notice sent by any other manner shall be effective only upon actual receipt thereof.

 


 

      Section 13.04 Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempted assignment in violation of this section is void.
      Section 13.05 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors or representatives.
      Section 13.06 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Indiana.
      Section 13.07 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, contains all of the agreements of the parties to it with respect to the matters contained herein and no prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding, oral or written, pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest and expressly stating that it is an amendment of this Agreement.
      Section 13.08 Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or define the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.
      Section 13.09 Severability. If any paragraph, section, sentence, clause, or phrase contained in this Agreement shall become illegal, null or void, or against public policy, for any reason, or shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, null or void, or against public policy, the remaining paragraphs, sections, sentences, clauses, or phrases contained in this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
      Section 13.10 Waiver. The waiver of any breach of any provision under this Agreement by any party hereto shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach under this Agreement.
      Section 13.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      Section 13.12 Force Majeure. No party shall be deemed to have breached this Agreement solely by reason of delay or failure in performance resulting from a natural disaster or other act of God. The parties agree to cooperate in an attempt to overcome such a natural disaster or other act of God and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, but if either party reasonably believes that its interests would be materially and adversely affected by proceeding, such party shall be excused from any further performance of its obligations and undertakings under this Agreement.
      Section 13.13 Schedules. All information set forth in the Exhibits and Schedules hereto shall be deemed a representation and warranty of Seller as to the accuracy and completeness of such information in all material respects.
      Section 13.14 Knowledge. Whenever any statement in this Agreement or in any list, certificate or other document delivered to any party pursuant to this Agreement is made “to the

 


 

knowledge” or “to the best knowledge” of any party, such knowledge shall mean facts and other information that an officer of such party knows or reasonably should know.
      Section 13.15 Survival. All of the representations and warranties and the covenants and obligations of the parties set forth herein that are to be performed after the Closing Date (including the indemnification provisions of Article X), shall survive the Closing Date subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.03(a) hereof.
      Section 13.16 Transfer Charges and Assessments. All transfer, assignment, sales, conveyancing and recording charges, assessments and taxes applicable to the sale and transfer of the Assets shall be paid and borne by the Buyer.
      Section 13.17 Breaches of Agreements with Third Parties . If the assignment of any material claim, contract, license, lease, or commitment (or any material claim or right or any benefit arising thereunder) without the consent of a third party would constitute a breach thereof or materially affect the rights of Buyer or Seller thereunder, then such assignment is hereby made subject to such consent or approval being obtained.
      Section 13.18 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any covenants in this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise were materially breached. It is accordingly agreed that, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond or other security, the parties shall be entitled to temporary and/or permanent injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of such performance and to specific enforcement of the terms and provisions in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 


 

     The parties hereto have duly authorized and executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  Horizon Bank, National Association
 
 
  By:   /s/ Craig Dwight    
  Name:   Craig Dwight   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  American Trust & Savings Bank of Whiting, Indiana
 
 
  By:   /s/ Philip J. Grenchik, Sr.    
  Name:   Philip J. Grenchik, Sr.   
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  AM TRU Inc .
 
 
  By:   /s/ David A. Smolen    
  Name:   David A. Smolen   
  Title:   Chairman   
 

 

Exhibit 4.1

HORIZON BANCORP

as Issuer

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 21, 2004

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

as Trustee

FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES DUE 2034


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS............................................................................................      1

         Section 1.01               Definitions..................................................................      1

ARTICLE II DEBT SECURITIES.......................................................................................      8

         Section 2.01               Authentication and Dating....................................................      8
         Section 2.02               Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication..............................      9
         Section 2.03               Form and Denomination of Debt Securities.....................................      9
         Section 2.04               Execution of Debt Securities.................................................      9
         Section 2.05               Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities.....................     10
         Section 2.06               Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities.........................     13
         Section 2.07               Temporary Debt Securities....................................................     14
         Section 2.08               Payment of Interest..........................................................     14
         Section 2.09               Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc....................................     16
         Section 2.10               Computation of Interest......................................................     16
         Section 2.11               Extension of Interest Payment Period.........................................     17
         Section 2.12               CUSIP Numbers................................................................     18

ARTICLE III PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY..................................................................     18

         Section 3.01               Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the
                                    Debt Securities..............................................................     18
         Section 3.02               Offices for Notices and Payments, etc........................................     19
         Section 3.03               Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office...........................     20
         Section 3.04               Provision as to Paying Agent.................................................     20
         Section 3.05               Certificate to Trustee.......................................................     21
         Section 3.06               Additional Amounts...........................................................     21
         Section 3.07               Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.....................................     22
         Section 3.08               Limitation on Dividends......................................................     22
         Section 3.09               Covenants as to the Trust....................................................     23

ARTICLE IV LISTS.................................................................................................     23

         Section 4.01               Securityholders' Lists.......................................................     23
         Section 4.02               Preservation and Disclosure of Lists.........................................     23
         Section 4.03               Financial and Other Information..............................................     24

ARTICLE V REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS............................................................     25

         Section 5.01               Events of Default............................................................     25
         Section 5.02               Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor.........................     27
         Section 5.03               Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee...................................     29
         Section 5.04               Proceedings by Securityholders...............................................     29

i

         Section 5.05               Proceedings by Trustee.......................................................     30
         Section 5.06               Remedies Cumulative and Continuing...........................................     30
         Section 5.07               Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
                                    Securityholders..............................................................     30
         Section 5.08               Notice of Defaults...........................................................     31
         Section 5.09               Undertaking to Pay Costs.....................................................     31

ARTICLE VI CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE................................................................................     32

         Section 6.01               Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.......................................     32
         Section 6.02               Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.........................................     33
         Section 6.03               No Responsibility for Recitals, etc..........................................     34
         Section 6.04               Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or
                                    Registrar May Own Debt Securities............................................     34
         Section 6.05               Moneys to be Held in Trust...................................................     34
         Section 6.06               Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.........................................     35
         Section 6.07               Officers' Certificate as Evidence............................................     35
         Section 6.08               Eligibility of Trustee.......................................................     36
         Section 6.09               Resignation or Removal of Trustee............................................     36
         Section 6.10               Acceptance by Successor Trustee..............................................     37
         Section 6.11               Succession by Merger, etc....................................................     38
         Section 6.12               Authenticating Agents........................................................     39

ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS.......................................................................     40

         Section 7.01               Action by Securityholders....................................................     40
         Section 7.02               Proof of Execution by Securityholders........................................     40
         Section 7.03               Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners...............................................     41
         Section 7.04               Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding......................     41
         Section 7.05               Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound.................................     41

ARTICLE VIII SECURITYHOLDERS' MEETINGS...........................................................................     42

         Section 8.01               Purposes of Meetings.........................................................     42
         Section 8.02               Call of Meetings by Trustee..................................................     42
         Section 8.03               Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders...............................     43
         Section 8.04               Qualifications for Voting....................................................     43
         Section 8.05               Regulations..................................................................     43
         Section 8.06               Voting.......................................................................     44
         Section 8.07               Quorum; Actions..............................................................     44

ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES...............................................................................     45

         Section 9.01               Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders...................     45
         Section 9.02               Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders......................     46
         Section 9.03               Effect of Supplemental Indentures............................................     47

ii

         Section 9.04               Notation on Debt Securities..................................................     47
         Section 9.05               Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee..     48

ARTICLE X REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES...............................................................................     48

         Section 10.01              Optional Redemption..........................................................     48
         Section 10.02              Special Event Redemption.....................................................     48
         Section 10.03              Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities...........................     48
         Section 10.04              Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption.............................     49

ARTICLE XI CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE.....................................................     50

         Section 11.01              Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms..............................     50
         Section 11.02              Successor Entity to be Substituted...........................................     51
         Section 11.03              Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee....................................     51

ARTICLE XII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE..............................................................     51

         Section 12.01              Discharge of Indenture.......................................................     51
         Section 12.02              Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee..............................     52
         Section 12.03              Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held............................................     52
         Section 12.04              Return of Unclaimed Moneys...................................................     52

ARTICLE XIII IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.....................................     53

         Section 13.01              Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations...................     53

ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.............................................................................     53

         Section 14.01              Successors...................................................................     53
         Section 14.02              Official Acts by Successor Entity............................................     53
         Section 14.03              Surrender of Company Powers..................................................     53
         Section 14.04              Addresses for Notices, etc...................................................     53
         Section 14.05              Governing Law................................................................     54
         Section 14.06              Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.............................     54
         Section 14.07              Business Day Convention......................................................     54
         Section 14.08              Table of Contents, Headings, etc.............................................     55
         Section 14.09              Execution in Counterparts....................................................     55
         Section 14.10              Separability.................................................................     55
         Section 14.11              Assignment...................................................................     55
         Section 14.12              Acknowledgment of Rights.....................................................     55

ARTICLE XV SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES......................................................................     56

         Section 15.01              Agreement to Subordinate.....................................................     56

iii

Section 15.02              Default on Senior Indebtedness...............................................     56
Section 15.03              Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.........................................     56
Section 15.04              Subrogation..................................................................     58
Section 15.05              Trustee to Effectuate Subordination..........................................     59
Section 15.06              Notice by the Company........................................................     59
Section 15.07              Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness........................     59
Section 15.08              Subordination May Not Be Impaired............................................     60

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A Form of Debt Security

iv

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of October 21, 2004, between Horizon Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in the State of Indiana (hereinafter sometimes called the "Company"), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter sometimes called the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2034 (the "Debt Securities") under this Indenture and to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debt Securities by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debt Securities as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions.

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term "generally accepted accounting principles" means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

"Additional Amounts" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06.

"Additional Provisions" has the meaning set forth in Section 15.01.

"Administrative Action" has the meaning specified within the definition of "Tax Event" in this Section 1.01.

"Authenticating Agent" means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.


"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, The City of New York or Indianapolis, Indiana are permitted or required by law or executive order to close.

"Calculation Agent" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph hereof with respect to the Debt Securities and the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities.

"Capital Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as "MMCapS(SM)" and rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

"Capital Securities Guarantee" means the guarantee agreement that the Company will enter into with Wilmington Trust Company or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

"Capital Treatment Event" means, if the Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Company; provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies) may now or hereafter accord "Tier 1 Capital" treatment that, in the aggregate, exceed the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as "Tier 1 Capital" under applicable capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies); provided, further, however, that the distribution of the Debt Securities in connection with the liquidation of the Trust by the Company shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection

2

with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event. For the avoidance of doubt, the adoption by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a final rule of any of the proposals set forth in its notice of proposed rulemaking dated May 6, 2004, shall not constitute a Capital Treatment Event.

"Certificate" means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Common Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as "Common Securities" and rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

"Company" means Horizon Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in the State of Indiana, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

"Debt Security" or "Debt Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

"Debt Security Register" has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.

"Declaration" means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of October 21, 2004, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Default" means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.

"Deferred Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

"Event of Default" means any event specified in Section 5.01, which has continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Extension Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

"Federal Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

"Indenture" means this Indenture as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

3

"Institutional Trustee" has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

"Interest Payment Date" means February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005, subject to Section 14.07.

"Interest Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.

"Interest Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period, a per annum rate of interest equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Interest Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, 2.10%), plus 1.95%; provided, however, that the Interest Rate for any Interest Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an "investment company" that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which change becomes effective on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debt Securities.

"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to
Section 2.10(b).

"LIBOR Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(i).

"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(i).

"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(i).

"Liquidation Amount" means the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

"Maturity Date" means November 23, 2034, subject to Section 14.07.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

4

The term "outstanding," when used with reference to Debt Securities, subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, means, as of any particular time, all Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except

(a) Debt Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Debt Securities, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, that, if such Debt Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Articles X and XIV or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

(c) Debt Securities paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debt Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debt Securities are held by bona fide holders in due course.

"Optional Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.

"Optional Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus unpaid interest accrued on such Debt Securities to the related Optional Redemption Date.

"Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(e).

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Predecessor Security" of any particular Debt Security means every previous Debt Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debt Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security.

"Principal Office of the Trustee" means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times shall be located within the United States and at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001.

"Reference Banks" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(ii).

"Resale Restriction Termination Date" means, with respect to any Debt Security, the date which is the later of (i) two years (or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule

5

144(k) under the Securities Act) after the later of (y) the date of original issuance of such Debt Security and (z) the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company was the holder of such Debt Security (or any predecessor thereto) and (ii) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Securityholder," "holder of Debt Securities" or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debt Security is registered on the Debt Security Register.

"Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed, similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit substitutes and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company, (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company, (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business), (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker's acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, all obligations associated with derivative products such as interest rate and foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options or any similar credit or other transaction, (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless, with the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if not otherwise generally approved, it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding that such obligations are not superior or are pari passu in right of payment to the Debt Securities; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (A) any debt securities issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust) that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a "financing entity"), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity or other securities in transactions substantially similar in structure to the transactions contemplated hereunder and in the Declaration or (B) any guarantees of the

6

Company in respect of the equity or other securities of any financing entity referred to in clause (A) above.

"Special Event" means any of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

"Special Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 104.000% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to November 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:

Special Redemption During the 12-Month
     Period Beginning November 23,               Percentage of Principal Amount
--------------------------------------           ------------------------------
         2005                                                103.200%

         2006                                                102.400%

         2007                                                101.600%

         2008                                                100.840%

         2009 and thereafter                                 100.000%

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement (an "Administrative Action")) or

7

judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debt Securities; (ii) if the Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, interest payable by the Company on the Debt Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to or otherwise required to pay, or required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities, more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

"Trust" means Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, the Delaware statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debt Securities under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Trust Securities" means Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.

"Trustee" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph hereof, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

"United States" means the United States of America and the District of Columbia.

"U.S. Person" has the meaning given to United States Person as set forth in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II
DEBT SECURITIES

Section 2.01 Authentication and Dating.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debt Securities in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $10,310,000 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debt Securities to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents, without any further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debt Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to
Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon a copy of any Board

8

Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other officers with appropriate delegated authority of the Company as the case may be.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Securityholders.

The definitive Debt Securities shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities.

Section 2.02 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee's certificate of authentication on all Debt Securities shall be in substantially the following form:

This certificate represents Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee

By:

Authorized Officer

Section 2.03 Form and Denomination of Debt Securities.

The Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Debt Securities shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Debt Securities shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

Section 2.04 Execution of Debt Securities.

The Debt Securities shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal (if legally required) which may be affixed thereto or printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise, and which need not be attested. Only such Debt Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the

9

Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized officer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debt Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debt Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debt Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

Every Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

Section 2.05 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities.

The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.02, a register (the "Debt Security Register") for the Debt Securities issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debt Securities as provided in this Article II. Such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Debt Securities to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in
Section 3.02, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees, a new Debt Security for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debt Security by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.02, and delivery of such Debt Security, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debt Security.

All Debt Securities presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by, a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and either the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by, the holder or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

10

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debt Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.07, Section 9.04 or Section 10.04 not involving any transfer.

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debt Security for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the date of selection of Debt Securities for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date except in compliance with the legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law, which legend shall be placed on each Debt Security:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER", AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3), (7) OR (8) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR

11

SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-US PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) OR (E) ABOVE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL

DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH

12

CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN DENOMINATIONS OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE "FDIC"). THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF THE DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED.

Section 2.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities.

In case any Debt Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debt Security bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debt Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debt Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debt Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debt Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of

13

destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

Every substituted Debt Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any such Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.07 Temporary Debt Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debt Securities that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debt Securities shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debt Securities but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debt Security shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debt Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debt Securities and thereupon any or all temporary Debt Securities may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debt Securities a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debt Securities. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debt Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debt Securities authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.08 Payment of Interest.

Each Debt Security will bear interest at the then applicable Interest Rate (i) in the case of the initial Interest Period, for the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the initial Interest Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, for the period from, and including, the first day following the end of the preceding Interest Period to, but excluding, the applicable Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest Period, the related Optional Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable (each such period, an "Interest Period"), on the principal thereof, on any overdue principal and

14

(to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on Deferred Interest and on any overdue installment of interest (including Defaulted Interest), payable (subject to the provisions of Article XII) on each Interest Payment Date and on the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. Interest and any Deferred Interest on any Debt Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. In case (i) the Maturity Date of any Debt Security or (ii) any Debt Security or portion thereof is called for redemption and the related Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, is subsequent to the regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Debt Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Security.

Any interest on any Debt Security, other than Deferred Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this paragraph. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall not be more than fifteen nor less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than ten days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and thereafter the Company shall have no further payment obligation in respect of the Defaulted Interest.

Any interest scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debt Securities.

15

The term "regular record date", as used in this Section, shall mean the fifteenth day prior to the applicable Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debt Security.

Section 2.09 Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.

All Debt Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debt Securities canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debt Securities unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing, in which case the Trustee shall dispose of such Debt Securities as directed by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debt Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.10 Computation of Interest.

(a) The amount of interest payable for any Interest Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest Period.

(b) LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent for each Interest Period (other than the first Interest Period, in which case LIBOR will be 2.10% per annum) in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to the Interest Payment Date that commences such Interest Period (each such day, a "LIBOR Determination Date"), LIBOR shall equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) page 3750 or such other page as may replace such page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News or any successor service ("Telerate Page 3750"). "LIBOR Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time)

16

on such LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.

(ii) If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in The City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on such LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

(iii) If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for such Interest Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Period.

(c) All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(d) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Company and the Paying Agent of the applicable Interest Rate that applies to the related Interest Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of a holder of any Debt Securities, inform such holder of the Interest Rate that applies to the related Interest Period. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Company as to the applicable Interest Rate. The Company shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.

Section 2.11 Extension of Interest Payment Period.

So long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(b), (e) or (f) of this Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest payment period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the

17

term of the Debt Securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and further consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period"). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof. At the end of any Extension Period, the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that during any Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.08. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the regular record date applicable to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company's election to begin or extend an Extension Period to the Securityholders, promptly after receipt of notice from the Company of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period.

Section 2.12 CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Debt Securities may use a "CUSIP" number (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use a "CUSIP" number in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such number either as printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP number.

ARTICLE III
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all payments due in respect of the Debt Securities at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debt Securities. Payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Debt Securities due on the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, will be

18

made by the Company in immediately available funds against presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities. At the option of the Company, each installment of interest on the Debt Securities due on an Interest Payment Date other than the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debt Securities entitled thereto as they appear on the Debt Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated by such holders to the Paying Agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, if the Trust or the trustee of the Trust is the holder of any Debt Security, then all payments in respect of such Debt Security shall be made by the Company in immediately available funds when due.

(b) The Company will treat the Debt Securities as indebtedness, and the interest payable in respect of such Debt Securities (including any Additional Amounts) as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debt Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax provided, that (i) any beneficial owner thereof that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (A) has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any substitute or successor form) in the manner required establishing its status as a "United States person" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (B) the Internal Revenue Service has neither notified the Issuer that the taxpayer identification number furnished by such beneficial owner is incorrect nor notified the Issuer that there is underreporting by such beneficial owner, and (ii) any beneficial owner thereof that is not a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or Internal Revenue Service Form W-8EXP, as applicable (or any substitute or successor form) in the manner required establishing its non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(c) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that it has no intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period.

(d) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debt Securities are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company's ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company's ability to make any payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities.

Section 3.02 Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.

So long as any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in Wilmington, Delaware or in Indianapolis, Indiana an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in this Indenture and

19

an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debt Securities or of this Indenture may be served. The Company will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from time to time by the Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by
Section 2.05, such office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the Principal Office of the Trustee. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in Wilmington, Delaware or in Indianapolis, Indiana, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee.

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside Wilmington, Delaware or Indianapolis, Indiana where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Wilmington, Delaware or in Indianapolis, Indiana for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

Section 3.03 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office.

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 3.04 Provision as to Paying Agent.

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.04,

(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of all payments due on the Debt Securities (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities;

(ii) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable; and

(iii) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the payments due on the Debt Securities, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities a sum sufficient to make such payments so

20

becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall become due and payable.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Debt Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the payments on the Debt Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay all payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

(c) Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debt Securities, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions herein contained.

(d) Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.04 is subject to Sections 12.03 and 12.04.

(e) The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee to act as paying agent for the Debt Securities (the "Paying Agent").

Section 3.05 Certificate to Trustee.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debt Securities are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default by the Company in the performance of any covenants of the Company contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature thereof.

Section 3.06 Additional Amounts.

If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debt Securities and is subject to or otherwise required to pay (or is required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities) any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (the "Additional Amounts") on the Debt Securities or the Trust Securities, as the case may be, as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the holders of Debt Securities or Trust Securities, as the case may be, after payment of all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges, will be equal to the amounts that such holders would have received and retained had no such taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges been imposed.

Whenever in this Indenture or the Debt Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities, such

21

mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Amounts provided for in this Section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made, provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable.

Section 3.07 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.

The Company will not, while any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, any other Person, or merge into itself, or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or capital stock to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

Section 3.08 Limitation on Dividends.

If (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Company may not (A) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, (B) make any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities or (C) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (I) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (II) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (III) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants,

22

options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to such stock).

Section 3.09 Covenants as to the Trust.

For so long as such Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust
(a) to remain a statutory trust, except in connection with a distribution of Debt Securities to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE IV
LISTS

Section 4.01 Securityholders' Lists.

The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) on each regular record date for an Interest Payment Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debt Securities as of such record date; and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; except that no such lists need be furnished under this
Section 4.01 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debt Security registrar.

Section 4.02 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debt Securities (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debt Securities registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) In case three or more holders of Debt Securities (hereinafter referred to as "applicants") apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debt Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debt Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debt Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication

23

which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:

(i) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection
(a) of this Section 4.02, or

(ii) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debt Securities whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder of Debt Securities whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debt Securities, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c) Each and every holder of Debt Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that none of the Company, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debt Securities in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.02, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

Section 4.03 Financial and Other Information.

(a) The Company shall deliver, by hardcopy or electronic transmission, to (i) each Securityholder each Report on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, if any, prepared by the Company and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the

24

Exchange Act within 10 Business Days after the filing thereof or (ii) if the Company is (a) not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Private Entity") or (b) exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as a Holder of the Debt Securities is NBC Capital Markets Group, Inc. or an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities as collateral for its securities or a trustee thereof, and the Company is (i) a Private Entity that, on the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, is required to provide audited consolidated financial statements to its primary regulatory authority, (ii) a Private Entity that, on the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, is not required to provide audited consolidated financial statements to its primary regulatory authority but subsequently becomes subject to the audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of that regulatory authority or (iii) subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities or becomes so subject after the date hereof but subsequently becomes a Private Entity, then, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year in which the Debt Securities were originally issued if the Company was then subject to (x)
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (y) audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of its primary regulatory authority or, otherwise, the earliest fiscal year in which the Company becomes subject to (1)
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (2) the audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of its primary regulatory authority, the Company shall deliver, by hardcopy or electronic transmission, to each Securityholder, unless otherwise provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, (A) a copy of the Company's audited consolidated financial statements (including balance sheet and income statement) covering the related annual period and (B) the report of the independent accountants with respect to such financial statements. In addition to the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Securityholder within 30 days after the end of the fiscal year of the Company, Form 1099 or such other annual U.S. federal income tax information statement required by the Code containing such information with regard to the Debt Securities held by such holder as is required by the Code and the income tax regulations of the U.S. Treasury thereunder.

(b) If and so long as the Holder of the Debt Securities is NBC Capital Markets Group, Inc. or an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof, the Company will cause copies of its reports on Form FR Y-9C to be delivered to such Holder promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

ARTICLE V
REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 5.01 Events of Default.

The following events shall be "Events of Default" with respect to Debt Securities:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; for the avoidance of doubt, an extension of any interest payment period by the Company in

25

accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture shall not constitute a default under this clause 5.01(a); or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security, including any Additional Amounts in respect thereof, following the nonpayment of any such interest for twenty or more consecutive Interest Periods; or

(c) the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption, by acceleration of maturity pursuant to Section 5.01 of this Indenture or otherwise; or

(d) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in Sections 3.06, 3.07, 3.08 or 3.09 of this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

(e) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree, appointment or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(f) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Debt Securities to holders of the Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (3) mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

If an Event of Default specified under clause (b) of this Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debt Securities, then, in each and every such case, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by

26

Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified under clause (e) or (f) of this
Section 5.01 occurs, then, in each and every such case, the entire principal amount of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without further action.

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debt Securities shall have become due by acceleration, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debt Securities and all payments on the Debt Securities which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon all such payments and Deferred Interest, to the extent permitted by law) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.06, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the payments in respect of Debt Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein, then, in each and every such case, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or rescission and annulment shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or rescission and annulment.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

Section 5.02 Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor.

The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to clause (b) of Section 5.01 and upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debt Securities, including Deferred Interest accrued on the Debt Securities; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions

27

or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debt Securities in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debt Securities, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debt Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities.

28

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debt Securities, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debt Securities parties to any such proceedings.

Section 5.03 Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee.

Any moneys collected by the Trustee shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debt Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06;

Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debt Securities, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due upon such Debt Securities; and

Fourth: The balance, if any, to the Company.

Section 5.04 Proceedings by Securityholders.

No holder of any Debt Security shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; provided, that no holder of Debt Securities shall have any right to prejudice the rights of any other holder of Debt Securities, obtain priority or preference over any other such holder or enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debt Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the right of any holder of any Debt Security to receive payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

29

Section 5.05 Proceedings by Trustee.

In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 5.06 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debt Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debt Securities, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debt Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.04, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

Section 5.07 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities affected at the time outstanding and, if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debt Securities; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be, may not be so directed until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have directed such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be; provided, further, that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.01) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to any declaration of acceleration, or ipso facto acceleration, of the maturity of the Debt Securities, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debt Securities waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past Default or Event of Default and its

30

consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.09; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver. Upon any such waiver or modification to such waiver, the Default or Event of Default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver or modification to such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debt Securities and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

Section 5.08 Notice of Defaults.

The Trustee shall, within 90 days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or received written notice of the occurrence of a default with respect to the Debt Securities, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Debt Security Register, notice of all defaults with respect to the Debt Securities known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term "default" for the purpose of this Section is hereby defined to be any event specified in Section 5.01, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided, that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

Section 5.09 Undertaking to Pay Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debt Security by such holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities (or, if such Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, more than 10% in liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities),to any suit instituted by

31

any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debt Security against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable or to any suit instituted in accordance with Section 14.12.

ARTICLE VI
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.01 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

With respect to the holders of Debt Securities issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debt Securities, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct or bad faith, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.07, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any

32

remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and

(d) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any holder of the Debt Securities, except that the Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c) hereof (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Amounts if the Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable) .

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

Section 6.02 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities (which has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to the Debt Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in

33

their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities affected thereby; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; and

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care.

Section 6.03 No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.

The recitals contained herein and in the Debt Securities (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debt Securities or the proceeds of any Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 6.04 Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debt Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent or any Debt Security registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, transfer agent or Debt Security registrar.

Section 6.05 Moneys to be Held in Trust.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys received by the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys, if any, shall be paid from time to time to the Company upon the written order of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

34

Section 6.06 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.

The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its written request for all documented reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance that arises from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee), except to the extent such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense results from the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such indemnitee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for documented expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debt Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debt Securities.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in clause (e), (f) or (g) of
Section 5.01, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debt Security to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debt Securities or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.

Section 6.07 Officers' Certificate as Evidence.

Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to

35

be conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 6.08 Eligibility of Trustee.

The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a U.S. Person that is a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee, notwithstanding that such corporation or national association shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.09.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of ss.310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to, this Indenture.

Section 6.09 Resignation or Removal of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company's expense, to the holders of the Debt Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court

36

may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 6.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months;

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder; or

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, if no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days of the occurrence of any of (i),
(ii) or (iii) above, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within ten Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in
Section 6.10.

Section 6.10 Acceptance by Successor Trustee.

Any successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or

37

desirable to confirm that all of the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee shall be vested in the successor Trustee, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of the amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06.

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible and qualified under the provisions of Section 6.08.

In no event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debt Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

Section 6.11 Succession by Merger, etc.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debt Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debt Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debt Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is

38

anywhere in the Debt Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debt Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 6.12 Authenticating Agents.

There may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debt Securities; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debt Securities by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debt Securities as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debt Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

39

The Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee.

ARTICLE VII
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 7.01 Action by Securityholders.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities or aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debt Securities voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII or of such holders of Capital Securities duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of the Declaration, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers' Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debt Securities for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debt Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debt Securities shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

Section 7.02 Proof of Execution by Securityholders.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 8.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or such Securityholder's agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debt Securities shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a certificate of the Debt Security

40

registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

The record of any Securityholders' meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.06.

Section 7.03 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and any Debt Security registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debt Security shall be registered upon the Debt Security Register to be, and may treat such Person as, the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security and for all other purposes; and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent or any Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon such holder's order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security.

Section 7.04 Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding.

In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debt Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company (other than the Trust) or any other obligor on the Debt Securities shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, provided, that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debt Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this
Section if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to vote such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

Section 7.05 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound.

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.01) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to
Section 7.01) of a Debt Security (or any Debt Security issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution

41

therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Security (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debt Security). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debt Security, and of any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

ARTICLE VIII
SECURITYHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Section 8.01 Purposes of Meetings.

A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debt Securities under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 8.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee.

The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.01, to be held at such time and at such place in The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan, or Wilmington, Delaware, as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debt Securities affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Securities Register. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

42

Section 8.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders.

In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place in Indianapolis, Indiana for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.01, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.02.

Section 8.04 Qualifications for Voting.

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders, a Person shall be (a) a holder of one or more Debt Securities or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more Debt Securities. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 8.05 Regulations.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.03, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, at any meeting each holder of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debt Securities held or represented by such holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt Security challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating such chairman as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.02 or 8.03 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

43

Section 8.06 Voting.

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.02. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 8.07 Quorum; Actions.

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in
Section 8.02, except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in

44

aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of
Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debt Securities duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

ARTICLE IX
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01 Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders.

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

(b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debt Securities as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debt Securities, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after Default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;

(c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then outstanding;

(d) to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debt Securities, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debt Securities, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities, as required by Section 2.05 (for purposes of assuring

45

that no registration of Debt Securities is required under the Securities Act), provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debt Securities substantially similar to those applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to adversely affect the holders of the Debt Securities);

(e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.10;

(f) to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this Section) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

(g) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debt Securities, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debt Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debt Securities.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this
Section may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

Section 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders.

With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.01) of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, then in effect, applicable to indentures qualified thereunder) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby, (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption

46

provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof, or
(ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture; and provided, further, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or the trustee of the Trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided, further, that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders (and holders of Capital Securities, if required) as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debt Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debt Securities shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 9.04 Notation on Debt Securities.

Debt Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so

47

determine, new Debt Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debt Securities then outstanding.

Section 9.05 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to Trustee.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.06, receive an Officers' Certificate as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall also receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

ARTICLE X
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 10.01 Optional Redemption.

The Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of the prior approval from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or (provided that all accrued and unpaid interest has been paid on all Debt Securities for all Interest Periods terminating on or prior to such date) from time to time in part, on any Interest Payment Date on or after November 23, 2009 (each, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at the Optional Redemption Price.

Section 10.02 Special Event Redemption.

If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the "Special Redemption Date"), at the Special Redemption Price.

Section 10.03 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities.

In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt Securities, it shall fix a date for redemption and shall mail, or cause the Trustee to mail (at the expense of the Company), a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the holders of Debt Securities so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debt Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the

48

notice to the holder of any Debt Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the price (or manner of calculation of the price) at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debt Securities to be redeemed. In case the Debt Securities are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on such date all the Debt Securities so called for redemption at the applicable price therefor, together with unpaid interest accrued to such date.

The Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 75 days prior to the date fixed for redemption as to the price at which the Debt Securities are to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debt Securities or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000) to be redeemed.

Section 10.04 Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption.

If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.03, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the related Optional Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date (as the case may be) and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable price therefor, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to said Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be), and on and after said Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be) (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debt Securities at the redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to said date) interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debt Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable price therefor, together with unpaid interest, if any, accrued thereon to said Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be); provided, however, that interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on or prior to said Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date will be paid to the holders on the relevant regular record date.

49

Upon presentation of any Debt Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debt Security so presented.

ARTICLE XI
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

Section 11.01 Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors to any other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that (i) upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the successor entity shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (unless such corporation has (1) agreed to make all payments due in respect of the Debt Securities or, if outstanding, the Trust Securities and the Capital Securities Guarantee without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges under the laws or regulations of the jurisdiction of organization or residence (for tax purposes) of such corporation or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required by applicable law, in which case such corporation shall have agreed to pay such additional amounts as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the holders of such Debt Securities or Trust Securities, as the case may be, after payment of all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges, will be equal to the amounts that such holders would have received and retained had no such taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges been imposed, (2) irrevocably and unconditionally consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any United States federal court or New York state court, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in respect of any action, suit or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Debt Securities, the Capital Securities Guarantee or the Declaration and irrevocably and unconditionally waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the laying of venue in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum and (3) irrevocably appointed an agent in The City of New York for service of process in any action, suit or proceeding referred to in clause (2) above) and such corporation expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Debt Securities, this Indenture, the Capital Securities Guarantee and the Declaration and (ii) after giving effect to any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

50

Section 11.02 Successor Entity to be Substituted.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition contemplated in Section 11.01 and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debt Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debt Securities. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Debt Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor corporation instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debt Securities which such successor corporation thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debt Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debt Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Section 11.03 Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.05, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.01 Discharge of Indenture.

When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) and not theretofore canceled, or
(b) all the Debt Securities not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debt Securities (other than any Debt

51

Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.04, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws, and if in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 3.04, 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 hereof, which shall survive until such Debt Securities shall mature or are redeemed, as the case may be, and are paid in full. Thereafter, Sections 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture, the Company, however, hereby agreeing to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debt Securities.

Section 12.02 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the particular Debt Securities for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if any, and interest.

Section 12.03 Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to the Company or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

Section 12.04 Return of Unclaimed Moneys.

Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on Debt Securities and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debt Securities for two years after the date upon which the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such Paying Agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debt Securities shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

52

ARTICLE XIII
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 13.01 Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debt Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.01 Successors.

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 14.02 Official Acts by Successor Entity.

Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

Section 14.03 Surrender of Company Powers.

The Company, by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee, may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any permitted successor.

Section 14.04 Addresses for Notices, etc.

Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on the Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Trustee for such purpose) to the Company at 515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360, Attention: James H. Foglesong. Any notice, direction, request or demand by any Securityholder

53

or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of Wilmington Trust Company at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets.

Section 14.05 Governing Law.

This Indenture and the Debt Securities shall each be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles of said State other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

Section 14.06 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with (except that no such Opinion of Counsel is required to be furnished to the Trustee in connection with the authentication and issuance of Debt Securities).

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except certificates delivered pursuant to
Section 3.05) shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.07 Business Day Convention.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day.

54

Section 14.08 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The table of contents and the titles and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.09 Execution in Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 14.10 Separability.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debt Securities, but this Indenture and such Debt Securities shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

Section 14.11 Assignment.

Subject to Article XI, the Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture and the Debt Securities to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto.

Section 14.12 Acknowledgment of Rights.

The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Debt Securities held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, if such trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debt Securities held as the assets of the Trust after the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust have so directed in writing such trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such trustee's rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debt Securities on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is otherwise due and payable (or, in the case of redemption, on the related Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be)), the Company acknowledges that a holder of outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such

55

holder on or after the respective due date (or Optional Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date (as the case may be)) specified in the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE XV
SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

Section 15.01 Agreement to Subordinate.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any supplemental indenture (the "Additional Provisions") by such holder's acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debt Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debt Security, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

The payment by the Company of the payments due on all Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any Additional Provisions shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

Section 15.02 Default on Senior Indebtedness.

In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any applicable grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the payments due on the Debt Securities.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee or any Securityholder when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section, such payment shall, subject to
Section 15.06, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Section 15.03 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution,

56

winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company on the Debt Securities; and upon any such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money's worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders or to the Trustee.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing shall be received by the Trustee or any Securityholder before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article XV, the words "cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debt Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, that may at the time be outstanding, provided, that (a) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (b) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer or other disposition of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such

57

consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.02 or in this Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 6.06 of this Indenture.

Section 15.04 Subrogation.

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all payments due on the Debt Securities shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are, and are intended, solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture, any Additional Provisions or in the Debt Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debt Securities all payments on the Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debt Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

58

Section 15.05 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Securityholder, by such Securityholder's acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 15.06 Notice by the Company.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture or any Additional Provisions, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debt Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 15.07 Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

The Trustee, in its individual capacity, shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as

59

any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture or any Additional Provisions shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture or any Additional Provisions against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06.

Section 15.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired.

No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debt Securities to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company or any other Person.

60

Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as Trustee, hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions herein above set forth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

HORIZON BANCORP

By: /s/ James H. Foglesong
    -----------------------------------
    Name: James H. Foglesong
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

By: /s/ Denise M. Geran
    -----------------------------------
    Name: Denise M. Geran
    Title: Vice President

61

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF DEBT SECURITY

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER", AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a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

A-1

INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN DENOMINATIONS OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE

A-2

SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE "FDIC"). THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF THE DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED.

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security due 2034 of Horizon Bancorp

Horizon Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in the State of Indiana (the "Company", which term includes any successor permitted under the Indenture (as defined herein)), for value received, promises to pay to Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust, or registered assigns, the principal amount of TEN MILLION THREE HUNDRED TEN THOUSAND Dollars ($10,310,000) on November 23, 2034 (the "Maturity Date") (or any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, each as defined herein, or any earlier date of acceleration of the maturity of this Debt Security), and to pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Debt Security from October 21, 2004, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, an "Interest Payment Date"), at a rate per annum, which, with respect to any Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture), will be equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Indenture), as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in the Indenture) for such Interest Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, will be 2.10%), plus 1.95% (the "Interest Rate") (provided that the Interest Rate for any Interest Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application) until the principal hereof shall have been paid or duly provided for, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the then applicable Interest Rate, compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable for any Interest Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest Period.

The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in the Indenture) is

A-3

registered at the close of business on the "regular record date" for such interest installment, which shall be the fifteenth day prior to such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day (as defined herein). Any such interest installment (other than Deferred Interest (as defined herein)) not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the holders of the Debt Securities not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security due on the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be made in immediately available funds against presentation and surrender of this Debt Security at the office or agency of the Trustee maintained for that purpose in Wilmington, Delaware, or at the office or agency of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Company maintained for that purpose in Wilmington, Delaware or Indianapolis, Indiana. Payment of interest on this Debt Security due on any Interest Payment Date other than the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the holder thereof at such address as shall appear in the Debt Security Register or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debt Security is the Institutional Trustee, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security shall be made in immediately available funds when due at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee. All payments in respect of this Debt Security shall be payable in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest payment period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and further consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period"). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and

A-4

interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts (as defined in the Indenture) that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof. At the end of any Extension Period, the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that during any Extension Period, the Company may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, (ii) make any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in respect to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or
(C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to such Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the regular record date applicable to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture), and this Debt Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on such holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee such

A-5

holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by such holder's acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

The Company waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other demands and notices.

This Debt Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to and shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debt Security are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Debt Security may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Debt Security may be executed and authenticated by the affixing of the signature of a proper officer of the Company, and the signature of the Trustee providing authentication, to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though the Company had executed, and the Trustee had authenticated, a single signature page.

A-6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

HORIZON BANCORP

By: _________________________
Name:
Title:

Dated: ______________________, ____

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This certificate represents Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual
capacity but solely as
the Trustee

By: ________________________
Authorized Officer

Dated: ______________________, ____

A-7

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

This Debt Security is one of a duly authorized series of debt securities of the Company (collectively, the "Debt Securities"), all issued or to be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of October 21, 2004, duly executed and delivered between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities of which this Debt Security is a part.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event (each, a "Special Event"), the Company shall have the right to redeem this Debt Security, at its option, in whole with all other Debt Securities but not in part, at any time, within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the "Special Redemption Date"), at the Special Redemption Price (as defined herein).

The Company shall also have the right to redeem this Debt Security at its option, in whole or (provided that all accrued and unpaid interest has been paid on all Debt Securities for all Interest Periods terminating on or prior to such date) from time to time in part, on any Interest Payment Date on or after November 23, 2009 (each, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at the Optional Redemption Price (as defined herein).

Any redemption pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs will be made, subject to receipt by the Company of prior approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve, upon not less than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' prior written notice. If the Debt Securities are only partially redeemed by the Company, the Debt Securities will be redeemed pro rata or by any other method utilized by the Trustee. In the event of redemption of this Debt Security in part only, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

"Optional Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of this Debt Security being redeemed plus unpaid interest accrued thereon to the related Optional Redemption Date.

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of this Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 104.000% of the principal amount of this Debt Security to be redeemed prior to November 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of this Debt Security that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:

A-8

Special Redemption During the 12-Month
     Period Beginning November 23,                              Percentage of Principal Amount
     -----------------------------                              ------------------------------
     2005                                                                    103.200%

     2006                                                                    102.400%

     2007                                                                    101.600%

     2008                                                                    100.840%

     2009 and thereafter                                                     100.000%

In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Debt Securities may be declared, and, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become, due and payable, and upon any such declaration of acceleration shall become due and payable, in each case, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things, without the consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect the right of any holder to institute suit for payment thereof, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all the Debt Securities, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture, and its consequences, except (a) a default in payments due in respect of any of the Debt Securities,
(b) in respect of covenants or provisions of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants of the Company relating to its ownership of Common Securities of the Trust. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Debt Security (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon

A-9

all future holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any Debt Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Debt Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debt Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to make all payments due on this Debt Security at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, this Debt Security is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debt Security Register (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company, upon surrender of this Debt Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in Wilmington, Delaware, or at any other office or agency of the Company in Wilmington, Delaware or Indianapolis, Indiana, accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Debt Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto as specified in the Indenture.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and the Debt Security registrar may deem and treat the holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security and for all other purposes, and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent or any Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of different authorized denominations, as requested by the holder surrendering the same.

The Debt Securities are issuable only in registered certificated form without coupons.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

A-10

All terms used but not defined in this Debt Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

THIS DEBT SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SAID STATE OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

A-11

Exhibit 4.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

HORIZON BANCORP CAPITAL TRUST II

Dated as of October 21, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                            Page
                                                                                                            ----
                                    ARTICLE I
                         INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.    Definitions.............................................................................      1

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1.    Name....................................................................................      9
Section 2.2.    Office..................................................................................      9
Section 2.3.    Purpose.................................................................................      9
Section 2.4.    Authority...............................................................................     10
Section 2.5.    Title to Property of the Trust..........................................................     10
Section 2.6.    Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators................................     10
Section 2.7.    Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees....................................     15
Section 2.8.    Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee..........................................     15
Section 2.9.    Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the
                Administrators..........................................................................     17
Section 2.10.   Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee.................................................     19
Section 2.11.   Delaware Trustee........................................................................     21
Section 2.12.   Execution of Documents..................................................................     21
Section 2.13.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities..................................     21
Section 2.14.   Duration of Trust.......................................................................     22
Section 2.15.   Mergers.................................................................................     22

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     SPONSOR

Section 3.1.    Sponsor's Purchase of Common Securities.................................................     24
Section 3.2.    Responsibilities of the Sponsor.........................................................     24

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1.    Number of Trustees......................................................................     24
Section 4.2.    Delaware Trustee........................................................................     24
Section 4.3.    Institutional Trustee; Eligibility......................................................     25
Section 4.4.    Administrators..........................................................................     25
Section 4.5.    Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the
                Administrators..........................................................................     26
Section 4.6.    Vacancies Among Trustees................................................................     27
Section 4.7.    Effect of Vacancies.....................................................................     28
Section 4.8.    Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators.........................................     28
Section 4.9.    Delegation of Power.....................................................................     28


Section 4.10.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.............................     29

                                    ARTICLE V
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1.    Distributions...........................................................................     29

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1.    General Provisions Regarding Securities.................................................     29
Section 6.2.    Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar...........................     30
Section 6.3.    Form and Dating.........................................................................     31
Section 6.4.    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.......................................     31
Section 6.5.    Temporary Certificates..................................................................     32
Section 6.6.    Cancellation............................................................................     32
Section 6.7.    Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.............................................     32

                                   ARTICLE VII
                      DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1.    Dissolution and Termination of Trust....................................................     34

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                              TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1.    General.................................................................................     35
Section 8.2.    Transfer Procedures and Restrictions....................................................     36
Section 8.3.    Deemed Security Holders.................................................................     39
Section 8.4.    Transfer of Initial Securities..........................................................     39

                                   ARTICLE IX
      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

Section 9.1.    Liability...............................................................................     40
Section 9.2.    Exculpation.............................................................................     41
Section 9.3.    Fiduciary Duty..........................................................................     41
Section 9.4.    Indemnification.........................................................................     41
Section 9.5.    Outside Businesses......................................................................     45
Section 9.6.    Compensation; Fee.......................................................................     45

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1.   Fiscal Year.............................................................................     45
Section 10.2.   Certain Accounting Matters..............................................................     45
Section 10.3.   Banking.................................................................................     47
Section 10.4.   Withholding.............................................................................     47

ii

                                   ARTICLE XI
                             AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1.   Amendments..............................................................................     47
Section 11.2.   Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent....................     49

                                   ARTICLE XII
          REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

Section 12.1.   Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee.................................     51
Section 12.2.   Representations and Warranties of Delaware Trustee......................................     51

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1.   Notices.................................................................................     52
Section 13.2.   Governing Law...........................................................................     53
Section 13.3.   Submission to Jurisdiction..............................................................     53
Section 13.4.   Intention of the Parties................................................................     54
Section 13.5.   Headings................................................................................     54
Section 13.6.   Successors and Assigns..................................................................     54
Section 13.7.   Partial Enforceability..................................................................     54
Section 13.8.   Counterparts............................................................................     54

ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

ANNEX I         Terms of Capital Securities and Common Securities

EXHIBIT A-1     Form of Capital Security Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2     Form of Common Security Certificate
EXHIBIT B       Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Accredited
                Investors
EXHIBIT C       Form of Transferor Certificate to be Executed for QIBs
EXHIBIT D       Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Non-U.S.
                Persons

iii

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

HORIZON BANCORP CAPITAL TRUST II

October 21, 2004

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this "Declaration"), dated and effective as of October 21, 2004, by the Trustees (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration.

WHEREAS, certain of the Trustees and the Sponsor established Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II (the "Trust"), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein), pursuant to a Declaration of Trust, dated as of October 19, 2004 (the "Original Declaration"), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 19, 2004, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling the Securities (as defined herein) representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, investing the proceeds thereof in the Debentures (as defined herein) of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein) and engaging in those activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto;

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the assets of the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, all of the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration.

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, and that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the Securities, subject to the provisions of this Declaration, and, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, amend and restate in its entirety the Original Declaration and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above or elsewhere herein have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1 or, if not defined in this Section 1.1 or elsewhere herein, in the Indenture;


(b) a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to "the Declaration" or "this Declaration" are to this Declaration and each Annex and Exhibit hereto, as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified;

(e) a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein) has the same meaning when used in this Declaration unless otherwise defined in this Declaration or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

"Additional Amounts" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Indenture.

"Administrative Action" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Administrators" means each of Craig M. Dwight, James H. Foglesong and Thomas H. Edwards, solely in such Person's capacity as Administrator of the Trust continued hereunder and not in such Person's individual capacity, or such Administrator's successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

"Affiliate" has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

"Authorized Officer" of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

"Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person:

(a) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree, appointment or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b) such Person commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due.

2

"Business Day" means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, The City of New York or Indianapolis, Indiana are permitted or required by law or executive order to close.

"Calculation Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

"Capital Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

"Capital Security Certificate" means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

"Capital Treatment Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Certificate" means any certificate evidencing Securities.

"Certificate of Trust" means the certificate of trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware with respect to the Trust, as amended and restated from time to time.

"Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Common Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

"Common Security Certificate" means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

"Company Indemnified Person" means (a) any Administrator, (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator, (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator or
(d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times shall be located within the United States and at the time of execution of this Declaration shall be Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets.

"Coupon Rate" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

"Covered Person" means (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of the Trust or the Trust's Affiliates or (b) any Holder of Securities.

3

"Debenture Issuer" means Horizon Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in Indiana, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture, and any permitted successor under the Indenture.

"Debenture Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

"Debentures" means the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2034 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

"Default" means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"Deferred Interest" means any interest on the Debentures that would have been overdue and unpaid for more than one Distribution Payment Date but for the imposition of an Extension Period, and the interest that shall accrue (to the extent that the payment of such interest is legally enforceable) on such interest at the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date on which such Deferred Interest would otherwise have been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.

"Definitive Capital Securities" means any Capital Securities in definitive form issued by the Trust.

"Delaware Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

"Direct Action" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

"Distribution" means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

"Distribution Payment Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

"Distribution Period" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

"Event of Default" means the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Extension Period" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

"Federal Reserve" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

"Fiduciary Indemnified Person" shall mean each of the Institutional Trustee (including in its individual capacity), the Delaware Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, and any officers, directors,

4

shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee.

"Fiscal Year" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1

"Guarantee" means the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor (the "Guarantor") in respect of the Capital Securities.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered on the Securities Register maintained by or on behalf of the Registrar, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

"Indemnified Person" means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

"Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued.

"Indenture Event of Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the Indenture.

"Institutional Trustee" means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.3.

"Investment Company" means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Investment Company Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Legal Action" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"Liquidation" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

5

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

"Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities" means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the amount that would be paid upon the redemption, liquidation or otherwise on the date upon which the voting percentages are determined, plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to such date) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

"Maturity Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Maturity Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person or, in the case of a natural Person, such Person. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Declaration shall include:

(a) a statement that each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, signing the Officers' Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, in rendering the Officers' Certificate;

(c) a statement that each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, has made such examination or investigation as, in his or her opinion, is necessary to enable such Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each Authorized Officer or Person, as the case may be, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"Optional Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Optional Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Payment Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,

6

unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Placement Agreement" means the Placement Agreement relating to the offer and sale of Capital Securities.

"PORTAL" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i).

"Property Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

"Pro Rata" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

"Purchaser" has the meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined under Rule 144A.

"Quorum" means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

"Redemption/Distribution Notice" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

"Reference Banks" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(2) of Annex I.

"Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Relevant Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).

"Resale Restriction Termination Date" means, with respect to any Capital Security, the date which is the later of (i) two years (or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act) after the later of (y) the date of original issuance of such Capital Security and (z) the last date on which the Trust or any Affiliate of the Trust was the Holder of such Capital Security (or any predecessor thereto) and (ii) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Declaration, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Restricted Securities Legend" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c).

"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

"Rule 3a-5" means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

7

"Rule 3a-7" means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

"Securities" means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Securities Register" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

"Special Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Special Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Special Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Sponsor" means Horizon Bancorp, a bank holding company that is incorporated in Indiana, or any permitted successor of the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

"Statutory Trust Act" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code Section 3801 et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Successor Delaware Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(e).

"Successor Entity" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

"Successor Institutional Trustee" has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.5(b).

"Successor Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

"Super Majority" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

"Tax Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Telerate Page 3750" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"10% in liquidation amount of the Securities" means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid upon the redemption, liquidation or otherwise on the date upon which the voting percentages are determined, plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to such date) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

"Transfer Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

8

"Treasury Regulations" means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation.

"Trust Property" means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

"Trustee" or "Trustees" means each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such Person shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in their capacity as trustees hereunder.

"U.S. Person" means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1. Name. The Trust is named "Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II," as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities. The Trust's activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

Section 2.2. Office. The address of the principal office of the Trust, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia, is 515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360. On ten Business Days' written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Section 2.3. Purpose. The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale in the Debentures and (c) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities deemed necessary, advisable or incidental thereto by the Institutional Trustee, including, without limitation, those activities specified in this Declaration. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

9

Section 2.4. Authority. Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by a Trustee on behalf of the Trust and in accordance with such Trustee's powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

Section 2.5. Title to Property of the Trust. Except as provided in
Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

Section 2.6. Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a) The Trustees and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Administrators and, at the direction of the Administrators, the Trustees, shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Administrators to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i) Each Administrator shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent, a subscription agreement for Debentures between the Trust and the Sponsor, a subscription agreement for Capital Securities between the Trust and the purchaser of the Capital Securities and a subscription agreement for Common Securities between the Trust and the Sponsor;

(C) ensuring compliance with the Securities Act and applicable securities or blue sky laws of states and other jurisdictions;

10

(D) if and at such time determined solely by the Sponsor at the request of the Holders, assisting in the designation of the Capital Securities for trading in the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through the Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") system if available;

(E) the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration, including notice of any notice received from the Debenture Issuer of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period under the Indenture;

(F) the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(H) execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

(I) unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(J) the taking of any action as the Sponsor or an Administrator may from time to time determine is necessary, advisable or incidental to the foregoing to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(K) to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates;

(L) to duly prepare and file on behalf of the Trust all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust;

(M) to negotiate the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement and any other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities or the resale thereof by the Purchaser;

11

(N) to employ or otherwise engage employees, agents (who may be designated as officers with titles), managers, contractors, advisors, attorneys and consultants and pay reasonable compensation for such services;

(O) to incur expenses that are necessary, advisable or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of the Trust;

(P) to give the certificate required by Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act to the Institutional Trustee, which certificate may be executed by an Administrator; and

(Q) to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of each jurisdiction (other than the State of Delaware) in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

(ii) As among the Trustees and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the establishment of the Property Account;

(B) the receipt of the Debentures;

(C) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H) to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

12

(I) after any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) (provided, that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee), the taking of any action that the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary, advisable or incidental for the foregoing to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(J) to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created; and

(K) to undertake any actions set forth in Section 317(a)

of the Trust Indenture Act.

(iii) The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

(b) So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Trustees nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein,
(iii) take any action that would cause (or in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust subject to reimbursement under Section 9.6(a), defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c) In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on

13

behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii) the determination of the jurisdictions in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advisement of and direction to the Trustees of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such jurisdictions in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iii) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that (i) the Trust will not be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer), and (ii) the Trust will not fail to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer) and (iii) the Trust will not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer). In this connection, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and such Holders determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, even if such action adversely affects the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(e) All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Trustees pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Trustees shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

(f) The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

(h) If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued

14

or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 2.7. Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees.

The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not, and the Administrators shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not cause the Trust to:

(a) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(b) acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(c) possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(d) make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

(e) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust Property or the terms of the Securities;

(f) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities; or

(g) other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I),
(i) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such amendment, modification or termination will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 2.8. Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.

(a) The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

15

(b) The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators or to the Delaware Trustee.

(c) The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i) establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the "Property Account") in the United States (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7), in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee's trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii) upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of the circumstances specified therefor under the terms of the Securities.

(d) The Institutional Trustee shall take all actions and perform such duties as may be specifically required of the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(e) The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust (a "Legal Action") which arise out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or the Institutional Trustee's duties and obligations under this Declaration or the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the date of redemption), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest that is so payable on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a "Direct Action") on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided, however, that a Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of

16

subrogation only if no Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

(f) The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i) the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration (including Annex I); or

(ii) a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.5.

(g) The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

(h) The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

Section 2.9. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a) The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in
Section 2.10(m) hereof)) and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)), has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.7), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration and, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require any Trustee or Administrator to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees or the Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release a Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or

17

its own willful misconduct or bad faith. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release an Administrator from liability for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee or Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee's or Administrator's good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees.

(c) All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration or, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act.

(d) No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to relieve the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration, except that:

(i) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii) the Institutional Trustee's sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration and the Trust Indenture Act;

18

(iv) the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

Section 2.10. Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9:

(a) the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, written opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor's opinion as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith;

(c) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate;

(d) whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

19

(e) the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f) the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in
Section 2.10(m) hereof)) that has not been cured or waived, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration;

(h) the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i) the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities, which instructions may be given only by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

20

(l) when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m) the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, except that the Institutional Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c) of the Indenture (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Amounts if the Institutional Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable);

(n) any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee's or its agent's taking such action; and

(o) no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation, and no permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

Section 2.11. Delaware Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration other than Section 4.2, the Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, and the Delaware Trustee shall not have any of the duties and responsibilities of any of the Trustees or the Administrators specified in this Declaration (except as may be required under the Statutory Trust Act). Except as set forth in Section 4.2, the Delaware Trustee shall be a Trustee for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of
Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

Section 2.12. Execution of Documents. Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust any documents, agreements, instruments or certificates that the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

Section 2.13. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the value or condition of the Trust Property or any part thereof. The

21

Trustees make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

Section 2.14. Duration of Trust. The Trust, unless dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall have existence for five
(5) years after the Maturity Date.

Section 2.15. Mergers. (a) The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other Person, except as described in this Section 2.15 and except with respect to the distribution of Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of this Declaration or Section 4 of Annex I.

(b) The Trust may, with the consent of the Administrators (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) and without the consent of the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided, that:

(i) if the Trust is not the survivor, such successor entity (the "Successor Entity") either:

(A) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

(B) substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the "Successor Securities") so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii) the Sponsor expressly appoints, as the holder of the Debentures, a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee;

(iii) the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities are listed or quoted, or any Successor Securities will be listed or quoted upon notification of issuance, on any national securities exchange or with another organization on which the Capital Securities are then listed or quoted, if any;

(iv) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the rating on the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities to be downgraded or withdrawn by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if the Capital Securities are then rated;

(v) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities or any Successor Securities in any

22

material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders' interests in the Successor Entity);

(vi) such Successor Entity, if any, has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vii) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust has received a written opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities or any Successor Securities in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders' interests in the Successor Entity);

(B) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act; and

(C) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust or the Successor Entity will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;

(viii) the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of the Successor Entity under the Successor Securities to the same extent provided by the Indenture, the Guarantee, the Debentures and this Declaration; and

(ix) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent of this paragraph (b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 2.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any other Person or permit any other Person to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

23

ARTICLE III

SPONSOR

Section 3.1. Sponsor's Purchase of Common Securities. On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust, in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

Section 3.2. Responsibilities of the Sponsor. In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility and sole decision to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a) to determine the jurisdictions in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary, advisable or incidental thereto in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such jurisdictions;

(b) to prepare for filing and request the Administrators to cause the filing by the Trust, as may be appropriate, of an application to the PORTAL system, for listing or quotation upon notice of issuance of any Capital Securities, as requested by the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities; and

(c) to negotiate the terms of and/or execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities or the resale thereof by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE IV

TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

Section 4.1. Number of Trustees. The number of Trustees initially shall be two, and:

(a) at any time before the issuance of any Securities, the Sponsor may, by written instrument, increase or decrease the number of Trustees; and

(b) after the issuance of any Securities, the number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by vote of the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holder of the Common Securities; provided, however, that there shall be a Delaware Trustee if required by Section 4.2; and there shall always be one Trustee who shall be the Institutional Trustee, and such Trustee may also serve as Delaware Trustee if it meets the applicable requirements, in which case Section 2.11 shall have no application to such entity in its capacity as Institutional Trustee.

Section 4.2. Delaware Trustee. If required by the Statutory Trust Act, one Trustee (the "Delaware Trustee") shall be:

24

(a) a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware and a U.S. Person at least 21 years of age; or

(b) if not a natural person, an entity which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, and otherwise meets the requirements of applicable law, including Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

The initial Delaware Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.

Section 4.3. Institutional Trustee; Eligibility.

(a) There shall at all times be one Trustee that shall act as Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii) not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii) be a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.3(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.3(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.5.

(c) If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

(d) The initial Institutional Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.

Section 4.4. Administrators. Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power

25

of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator acting alone.

Section 4.5. Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators.

(a) No resignation or removal of any Trustee (the "Relevant Trustee") and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section.

(b) Subject to Section 4.5(a), a Relevant Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a successor Relevant Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements their expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and charges (the "Successor Institutional Trustee"). If the instrument of acceptance by the successor Relevant Trustee required by this
Section shall not have been delivered to the Relevant Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Relevant Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Trustee may be removed at any time by an act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities. If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of the Common Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant Trustee, and such successor Relevant Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Relevant Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Relevant Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section. If no successor Relevant Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, the Relevant Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees.

26

(d) The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of a Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders and to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Relevant Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Institutional Trustee.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Declaration, in the event a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or is adjudged by a court to have become incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the Institutional Trustee following the procedures in this Section (with the successor being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for a Delaware Trustee set forth in this Declaration) (the "Successor Delaware Trustee").

(f) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Relevant Trustee, the retiring Relevant Trustee and each successor Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor Relevant Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Relevant Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Relevant Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Relevant Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Relevant Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Relevant Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Relevant Trustee, such retiring Relevant Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Relevant Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust subject to the payment of all unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities of such retiring Relevant Trustee.

(g) No Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the case may be.

(h) The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holders of the Common Securities.

(i) Any Successor Delaware Trustee shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware identifying the name and principal place of business of such Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware.

Section 4.6. Vacancies Among Trustees. If a Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the number of Trustees is not reduced pursuant to
Section 4.1, or if the number of Trustees is increased pursuant to Section 4.1, a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Trustees or, if there are more than two, a majority of the

27

Trustees shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.5.

Section 4.7. Effect of Vacancies. The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of a Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5, the Institutional Trustee shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.

Section 4.8. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators. Meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator, as applicable. Regular meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators, respectively, may be in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Trustees or the Administrators, as applicable. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter; provided, that, in the case of the Administrators, a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be. Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator.

Section 4.9. Delegation of Power. (a) Any Trustee or any Administrator, as the case may be, may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents, instruments or other writings contemplated in Section 2.6.

(b) The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to any officer of the Trust that is a U.S. Person, the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments or other writings either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

28

Section 4.10. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, may be merged or converted or with which either may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article and, provided, further, that such Person shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as contemplated in Section 4.5(i).

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Distributions. Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder's Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of interest (including any Additional Amounts or Deferred Interest) or premium, if any, on and/or principal of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee (the amount of any such payment being a "Payment Amount"), the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available in the Property Account for that purpose, to make a distribution (a "Distribution") of the Payment Amount to Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, funds in the Property Account shall not be distributed to Holders to the extent of any taxes payable by the Trust, in the case of withholding taxes, as determined by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and, in the case of taxes other than withholding taxes, as determined by the Administrators in a written notice to the Institutional Trustee.

ARTICLE VI

ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

Section 6.1. General Provisions Regarding Securities.

(a) The Administrators shall on behalf of the Trust issue one series of capital securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the "Capital Securities"), and one series of common securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the "Common Securities"). The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu with, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common

29

Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b) The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator. Any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such person who, at the actual date of execution of such Certificate, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until the Certificate evidencing it is authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Certificate evidencing such Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate one or more Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Sponsor to authenticate Certificates evidencing Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrators.

(c) The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

(d) Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and each Holder thereof shall be entitled to the benefits provided by this Declaration.

(e) Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

Section 6.2. Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar.

(a) The Trust shall maintain in Wilmington, Delaware (i) an office or agency where the Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent") and (ii) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the "Transfer Agent"). The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register (the "Securities Register") for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers and exchanges of Securities, such Securities Register to be held by a registrar (the "Registrar"). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent, and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents, one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent, the term "Registrar" includes any additional Registrar or co-Registrar and the term "Transfer Agent" includes any additional Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any

30

time without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities at its Corporate Trust Office. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Trust shall also appoint a Calculation Agent, which shall determine the Coupon Rate in accordance with the terms of the Securities. The Trust initially appoints the Institutional Trustee as Calculation Agent.

Section 6.3. Form and Dating.

(a) The Capital Securities shall be evidenced by one or more Certificates, and the Institutional Trustee's certificate of authentication thereon shall be, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be evidenced by one or more Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. Certificates evidencing Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject, if any, or usage (provided, that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security Certificate shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Certificates set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having an aggregate liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.

(b) The Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust initially pursuant to the Placement Agreement in definitive form, registered in the name of the Holder thereof, without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

Section 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If
(a) any mutilated Certificate should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) the related Holder shall deliver to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to keep each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver to such Holder, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under

31

this Section, the Registrar or the Administrators may require such Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

Section 6.5. Temporary Certificates. Until definitive Certificates are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and execute on behalf of the Trust and, in the case of Capital Security Certificates, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Certificates. Temporary Certificates shall be substantially in the form of definitive Certificates but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Certificates. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and execute on behalf of the Trust and, in the case of the Capital Security Certificates, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate definitive Certificates in exchange for temporary Certificates.

Section 6.6. Cancellation. The Administrators at any time may deliver Certificates evidencing Securities to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Certificates evidencing Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Certificates as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Certificates to replace Certificates evidencing Securities that have been paid or, except for Certificates surrendered for purposes of the transfer or exchange of the Securities evidenced thereby, that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

Section 6.7. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.5, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities shall not be subject to, preemptive or other similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor, the Securities will be fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust.

(b) For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if, upon an Indenture Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(b), (e) or (f) of the Indenture, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

32

(c) At any time after the acceleration of maturity of the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such acceleration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if:

(i) the Sponsor has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures;

(B) any accrued Deferred Interest on all of the Debentures;

(C) all payments on any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such acceleration and interest and Deferred Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures; and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, documented expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.07 of the Indenture.

(d) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default arising from the non-payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest, premium and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a Default or Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e) Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that

33

is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

(f) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 7.1. Dissolution and Termination of Trust. (a) The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of :

(i) unless earlier dissolved, on November 23, 2039, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii) other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be, the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

(iv) the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holders of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(v) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of any Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(vi) when all of the Securities are then subject to redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

34

(vii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and the Sponsor.

(b) As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(c) The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 8.1. General. (a) Where a Holder of Capital Securities delivers to the Registrar in accordance with this Declaration a request to register a transfer of such Holder's Capital Securities or to exchange them for an equal aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities represented by different Certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange when the requirements specified in this Article VIII for such transfer or exchange are met. To facilitate registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Security Certificates at the Registrar's request.

(b) Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and, for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture may succeed to the Sponsor's ownership of the Common Securities.

(c) Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Capital Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be the Holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d) The Registrar shall provide in the Securities Register for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may reasonably require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon its receipt of the documents required under this Section 8.1(d) for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall register in the Securities Register, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, the Securities being transferred and thereupon, for all purposes of this Declaration, such transfer shall be effective and such transferee or transferees shall be, and such transferor

35

shall no longer be, the Holder of the transferred Securities. Upon the registration of transfer of a Security pursuant to the terms of this Declaration in the name of the new Holder thereof, such Security shall constitute the same Security as the Security so transferred and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Security so transferred. The Registrar shall, and is authorized to, record and register in the Securities Register the transfer of a Security upon the Registrar's receipt of originals or copies (which may be by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission) of (i) a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and (ii) if such Security is being transferred prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date other than in accordance with Section 8.4, a certificate substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit B, C or D, as applicable, hereto, executed by the transferor or transferee, as applicable; thereupon, the Registrar is authorized to confirm in writing to the transferee and, if requested, to the transferor of such Security that such transfer has been registered in the Securities Register and that such transferee is the Holder of such Security. The Certificate evidencing the Security so transferred, duly endorsed by the transferor, shall be surrendered to the Registrar at the time the transfer conditions specified in the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied or within five (5) Business Days after the Registrar has registered the transfer of such Security on the Securities Register, and promptly after such surrender, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute and, in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall, and is authorized to, authenticate a Certificate in the name of the transferee as the new Holder of the Security evidenced thereby. Until the Certificate evidencing the Security so transferred is surrendered to the Registrar, such Security may not be transferred by such new Holder. Each Certificate surrendered in connection with a registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6. A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the registration of such transfer in the Securities Register. Each such transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e) Neither the Trust nor the Registrar shall be required (i) to issue Certificates representing Securities or register the transfer of or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Section 8.2. Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.

(a) Prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, Certificates evidencing Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend. The Restricted Securities Legend on any Certificate evidencing outstanding Capital Securities shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the Restricted Securities Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act or that such Securities are not "restricted" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver

36

Capital Securities Certificates that do not bear the Restricted Securities Legend in exchange for the Capital Securities Certificates bearing the Restricted Securities Legend.

(b) Prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, without the written consent of the Sponsor, Capital Securities may only be transferred: (i) to a QIB if the instrument of transfer is accompanied by a certificate of the transferor substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit C hereto; (ii) to an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3), (7) or
(8) under the Securities Act if the instrument of transfer is accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit B hereto; or (iii) to a non-"U.S. Person" in an "offshore transaction" under, and within the meaning of, Regulation S under the Securities Act if the instrument of transfer is accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit D hereto. Each certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 8.2(b) may be an original or a copy (which may be furnished by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission).

(c) The Capital Securities may not be transferred prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date except in compliance with restrictions on transfer set forth in the legend set forth below (the "Restricted Securities Legend"), and except as otherwise contemplated in Section 8.2(a), prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, each Certificate evidencing outstanding Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE TRUST OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE TRUST WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER," AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION

37

REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a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

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A

38

PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN.

(d) Capital Securities may only be transferred in minimum blocks of $100,000 aggregate liquidation amount (100 Capital Securities) and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of Capital Securities in a block having an aggregate liquidation amount of less than $100,000 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a Holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

Section 8.3. Deemed Security Holders. The Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Security shall be registered on the Securities Register of the Trust as the sole Holder and owner of such Security for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Security on the part of any other Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

Section 8.4. Transfer of Initial Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII or any other provision of this Declaration (including all Annexes and Exhibits hereto) to the contrary, any or all of the Capital Securities initially issued to the Purchaser (the "Initial Securities") may be transferred by the Purchaser to any transferee selected by it that meets the parameters specified below and, upon delivery to the Registrar, of originals or copies (which may be by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission) of a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by

39

the Purchaser or the Purchaser's attorney duly authorized in writing (it being understood that no signature guarantee shall be required), then the Registrar shall, and is authorized to, record and register on the Securities Register the transfer of such Initial Securities to such transferee; thereupon, the Registrar is authorized to confirm in writing to the transferee and, if requested, to the transferor of such Initial Securities that such transfer has been registered in the Securities Register and that such transferee is the Holder of such Initial Securities; provided, however, that the Purchaser of the Initial Securities, by its acceptance thereof, agrees that it may not transfer any Initial Securities prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date to any transferee that is not a QIB, an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3),
(7) or (8) under the Securities Act or a non-"U.S. Person" in an "offshore transaction" under, and within the meaning of, Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Certificate evidencing the Initial Securities to be transferred, duly endorsed by the Purchaser, shall be surrendered to the Registrar at the time the transfer conditions specified in the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied or within five (5) Business Days after the Registrar has registered the transfer of such Initial Securities in the Securities Register, and promptly after such surrender, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute and, in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall, and is authorized to, authenticate a Certificate in the name of the transferee as the new Holder of the Initial Securities evidenced thereby. Until the Certificate evidencing the Initial Securities so transferred is surrendered to the Registrar, such Initial Securities may not be transferred by such new Holder. No other conditions, restrictions or other provisions of this Declaration or any other document shall apply to a transfer of Initial Securities by the Purchaser.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF
HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

Section 9.1. Liability. (a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

(i) personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; and

(ii) required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust's assets.

(c) Pursuant to Section 3803(a) of the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.

40

Section 9.2. Exculpation. (a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person (other than an Administrator) shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person's negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions and except that an Administrator shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Administrator's gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(a) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

Section 9.3. Fiduciary Duty. (a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity (other than the duties imposed on the Institutional Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act), are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

(b) Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i) in its "discretion" or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

(ii) in its "good faith" or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

Section 9.4. Indemnification. (a)

41

(i) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(ii) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(iii) To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Person shall be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection therewith.

(iv) Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs
(i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification

42

of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii). Such determination shall be made (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(v) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs
(i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) in the case of a Company Indemnified Person (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (2) in the case of a Fiduciary Indemnified Person, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that, based upon the facts known to the counsel at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made (i) to a Company Indemnified Person in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Person deliberately breached such Person's duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders or (ii) to a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in instances where independent legal counsel promptly and reasonably determines in a written opinion that such Person deliberately breached such Person's duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(b) The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Person from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, tax (other than taxes based on the income of such Indemnified Person), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such Indemnified Person arising out of or in connection

43

with or by reason of the creation, administration or termination of the Trust, or any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration, except that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in such Person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

(d) The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Person's status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section.

(e) For purposes of this Section, references to "the Trust" shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as such Person would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person.

(g) The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Declaration or the earlier resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee. The obligations of the Sponsor under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustees and to pay or reimburse the Trustees for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustees as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Capital Securities, provided, that the Sponsor is the Holder of the Common Securities.

44

Section 9.5. Outside Businesses. Any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee (subject to Section 4.3(c)) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

Section 9.6. Compensation; Fee. (a) The Sponsor agrees:

(i) to pay to the Trustees from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustees upon request for all reasonable, documented expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by such Person in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of such Person's agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to such Person's negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

(b) The provisions of this Section shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of any Trustee.

ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTING

Section 10.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year (the "Fiscal Year") of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

Section 10.2. Certain Accounting Matters.

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting

45

documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b) The Sponsor shall cause the Administrators to deliver, by hardcopy or electronic transmission, to (i) each Holder of Securities each Report on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, if any, prepared by the Sponsor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act, within 10 Business Days after the filing thereof or (ii) if the Sponsor is (a) not then subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Private Entity") or (b) exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as a Holder of the Capital Securities is the Purchaser or an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities as collateral for its securities or a trustee thereof, and the Sponsor is (i) a Private Entity that, on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities, is required to provide audited consolidated financial statements to its primary regulatory authority, (ii) a Private Entity that, on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities, is not required to provide audited consolidated financial statements to its primary regulatory authority, on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities but subsequently becomes subject to the audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of that regulatory authority or (iii) subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities or becomes so subject after the date hereof but subsequently becomes a Private Entity, then, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year in which the Capital Securities were originally issued if the Sponsor was then subject to (x)
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (y) audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of its primary regulatory authority or, otherwise, the earliest fiscal year in which the Sponsor becomes subject to (1)
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (2) the audited consolidated financial statement reporting requirements of its primary regulatory authority, the Sponsor shall deliver, by hardcopy or electronic transmission, to each Holder of Securities, unless otherwise provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, (A) a copy of the Sponsor's audited consolidated financial statements (including balance sheet and income statement) covering the related annual period and (B) the report of the independent accountants with respect to such financial statements. In addition to the foregoing, the Sponsor shall deliver to each Holder of Securities within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the statements of income or loss for the Fiscal Year then ended, that are prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7.

(c) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(d) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7, and filed an annual United States

46

federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

(e) So long as a Holder of the Capital Securities is NBC Capital Markets Group, Inc. or an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof, the Sponsor shall cause the Administrators to deliver the Sponsor's reports on Form FR Y-9C to such Holder promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

Section 10.3. Banking. The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

Section 10.4. Withholding. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution to the Holder in the amount of the withholding. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 11.1. Amendments. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by

(i) the Institutional Trustee,

(ii) if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Delaware Trustee, the Delaware Trustee,

47

(iii) if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Administrators, the Administrators, and

(iv) the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective:

(i) unless the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A) an Officers' Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B) an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities) and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied; or

(ii) if the result of such amendment would be to

(A) cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust;

(B) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee in contravention of the Trust Indenture Act;

(C) cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act; or

(D) cause the Debenture Issuer to be unable to treat an amount equal to the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies).

(c) Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (g), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or any redemption or liquidation provisions applicable to the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or (ii) restrict

48

the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any Distributions or other amounts on or after their due date.

(e) Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f) The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities and Common Securities, as applicable, under Article IV to increase or decrease the number of, and appoint and remove, Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or Common Securities, as applicable.

(g) This Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holder of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i) cure any ambiguity;

(ii) correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii) add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

(iv) modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority);

provided, however, that no such amendment contemplated in clause (i), (ii),
(iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights or interests of Holders of Capital Securities.

Section 11.2. Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent.

(a) Meetings of the Holders of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of such Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration, the terms of such Securities or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such Securities if directed to do so by the Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of such Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more notices in a writing stating that the signing Holders of such Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of Securities calling a meeting shall

49

specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i) Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum liquidation amount of Securities that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators.

(ii) Each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate.

(iii) Unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, the terms of the Securities, the Trust Indenture Act or the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are then listed or admitted for trading, if any, otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent

50

without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided, however, that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII

REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE
AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

Section 12.1. Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee. The Trustee that acts as initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee's acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

(a) the Institutional Trustee is a banking corporation or national association with trust powers, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware or the United States of America, respectively, with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(b) the Institutional Trustee has a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000);

(c) the Institutional Trustee is not an Affiliate of the Sponsor, nor does the Institutional Trustee offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Institutional Trustee, and this Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and under Delaware law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(e) the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

(f) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Institutional Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

Section 12.2. Representations and Warranties of Delaware Trustee. The Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at

51

the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Delaware Trustee's acceptance of its appointment as Delaware Trustee that:

(a) if it is not a natural person, the Delaware Trustee is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(b) if it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Delaware Trustee, and this Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee, and under Delaware law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(c) if it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Delaware Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Delaware Trustee;

(d) it has trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(e) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Delaware Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration; and

(f) the Delaware Trustee is a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware or, if not a natural person, it is an entity which has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware and, in either case, a Person that satisfies for the Trust the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. Notices. All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities): Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, c/o Horizon Bancorp, 515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360, Attention: James H. Foglesong, Telecopy: (219) 874-9229, Telephone: (219) 873-2608;

52

(b) if given to the Delaware Trustee, at the mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Delaware Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities): Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, Telecopy: 302-636-4140, Telephone: 302-651-1000;

(c) if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):
Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, Telecopy:
302-636-4140, Telephone: 302-651-1000;

(d) if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust): Horizon Bancorp, 515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360, Attention: James H. Foglesong, Telecopy: (219) 874-9229, Telephone: (219) 873-2608; or

(e) if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 13.2. Governing Law. This Declaration and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware and all rights, obligations and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 13.3. Submission to Jurisdiction.

(a) Each of the parties hereto agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Declaration, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may be instituted in any of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Courts, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and further agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile in respect of actions brought against it as a defendant. In addition, each such party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and irrevocably waives any right to which it may be entitled on account of its place of corporate domicile. Each such party hereby irrevocably

53

waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Declaration or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each such party agrees that final judgment in any proceedings brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

(b) Each of the Sponsor, the Trustees, the Administrators and the Holder of the Common Securities irrevocably consents to the service of process on it in any such suit, action or proceeding by the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to it at its address given in or pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof.

(c) To the extent permitted by law, nothing herein contained shall preclude any party from effecting service of process in any lawful manner or from bringing any suit, action or proceeding in respect of this Declaration in any other state, country or place.

Section 13.4. Intention of the Parties. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

Section 13.5. Headings. Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

Section 13.6. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

Section 13.7. Partial Enforceability. If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

Section 13.8. Counterparts. This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Trustees and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

54

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Declaration to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Delaware Trustee

By: /s/ Denise M. Geran
    -----------------------------------
    Name: Denise M. Geran
    Title: Vice President

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Institutional Trustee

By: /s/ Denise M. Geran
    -----------------------------------
    Name: Denise M. Geran
    Title: Vice President

Horizon Bancorp as Sponsor

By: /s/ James H. Foglesong
    -----------------------------------
    Name: James H. Foglesong
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Craig M. Dwight
---------------------------------------
Craig M. Dwight
    as Administrator

/s/ James H. Foglesong
---------------------------------------
James H. Foglesong
   as Administrator

/s/ Thomas H. Edwards
---------------------------------------
Thomas H. Edwards
   as Administrator

55

ANNEX I

TERMS OF
CAPITAL SECURITIES AND COMMON SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of October 21, 2004 (as amended from time to time, the "Declaration"), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities (collectively, the "Securities") are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1. Designation and Number.

(a) Capital Securities. 10,000 Capital Securities of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II (the "Trust"), with an aggregate liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of TEN MILLION Dollars ($10,000,000) and a liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the "MMCapS(SM)" (the "Capital Securities"). The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice or to conform to the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed, if any.

(b) Common Securities. 310 Common Securities of the Trust (the "Common Securities") will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice. In the absence of an Event of Default, the Common Securities will have an aggregate liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of THREE HUNDRED TEN THOUSAND Dollars ($310,000) and a liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Common Security.

2. Distributions. (a) Distributions payable on each Security will be payable at a rate of interest per annum, which, with respect to any Distribution Period (as defined herein), will be equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Period, will be 2.10%), plus 1.95% (the "Coupon Rate"); provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period may not exceed the Interest Rate (as defined in the Indenture) for the related Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture). Distributions in arrears for more than one Distribution Period will bear interest thereon, compounded quarterly, at the applicable Coupon Rate for each Distribution Period thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions", as used herein, includes cash Distributions, any such compounded Distributions and any Additional Amounts payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Distribution Period.

A-I-1


The term "Distribution Period", as used herein, means (i) in the case of the first Distribution Period, the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of the Securities to, but excluding, the initial Distribution Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, from, and including, the first day following the end of the preceding Distribution Period to, but excluding, the applicable Distribution Payment Date or, in the case of the last Distribution Period, the related date of redemption.

(b) LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent for each Distribution Period (other than the first Distribution Period, in which case LIBOR will be 2.10% per annum) in accordance with the following provisions:

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to the Distribution Payment Date that commences such Distribution Period (each such day, a "LIBOR Determination Date"), LIBOR shall equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) page 3750 or such other page as may replace such page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News or any successor service ("Telerate Page 3750"). "LIBOR Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in The City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on such LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

A-I-2


(3) If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for such Distribution Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Distribution Period.

(c) All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(d) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Sponsor and the Paying Agent of the applicable Coupon Rate that applies to the related Distribution Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of a Holder of any Securities, inform such Holder of the Coupon Rate that applies to the related Distribution Period. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Sponsor and the Holders of the Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Sponsor as to the applicable Coupon Rate. The Sponsor shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.

(e) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of Distribution Periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"), and on any earlier date of redemption, as applicable. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and future consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below and in the Indenture. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be (each such term as defined herein). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue, at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. At the end of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that during any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock, (ii) make any payment of principal or premium or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Debentures or
(iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Debenture Issuer that rank

A-I-3


in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the requirements herein and in the Indenture. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid.

As a consequence of any Extension Period, Distributions will be deferred. Notwithstanding any such deferral, Distributions will continue to accrue on the Securities, and Distributions on such accrued Distributions will accrue, at the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly, to the extent permitted by applicable law. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that such Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the regular record date immediately preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which such Extension Period terminates to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.

The Trust's funds available for Distributions to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

(f) Distributions on the Securities on any Distribution Payment Date will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Registrar on the relevant regular record dates. The relevant "regular record dates" shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Dates. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not

A-I-4


punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the original relevant regular record date, and such defaulted Distributions will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the regular record date preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which the related Extension Period terminates or, in the absence of an Extension Period, a special record date therefor selected by the Administrators.

(g) In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

(h) If any Distribution Payment Date other than any date of redemption falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then Distributions payable will be paid on, and such Distribution Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional Distributions will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof.

3. Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each, a "Liquidation"), the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), an amount in cash equal to the aggregate of the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to the date of payment (collectively, the "Liquidation Distribution"), unless: (i) the Debentures have been redeemed in full in accordance with the terms thereof and of the Indenture; or (ii) the Debentures in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Securities and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808(e) of the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time, upon receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Trust of (i) an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel that Holders will not recognize any gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes as a result of the distribution of Debentures, to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, each as defined herein) and (ii) prior approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") (if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve) and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate liquidation amount thereof.

The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of (i) November 23, 2039, the expiration of the term of the Trust, (ii) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust

A-I-5


or the Debenture Issuer, (iii) (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof, (iv) the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holders of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as described above, (v) the entry of a decree of a judicial dissolution of any Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer,
(vi) when all of the Securities are then subject to redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities or (vii) before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and the Sponsor. As soon as practicable after the dissolution of the Trust and upon completion of the winding up of the Trust, the Trust shall terminate upon the filing of a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee of the Trust as expeditiously as such Trustee determines to be practical by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer) as provided by applicable law, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive on a Pro Rata basis, out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to the Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), an amount in cash equal to the Liquidation Distribution. A Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is practical by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

If, upon any Liquidation of the Trust, the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on the Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such amounts.

Upon any Liquidation of the Trust involving a distribution of the Debentures, if at the time of such Liquidation, the Capital Securities were rated by at least one nationally-recognized statistical rating organization, the Debenture Issuer will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from at least one such or other rating organization a rating for the Debentures.

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon any Liquidation of the Trust, (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) any certificates representing the Capital Securities will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate

A-I-6


liquidation amount of such Capital Securities and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions on such Capital Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures) and (iii) all rights of Holders of Securities shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

4. Redemption and Distribution.

(a) The Debentures will mature on November 23, 2034 (the "Maturity Date") at an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus unpaid interest accrued thereon to such date (the "Maturity Redemption Price"). The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, at its option, in whole or in part, on any Distribution Payment Date on or after November 23, 2009 (each, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at the Optional Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice to holders of such Debentures. In addition, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, at its option, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be (the "Special Redemption Date"), at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice to holders of the Debentures so long as such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be, is continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures prior to maturity is subject to the Debenture Issuer and the Trust having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement) (an "Administrative Action") or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or
(iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to or otherwise required to pay, or required to withhold from Distributions,

A-I-7


more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an Investment Company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change becomes effective on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debentures.

"Capital Treatment Event" means, if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Debenture Issuer will not, within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Debenture Issuer; provided, however, that the inability of the Debenture Issuer to treat all or any portion of the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event if such inability results from the Debenture Issuer having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies) may now or hereafter accord "Tier 1 Capital" treatment that, in the aggregate, exceed the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as "Tier 1 Capital" under applicable capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank holding companies); provided, further, however, that the distribution of the Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust by the Debenture Issuer shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event. For the avoidance of doubt, the adoption by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a final rule of any of the proposals set forth in its notice of proposed rulemaking dated May 6, 2004, shall not constitute a Capital Treatment Event.

"Optional Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed plus unpaid interest accrued on such Debentures to the related Optional Redemption Date.

A-I-8


"Special Event" means any of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of the Debentures following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 104.000% of the principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed prior to November 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:

Special Redemption During the 12-Month
     Period Beginning November 23,              Percentage of Principal Amount
--------------------------------------          ------------------------------
      2005                                                 103.200%
      2006                                                 102.400%
      2007                                                 101.600%
      2008                                                 100.840%
      2009 and thereafter                                  100.000%

(b) Upon any repayment of the Debentures at maturity or in whole or in part upon redemption (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata, at a redemption price corresponding to the applicable Maturity Redemption Price, Optional Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price for the Debentures, as the case may be, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid; provided, however, that Holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice of such redemption (other than a redemption resulting from the maturity of the Debentures on the Maturity Date).

(c) If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be as described in Section 4(e)(ii) below.

(d) The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all Distribution Periods terminating on or before the related date of redemption.

(e) Redemption or Distribution Procedures.

(i) Written notice of any redemption of, or written notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a "Redemption/Distribution Notice") will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before

A-I-9


the date of redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date of redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this Section
4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Registrar. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

(ii) In the event that fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities are to be redeemed, the Capital Securities to be redeemed shall be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder.

(iii) If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed or repaid as set out in this Section (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided, that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will pay the price payable upon redemption of the Securities to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the related date of redemption. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit, Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so subject to redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so subject to redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable price specified in Section 4(a), but without interest on such price. If any date of redemption of the Securities falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of all amounts payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional Distributions will accrue in respect of such payment on such next succeeding Business Day. If any amount payable upon redemption of the Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust, the Debenture Issuer or the Sponsor as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the Coupon Rate applicable from the date of redemption to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date of redemption for purposes of calculating the price payable upon redemption of the Securities. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

A-I-10


(iv) Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, to the Holders thereof, and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, to the Holder thereof.

(v) Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided, that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

5. Voting Rights - Capital Securities. (a) Except as provided under Sections 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b) Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that are waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul an acceleration of the principal of all the Debentures or
(iv) consenting on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in principal amount of Debentures (a "Super Majority") affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority or Super Majority, as the case may be, in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the date of redemption), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such

A-I-11


Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and
(iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

6. Voting Rights - Common Securities. (a) Except as provided under Sections 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities is entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

A-I-12


(c) Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holder of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that are waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or annul an acceleration of the principal of all the Debentures. Notwithstanding this
Section 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

Any approval or direction of the Holder of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which the Holder of the Common Securities is entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holder is to be taken, to be mailed to the Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holder is entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holder of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7. Amendments to Declaration and Indenture. In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities affected thereby; provided, however, if any

A-I-13


amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only Holders of the affected Securities will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Securities.

(a) In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures, is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon redemption, Liquidation or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

8. Pro Rata. A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being "Pro Rata" shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9. Ranking. The Capital Securities rank pari passu with, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of

A-I-14


Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or any amount payable upon the redemption of, any Common Security, and no payment to the Holder of any Common Security on account of the Liquidation of the Trust, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of (i) all accrued and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all Distribution Periods terminating on or prior thereto, (ii) all amounts payable upon Capital Securities then subject to redemption and (iii) all amounts payable upon Capital Securities in the event of the Liquidation of the Trust, in each case, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of the amounts specified in clause (i), (ii) and (iii) above that are then due and payable.

10. Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture. Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee and the Indenture, including the subordination provisions therein.

11. No Preemptive Rights. The Holders of the Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to, preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12. Miscellaneous. These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

A-I-15


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE TRUST OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE TRUST WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER," AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a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

A-1-1


TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF OR THEREOF, AS THE CASE MAY BE, THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY

A-1-2


SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN.

A-1-3


Certificate Number [_____] Number of Capital Securities [_____]

CUSIP NO [ ]

Certificate Evidencing Capital Securities

of

HORIZON BANCORP CAPITAL TRUST II

Capital Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security)

Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that [ ] is the registered owner (the "Holder") of 10,000 capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, designated as MMCapS(SM) (liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security) (the "Capital Securities"). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of October 21, 2004, among Craig M. Dwight, James H. Foglesong and Thomas H. Edwards, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Horizon Bancorp, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee and the Indenture to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Certificate and the Capital Securities evidenced hereby are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

This Certificate may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Certificate may be executed and authenticated by the affixing of the signature of an

A-1-4


Administrator on behalf of the Trust, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee providing authentication, to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though the Trust had executed, and the Institutional Trustee had authenticated, a single signature page.

A-1-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this Certificate.

HORIZON BANCORP CAPITAL TRUST II

By:________________________________
Name:
Title: Administrator

Dated: ____________________________

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Certificate represents Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but
solely as the Institutional Trustee

By:________________________________
Authorized Officer

Dated: ____________________________

A-1-6


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at a rate of interest per annum, which, with respect to any Distribution Period (as defined herein), will be equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Period, will be 2.10%), plus 1.95% (the "Coupon Rate"); provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period may not exceed the Interest Rate (as defined in the Indenture) for the related Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture). Distributions in arrears for more than one Distribution Period will bear interest thereon, compounded quarterly, at the applicable Coupon Rate for each Distribution Period thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions", as used herein, includes cash Distributions, any such compounded Distributions and any Additional Amounts payable on the Debentures, unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Distribution Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"), and on any earlier date of redemption, subject, in each case, to the Business Day convention specified in the Declaration. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and future consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue, at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. At the end of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the requirements set forth herein and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid.

A-1-7


As a consequence of any Extension Period, Distributions will be deferred. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Capital Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the regular record date immediately preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which such Extension Period terminates to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable, and shall be entitled to the Liquidation Distribution, as provided in the Declaration.

A-1-8


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers the Capital Securities evidenced by this Capital Security Certificate to:




(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)




(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints _______________________________________________________ as agent to transfer the Capital Securities evidenced by this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for it, him or her.

Date:__________________

Signature:__________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:(1) ____________________________


(1) Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1-9


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.1(b) OF THE DECLARATION (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED.

A-2-1


Certificate Number [_____] Number of Common Securities [____]

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

of

HORIZON BANCORP CAPITAL TRUST II

Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that Horizon Bancorp is the registered owner (the "Holder") of 310 common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security)(the "Common Securities"). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of October 21, 2004, among Craig M. Dwight, James H. Foglesong and Thomas H. Edwards, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, the Holder, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of the Holder of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of holders of the Capital Securities.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Certificate and the Common Securities evidenced hereby are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

A-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this Certificate this ___ day of ____, 2004.

HORIZON BANCORP CAPITAL TRUST II

By:________________________________
Name:
Title: Administrator

A-2-3


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be identical in amount to the Distributions payable on each Capital Security, which is at a rate of interest per annum, which, with respect to any Distribution Period (as defined herein), will be equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Period, will be 2.10%), plus 1.95% (the "Coupon Rate"); provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Period may not exceed the Interest Rate (as defined in the Indenture) for the related Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture). Distributions in arrears for more than one Distribution Period will bear interest thereon, compounded quarterly, at the applicable Coupon Rate for each Distribution Period thereafter (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions", as used herein, includes cash Distributions, any such compounded Distributions and any Additional Amounts payable on the Debentures, unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Distribution Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23 of each year, commencing on February 23, 2005 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"), and on any earlier date of redemption, subject, in each case, to the Business Day convention specified in the Declaration. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest payment period, together with all previous and future consecutive extensions thereof, is referred to herein as an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue, at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by applicable law. At the end of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such Extension Period, provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the requirements set forth herein and in the Declaration and the Indenture. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of

A-2-4


interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid.

As a consequence of any Extension Period, Distributions will be deferred. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the regular record date immediately preceding the Distribution Payment Date on which such Extension Period terminates to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account of the Trust.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable, and shall be entitled to the Liquidation Distribution, as provided in the Declaration.

A-2-5


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers the Common Securities evidenced by this Common Security Certificate to:




(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)




(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints ____________ as agent to transfer the Common Securities evidenced by this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:____________________

Signature:________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:(1) ________________________


(1) Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-2-6


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED BY ACCREDITED INVESTORS

__________, [ ]

Horizon Bancorp
Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II
515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360

Re: Purchase of $[SPECIFY] liquidation amount of MMCapS(SM)


(the "Capital Securities") of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II (the "Trust")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our purchase of the Capital Securities, we confirm that:

1. We understand that the Capital Securities of the Trust have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Capital Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Capital Securities prior to the date which is the later of (i) two years (or such shorter period of time as permitted by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act) after the later of (Y) the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities and (Z) the last date on which the Trust or any Affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Trust was the holder of any such Capital Securities (or any predecessor thereto) and (ii) such later date, if any, as may be required by any subsequent change in applicable law (the "Resale Restriction Termination Date"), then such offer, sale or other transfer will be made only (a) to the Company or the Trust, (b) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a "QIB"), that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (c) pursuant to an exemption from registration, to an "accredited investor" within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring any such Capital Securities for its own account or for the account of such an accredited investor for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to a non-U.S. Person that occur outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (e) pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in each of the foregoing cases in accordance with any applicable state securities laws and any requirements of law that govern the disposition of our property. If any resale or other transfer of the Capital Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) above, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Institutional Trustee as Transfer Agent, which shall provide as applicable, among other things, that the transferee is an accredited investor within the meaning of subparagraph (a)(1),
(2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring such Capital Securities for investment purposes and not for any distribution in violation of the

B-1

Securities Act. We acknowledge on our behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Capital Securities that the Company and the Trust reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (c) or (e) to require the delivery of any opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to Horizon Bancorp (the "Company") and the Trust. We understand that the certificates for any Capital Securities that we receive prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing.

2. We are an accredited investor within the meaning of subparagraph
(a) (1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an accredited investor, and we are acquiring the Capital Securities for investment purposes and not with view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Capital Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment.

3. We are acquiring the Capital Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) and not with a view to any distribution of the Capital Securities in violation of the Securities Act, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will at all times be and remain within our control.

4. In the event that we purchase any Capital Securities, we will acquire such Capital Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

5. We acknowledge that we either (A) are not a fiduciary of a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan or arrangement subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (a "Plan"), or an entity whose assets include "plan assets" by reason of any Plan's investment in the entity and are not purchasing the Capital Securities on behalf of or with "plan assets" by reason of any Plan's investment in the entity and are not purchasing the Capital Securities on behalf of or with "plan assets" of any Plan or (B) are eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the following prohibited transaction class exemptions ("PTCEs") issued by the U.S. Department of Labor: PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14.

6. We acknowledge that each Plan, by its purchase of the Capital Securities, will be deemed to have directed the Trust to invest in the junior subordinated debt securities of the Company, and to have consented to the appointment of the institutional trustee of the Trust.

7. We acknowledge that the Company, the Trust and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of our acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the applicable Placement Agent. If we are acquiring any Capital Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts,

B-2

we represent that we have sole discretion with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on behalf of each such investor account.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy thereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or other inquiry with respect to matters covered hereby.


(Name of Purchaser)

By:________________________________

Date:______________________________

Upon transfer, the Capital Securities should be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows.

Name:_______________________

Address:______________________

Taxpayer ID Number:_____________________

B-3

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED FOR QIBs

__________, [ ]

Horizon Bancorp
Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II
515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360

Re: Purchase of $[SPECIFY] liquidation amount of MMCapS(SM)


(the "Capital Securities") of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II (the "Trust")

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, dated as of October 21, 2004 (the "Declaration"), among Craig M. Dwight, James H. Foglesong and Thomas H. Edwards, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Horizon Bancorp, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Declaration.

This letter relates to $[_______________] aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities which are held in the name of [name of transferor] (the "Transferor").

In accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Declaration, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Capital Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Capital Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Capital Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy thereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or other inquiry with respect to matters covered hereby.


(Name of Transferor)

By:________________________________
Name: _________________________
Title:_________________________

Date:__________________________

C-1

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED BY NON-U.S. PERSONS

__________, [ ]

Horizon Bancorp
Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II
515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360

Re: Purchase of $[SPECIFY] liquidation amount of MMCapS(SM)


(the "Capital Securities") of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II (the "Trust")

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, dated as of October 21, 2004 (the "Declaration"), among Craig M. Dwight, James H. Foglesong and Thomas H. Edwards, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Horizon Bancorp, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Declaration.

This letter relates to $[_______________] aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities which are held in the name of [name of transferor].

In accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Declaration, we do hereby certify that (i) we are not a "U.S. person" (as such term is defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act), (ii) we are not acquiring the Capital Securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person, and (iii) the offer and sale of Capital Securities to us constitutes an "offshore transaction" under Regulation S under the Securities Act.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy thereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or other inquiry with respect to matters covered hereby.


(Name of Transferee)

By:________________________________
Name: __________________________
Title:__________________________

Date:___________________________

D-1

EXHIBIT 10.5

HORIZON BANCORP

DIRECTORS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Amended and Restated

Effective

April 1, 1998

75


 

HORIZON BANCORP
DIRECTORS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS


         
ARTICLE       PAGE
 
  DEFINITIONS   1
 
  1.1 Adjustment   1
 
  1.2 Affiliate   1
 
  1.3 Board   1
 
  1.4 Code   1
 
  1.5 Committee   1
 
  1.6 Company   1
 
  1.7 Director   1
 
  1.8 Disabled or Disability   1
 
  1.9 Fees   1
 
  1.10 Individual Account   1
 
  1.11 Participant   1
 
  1.12 Participation Agreement   2
 
  1.13 Plan   2
 
       
II.
  INTRODUCTION   2
 
  2.1 Purpose   2
 
  2.2 Effective Date   2
 
  2.3 Affiliates   2
 
       
III.
  PARTICIPATION   3
 
  3.1 Right to Defer   3
 
  3.2 Participation Agreement   3
 
  3.3 Establishment of Individual Accounts   3
 
       
IV.
  INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS   4
 
  4.1 Investments   4
 
  4.2 Unsecured Contractual Rights   4
 
       
V.
  DISTRIBUTIONS   5
 
  5.1 Time of Payment of Benefits   5
 
  5.2 Method of Payment of Benefits   5
 
  5.3 Benefit Payment Elections   5
 
  5.4 New Mandatory Benefit Payment Elections   6
 
  5.5 Death of a Participant and Beneficiary Designations   6

76


 

         
ARTICLE       PAGE
VI.
  PLAN ADMINISTRATION   7
 
  6.1 Administration of Plan   7
 
  6.2 Powers and Responsibilities of the Committee   7
 
  6.3 Liabilities   8
 
  6.4 Claims Procedure   8
 
  6.5 Income and Employment Tax Withholding   9
 
       
VII.
  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION   9
 
       
VIII.
  PARTICIPATION BY AFFILIATES   10
 
  8.1 Affiliate Participation   10
 
  8.2 Horizon Bancorp Action Binding on Other Employers   10
 
       
IX.
  GENERAL PROVISIONS   10
 
  9.1 Governing Law   10
 
  9.2 Headings and Gender   10
 
  9.3 Participant's Rights; Acquittance   10
 
  9.4 Spendthrift Clause   10
 
  9.5 Counterparts   11
 
  9.6 No Enlargement of Employment Rights   11
 
  9.7 Limitations on Liability   11
 
  9.8 Incapacity of Participant or Beneficiary   11
 
  9.9 Corporate Successors   11
 
  9.10 Evidence   11
 
  9.11 Action by a Company   11
 
  9.12 Severability   11
 
  SIGNATURES   12

77


 

ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS


     Whenever the initial letter of a word or phrase is capitalized herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings stated below unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

     1.1 “Adjustment” means the net increases and decreases in the market value of the Individual Account of each Participant. Such increases and decreases shall include such items as realized or unrealized investment gains and losses, if any, and investment income, if any, and may, in the discretion of Horizon Bancorp, include expenses properly attributable to administering the Plan.

     1.2 “Affiliate” means Horizon Bancorp and any other corporation or trade or business whose employees are treated as being employed by Horizon Bancorp under Code Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or 414(o).

     1.3 “Board” means the Board of Directors of Horizon Bancorp.

     1.4 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     1.5 “Committee” means the Administrative Committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan as directed by the Board.

     1.6 “Company” means Horizon Bancorp, Horizon Bank and each other Affiliate that adopts the Plan.

     1.7 “Director” means any duly elected and serving member or former member of the Board of Directors of a Company who is not also an employee of the Company at any time during the Plan Year immediately preceding his participation in the Plan.

     1.8 “Disabled” or “Disability” means any disability that would qualify as a disability under Section 22(c)(3) of the Code.

     1.9 “Fees” means all fees paid to a Participant for a Plan Year for services rendered to a Company as a Director with respect to such Plan Year including retainer fees for attendance at regularly scheduled Board of Directors meetings, special meetings called from time to time, and fees for attendance at any and all meetings of committees of a Company’s Board of Directors.

     1.10 “Individual Account” means the individual bookkeeping account maintained for each Participant in accordance with Section 2.2.

     1.11 “Participant” means a non-employee Director of a Company who becomes a Participant pursuant to Article II of the Plan.

78


 

     1.12 “Participation Agreement” means the written agreement between the Participant and a Company pursuant to which the Participant elects to defer receipt of Fees, designate a beneficiary, and elect a form and the time of distribution of his benefits under the Plan.

     1.13 “Plan” means this Horizon Bancorp Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, generally effective April 1, 1998.

     1.14 “Plan Year” means the twelve (12) month period beginning January 1, and ending December 31.

ARTICLE II


INTRODUCTION


     2.1 PURPOSE. The Horizon Bancorp Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) as set forth herein is a complete amendment and restatement of the Plan which was originally effective January 1, 1984. The purpose of this Plan is to permit Directors of Horizon Bancorp, Horizon Bank and any other Company under the Plan to defer the receipt and resulting taxation of the Fees received from a Company for services as a Director of a Company. All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid solely out of the general assets of the Companies.

     2.2 EFFECTIVE DATE. The Horizon Bancorp Directors Deferred Compensation Plan was originally established by Horizon Bancorp, effective January 1, 1984. The effective date of the Plan, as amended and restated is April 1, 1998. The provisions of the Plan only apply to a Director who was not receiving a distribution of his benefit under the Plan or a predecessor plan before the effective date. The rights and benefits, if any, of a Director who was receiving a distribution of his benefit under the Plan before the effective date will be determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan in effect as of the date he began receiving a distribution of his benefit.

     2.3 AFFILIATES. Any Affiliate may adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Directors with Horizon Bancorp’s consent in accordance with Section 8.1.

79


 

ARTICLE III


PARTICIPATION


     3.1 RIGHT TO DEFER. A Director may become a Participant by electing, on a Participation Agreement, to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the Fees he or she would otherwise receive with respect to a Plan Year as a Director of a Company.

     3.2 PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT.

  (a)   REQUIREMENT FOR PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT. As a condition to a Company’s and the Committee’s obligation to credit deferred Fees for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1, the Participant must execute a Participation Agreement (on such forms as shall be prescribed by the Committee) in which it is agreed that the Participant’s Company will withhold payment of all or a portion of the Participant’s Fees and shall credit such amount withheld to the Participant’s Individual Account at the time set forth in the Plan.
 
  (b)   TIMING OF EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT. Except as provided in Section 5.4, a Participation Agreement must be executed by the Participant and the Committee prior to the first day of the year in which the Participant is entitled to receive the Fees with respect to which the Participant Fees specified in the Participation Agreement relate.
 
  (c)   MODIFICATION OF PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL ELECTION. At any time, a Participant and the Committee may execute and deliver an amended Participation Agreement which increases, decreases, commences or terminates the deferral of the Participant’s Fees. Provided, however, except as provided in Section 5.4, such amended Participation Agreement must be executed by the Participant and the Committee prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant is entitled to receive the Fees with respect to which the Participant Fees specified in the Participation Agreement relate.
 
  (d)   DIRECTORS ELECTED MID-YEAR. A non-employee elected to fill a vacancy on a Company’s Board of Directors who was not a Director on the preceding December 31st may, by completing a Participation Agreement before his term begins, elect to defer Fees for the balance of the Plan Year following such election and for succeeding Plan Years.

     3.3 ESTABLISHMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS.

 3

80


 

  (a)   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT. All amounts to be allocated to each Participant pursuant to Section 3.1, shall be credited to the Participant’s Individual Account as of the last day of the Plan Year for which such Fees are payable and all amounts paid to the Participant or his designated beneficiary pursuant to Article V shall be debited from his Individual Account as of the time actually paid. Additionally, all amounts credited to each Participant under the Plan prior to April 1, 1998, shall be credited, as of April 1, 1998, to such Participants’ Individual Accounts under this restated Plan.
 
  (b)   ALLOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS. Following the allocations made pursuant to the foregoing, the Committee shall determine the Adjustments for each Plan Year, and on such other dates as the Committee deems necessary or advisable, by adding together all income received, and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deducting therefrom all taxes, charges or expenses (unless paid separately by a Company in a Company’s discretion, outside the confines of this Plan) and any realized and unrealized losses since the most recent allocation of Adjustments to Participants’ Individual Accounts. The Adjustments shall be allocated as of the allocation date specified herein to the Individual Accounts of Participants who maintain a credit balance in their Individual Accounts as of such date as provided in Section 4.1.

ARTICLE IV


INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS


     4.1 INVESTMENTS. For periods ending prior to April 1, 1998, the Adjustment to each Participant’s Individual Account equals the rate of interest equal to the average of the rates paid on the last business day of each month during the Plan Year for one (1) year notes issued by the U.S. Treasury. Effective for periods beginning on and after April 1, 1998, the Adjustment to each Participant’s Individual Account shall be determined as if the amounts credited to such Individual Account were invested in hypothetical investments designated by the Committee to be used to measure increases or decreases in the Individual Account over time. No provision of the Plan shall impose or be deemed to impose any obligation upon a Company, other than an unsecured contractual obligation to make a cash payment to Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid directly by a Company from its general assets. A Company shall not be required to segregate any funds or other assets for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

     4.2 UNSECURED CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS. The Plan at all times shall be unfunded and shall constitute a mere promise by a Company to make benefit payments in the future. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, neither a Participant nor his designated beneficiary shall have any preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of a Company prior to the time benefits are paid as provided in Article V, including any Fees deferred by the Participant. All rights created under this Plan shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of the Participant against a Company.

 4

81


 

ARTICLE V


DISTRIBUTIONS


     5.1 TIME OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS. All amounts credited to a Participant’s Individual Account, including any Adjustments credited in accordance with Section 3.3, shall be or commence to be distributed to or for the benefit of a Participant (or his designated beneficiary) on the date effectively elected by the Participant in his Participation Agreement. A Participant may amend his Participation Agreement as to the time of payment only pursuant to Section 5.4 or if the amended Participation Agreement provides for the deferral of the distribution to a date later than the date previously elected.

     5.2 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS. The balance of a Participant’s Individual Account shall be distributed in cash in a single lump sum payment or in substantially equal annual installments over a period of not less than three (3) nor more than twelve (12) years, or in a combination of those two methods, as elected by a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3.

     5.3 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

  (a)   In order to be effective, a Participant’s election of the time and the method in which his benefits shall be distributed (including benefits which become payable as a result of the Participant’s death as set forth in Section 5.5) must be made by delivering a Participation Agreement or an amended Participation Agreement to the Committee not later than sixty (60) days prior to the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Participant has elected to begin receiving his benefits. If the Participant does not elect a time or method of distribution under Section 5.2, or such election is not timely or properly made under this Section 5.3, a Company shall pay the entire benefit at the time and in the method effectively elected in the most recent Participation Agreement, or if no such effective Participation Agreement exists, in the form of a single lump sum within thirty (30) to sixty (60) days after the first to occur of the following:

  (i)   Disability; or
 
  (ii)   Attainment of age sixty-five (65);

  (b)   In the event a Participant properly elects and is eligible to receive his Individual Account in the form of installments, the Participant must specify in his written election the number of years over which the installments are to be distributed.
 
  (c)   In the event a Participant properly elects and is eligible to receive his Individual Account in a combination of a lump sum and installments, the Participant must specify in his written election the percentage of the account which will be distributed in a single lump sum and the percentage of the account which will be distributed in installments, including the number of years over which such installments shall be distributed.

 5

82


 

     5.4 NEW MANDATORY BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, a Participation Agreement providing an effective election as to the deferral amount and the time and method of payment of benefits under the Plan shall be entered into by all existing Participants and by all directors beginning participation effective April 1, 1998, prior to April 1, 1998, including all Participants who are no longer actively deferring Fees under the Plan, and such election shall supersede all prior benefit payment elections; provided, however, that if a Participant’s benefit under the Plan is in pay status before April 1, 1998, pursuant to a prior election, then that Participant may not effectively make a new election and must continue to receive his benefit payments at the time and in the manner previously elected. If a Participant does not make an effective election as required by this Section 5.4 or pursuant to Section 5.3(a), then his benefit shall be paid at the time and in the manner provided in Section 5.3(a).

     5.5 DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.

  (a)   FORM AND TIME OF PAYMENT. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the time his benefits under the Plan commence to be distributed, the balance in his Individual Account shall be paid to his designated beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant in his most recently filed Participation Agreement. Such distribution shall be made or commence to be made within 60 days of the date of the Participant’s death. If the Participant has not made an election as to the form in which his benefit under the Plan is to be distributed, or if his election was not timely filed with the Committee or is not in proper form, such benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary, in a single lump sum, within sixty (60) days of the date of the Participant’s death. If the Participant dies after distribution of his benefits under the Plan has commenced, his remaining benefit, if any, shall be distributed in the same form(s) and at the same time(s) as such benefit was being distributed prior to his death, or in a single lump sum, if effectively elected by the Participant in his most recently filed Participation Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, however, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may approve an accelerated method and time of distribution to said beneficiary or beneficiaries.
 
  (b)   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES. The Participant may designate a primary and contingent beneficiary or beneficiaries on forms provided by the Committee, which for this purpose may include the Participation Agreement. Such designation may be changed at any time for any reason by the Participant. If the Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if such designation shall for any reason be illegal or ineffective, or if the designated beneficiary(ies) shall not survive the Participant, his benefits under the Plan shall be paid to his estate.

 6

83


 

ARTICLE VI


PLAN ADMINISTRATION


     6.1 ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMMITTEE. The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan. Except as Horizon Bancorp shall otherwise expressly determine, the Committee shall be charged with the full power and the responsibility for administering the Plan in all its details.

     6.2 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE.

  (a)   The Committee shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan, including the power to construe and interpret the Plan documents; to decide all questions relating to an individual’s eligibility to participate in the Plan; to determine the amount, manner and timing of any distribution of benefits or withdrawal under the Plan; to resolve any claim for benefits in accordance with Section 6.4, and to appoint or employ advisors, including legal counsel, to render advice with respect to any of the Committee’s responsibilities under the Plan. Any construction, interpretation, or application of the Plan by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding. All actions by the Committee shall be taken pursuant to uniform standards applied to all persons similarly situated.
 
  (b)   RECORDS AND REPORTS. The Committee shall be responsible for maintaining sufficient records to determine each Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and the Fees of each Participant for purposes of determining the amount of contributions that may be made by or on behalf of the Participant under the Plan. (c) RULES AND DECISIONS. The Committee may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate in the administration of the Plan. All rules and decisions of the Committee shall be applied uniformly and consistently to all Participants in similar circumstances. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished by a Participant or beneficiary, a Company or the legal counsel of a Company.
 
  (d)   APPLICATION AND FORMS FOR BENEFITS. The Committee may require a Participant or beneficiary to complete and file with it an application for a benefit, and to furnish all pertinent information requested by it. The Committee may rely upon all such information so furnished to it, including the Participant’s or beneficiary’s current mailing address.

 7

84


 

     6.3 LIABILITIES. The Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Companies with respect to any actual or alleged breach of responsibilities performed or to be performed hereunder.

     6.4 CLAIMS PROCEDURE.

  (a)   FILING A CLAIM. Any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan may file a written claim for a Plan benefit with the Committee or with a person named by the Committee to receive claims under the Plan.
 
  (b)   NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM. In the event of a denial or limitation of any benefit or payment due to or requested by any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan (“claimant”), the claimant shall be given a written notification containing specific reasons for the denial or limitation of his benefit. The written notification shall contain specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial or limitation of his benefit is based. In addition, it shall contain a description of any other material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary. The notification shall further provide appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit his claim for review. This written notification shall be given to a claimant within 90 days after receipt of his claim by the Committee unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of said 90-day period, and such notice shall indicate the special circumstances which make the postponement appropriate.
 
  (c)   RIGHT OF REVIEW. In the event of a denial or limitation of his benefit, the claimant or his duly authorized representative shall be permitted to review pertinent documents and to submit to the Committee issues and comments in writing. In addition, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may make a written request for a full and fair review of his claim and its denial by the Committee; provided, however, that such written request must be received by the Committee (or its delegate to receive such requests) within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the denial or limitation of the claim. The 60-day requirement may be waived by the Committee in appropriate cases.
 
  (d)   DECISION ON REVIEW. A decision shall be rendered by the Committee within 60 days after the receipt of the request for review, provided that where special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the decision, it may be postponed on written notice to the claimant (prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period) for an additional 60 days after the receipt of such request for review. Any decision by the Committee shall be furnished to the claimant in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the decision and the specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
 
  (e)   COURT ACTION. No Participant or beneficiary shall have the right to seek judicial review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any action in any court to enforce a claim for benefits prior to filing a claim for benefits or exhausting his rights to review under this Section 6.4.

 8

85


 

     6.5 INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT TAX WITHHOLDING. The Companies shall be responsible for withholding, and the Participant shall agree to such withholdings in his Participation Agreement, from the Participant“s Fees or from the distribution of his benefit under the Plan of all applicable federal, state, city and local taxes.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


     The Board may amend, suspend or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan without the consent of the Committee, the Participant, beneficiary or other person, except that no amendment, suspension or termination shall retroactively impair or otherwise adversely affect (without consent) the rights of a Participant, beneficiary or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan which have accrued prior to the date of such action, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. It is noted, however, that the Participant’s benefits under the Plan constitute mere unsecured claims on the general assets of a Company. In addition, the Plan will terminate with respect to an individual Company by resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors, provided that 30 days advance written notice is given to the Committee and Horizon Bancorp.

 9

86


 

ARTICLE VIII

PARTICIPATION BY AFFILIATES


     SECTION 8.1. AFFILIATE PARTICIPATION. Any Affiliate may adopt the Plan and become a participating Company under the Plan by filing with the Committee:

  (a)   a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors to that effect; and
 
  (b)   a written document signed by an authorized officer of Horizon Bancorp which indicates the consent of Horizon Bancorp to that action.

     Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Horizon Bank shall automatically be a participating Company as of the effective date of the restatement of this Plan, April 1, 1998.

     SECTION 8.2. HORIZON BANCORP ACTION BINDING ON OTHER EMPLOYERS. As long as Horizon Bancorp is a Company under the Plan, it is empowered to act for any other Company in all matters relating to the Plan or the Committee.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS


     9.1 GOVERNING LAW. The Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered according to the laws of the State of Indiana, except in those areas preempted by the laws of the United States of America in which case such laws will control.

     9.2 HEADINGS AND GENDER. The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of the provisions hereof. In any necessary construction the masculine shall include the feminine and the singular the plural, and vice versa.

     9.3 PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS; ACQUITTANCE. No Participant shall acquire any right to be retained in an Employer’s employ by virtue of the Plan, nor, upon his dismissal, or upon his voluntary termination of employment, shall he have any right or interest in or to any Plan assets other than as specifically provided herein.

     9.4 SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE. No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s designated beneficiary, either voluntarily or involuntarily.

 10

87


 

     9.5 COUNTERPARTS. This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

     9.6 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between a Company and any person, nor shall the Plan be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ or as a Director of a Company or limit the right of a Company to employ or discharge any person with or without cause.

     9.7 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, none of the Companies, the Committee and each individual acting as an employee or agent of any of them shall be liable to any Participant, Director or beneficiary for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, except when the same shall have been judicially determined to be due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such person.

     9.8 INCAPACITY OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY. If any person entitled to receive a distribution under the Plan is physically or mentally incapable of personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for any payment due (unless prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative), then, unless and until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian or other legal representative of such person, the Committee may provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any other person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care and maintenance of such person. Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of such person and a complete discharge of any liability of the Companies and the Plan.

     9.9 CORPORATE SUCCESSORS. The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by a transfer or sale of assets of Horizon Bancorp or by the merger or consolidation of Horizon Bancorp into or with any other corporation or other entity (“Transaction”), but the Plan shall be continued after the Transaction only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or successor entity agrees to continue the Plan.

     9.10 EVIDENCE. Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person relying thereon considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

     9.11 ACTION BY A COMPANY. Any action required of or permitted by a Company under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or, for Horizon Bancorp, by resolution of the Board or the Committee or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of the Board or the Committee.

     9.12 SEVERABILITY. In the event any provisions of the Plan shall be held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the

 11

88


 

Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and endorsed as if such illegal or invalid provisions had never been contained in the Plan.

SIGNATURES


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Horizon Bancorp, by its officers thereunder duly authorized, have caused this Horizon Bancorp Directors Deferred Compensation Plan to be executed this ___day of                      , 1997, effective April 1, 1998.

             
    HORIZON BANCORP
             
  By:        
           
  Title:        
          ATTEST:
           
         
By:
       
       
Title:
       
       

SS-144873-2

12

89

EXHIBIT 10.6 FORM OF CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated as of                                           , 1999, is entered into between Horizon Bank, N.A. (“Bank”), a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, and                                           (hereinafter referred to as “Employee”), an Indiana resident.

WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, Bank is a subsidiary of Horizon Bancorp (“Holding Company”), a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Indiana;

     WHEREAS, Employee is employed by the Bank to serve as its                                           Officer;

     WHEREAS, because of Employee’s experience and familiarity with general banking affairs, the Bank wishes to assure that, in the event of a change of control of the Holding Company, the Bank will continue to have Employee available to perform duties substantially similar to those currently being performed by Employee and to continue to contribute to the Bank’s growth and success; and

     WHEREAS, Employee is willing to commit to continue in the performance of such services for the Bank upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  Employment .

     (A) The Bank hereby agrees that, effective upon a Change of Control of the Holding Company and provided that Employee is still serving as                                                                Officer of the Bank at that time, the Bank will continue to employ Employee as                                      Officer to perform the duties described herein, and Employee hereby accepts such employment on the terms and conditions stated herein. It is understood that, prior to such Change of Control, this Agreement shall confer no rights of employment or other benefits (or obligations) whatsoever upon Employee, and that Employee shall remain subject to termination at will.

     (B) For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” shall mean a Change of Control of the Holding Company of a nature which would be required to be reported in response to Item 5(f) of Schedule 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any merger, tender offer, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the assets of Holding Company, or related series of such events, as a result of which: (i) the majority shareholders of Holding Company immediately prior to such event hold less than fifty-percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of Holding Company or its survivor or successor immediately after such event; or (ii) persons holding less than twenty-percent (20%) of such securities before such event own more than fifty-percent (50%) of such securities after such event; or (iii) persons constituting a majority of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company (the “ Holding Company Board”) were not directors of the Holding Company for at least twenty-four (24) months preceding the event.

     2.  Term of Employment . Subject to the provisions for termination set forth herein, the term of Employee’s employment hereunder shall commence on the date a Change of Control occurs and shall extend until two (2) years after the date of such Change of Control (such term, including any extensions thereof shall herein be referred to as the “Term”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this

90


 

Agreement shall automatically terminate (and the Term shall thereupon end) without notice when Employee attains sixty-five (65) years of age.

     3.  Duties of Employee . During the Term, Employee shall be the                                                                Officer of the Bank and shall perform such duties and responsibilities for the Bank as may be assigned by the Bank and which are not unreasonably inconsistent with the duties currently being performed by Employee; provided, however, that such duties shall be performed in or from the principal executive offices of Bank, currently located in Michigan City, Indiana. Employee shall not be required to be absent from the location of the principal executive offices of Bank on travel status or otherwise more than thirty (30) days in any calendar year. Bank shall not, without the written consent of Employee, relocate or transfer Employee to a location more than thirty (30) miles from his principal residence. During the Term, Employee shall devote substantially all business time, attention and energy, and reasonable best efforts, to the interests and business of the Bank and to the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Bank. Employee may use his/her discretion in fixing the hours and schedule of work consistent with the proper discharge of the Employee’s duties. Employee, subject to the direction and control of the Bank’s Board of Directors (“Bank Board”), shall have all power and authority commensurate with the Employee’s status and necessary to perform the Employee’s duties hereunder. So long as Employee is employed by Bank pursuant to this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to office space and working conditions consistent with the position as                                                                Officer. The Bank shall provide Employee with such assistance and working accommodations as are suitable to the character of the position with the Bank and as are adequate for the performance of the Employee’s duties.

     4.  Compensation . Employee’s basic annual salary as                                           Officer (“Base Salary”) shall be the Employee’s basic annual salary at the time of the Change of Control. Such Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Bank’s standard payroll practices. The rate of Employee’s Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Bank Board not less often than annually and may be increased, but not decreased, from time to time in such amounts as the Board in its discretion may determine. Any and all increases in Employee’s salary pursuant to this Section shall cause the level of Base Salary to be increased by the amount of each such increase for purposes of this Agreement. The increased level of Base Salary as provided in this Section shall become the level of Base Salary for the remainder of the Term until there is a further increase in Base Salary as provided herein. Such salary payments shall be subject to the withholding of applicable income and employment taxes and other appropriate and customary amounts.

     5.  Vacation . During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to the number of weeks per calendar year of paid vacation in effect for the Employee upon the Change in Control as increased in accordance with the Bank’s vacation policy then in effect or as changed from time to time, but provided that such vacation may not be decreased below that amount in effect on the date of the Change in Control. Such vacation shall be utilized at such times when the Employee’s absence will not materially impair Bank’s normal business functions. Employee shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for any unused and lapsed vacation time. In addition to the vacation described above, Employee also shall be entitled to all paid holidays customarily given by Bank to its officers.

     6.  Other Benefits . The following shall apply with respect to Employee’s coverage by and participation under employee benefit plans and programs sponsored or otherwise made available by the Bank.

     (A) During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under (i) any life, health, hospitalization, medical, dental, disability or other insurance policy or plan, (ii) pension, retirement or employee stock ownership plan, (iii) bonus or profit-sharing plan or program, (iv) deferred compensation plan or arrangement, and (v) any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement, made available by Bank on the date of this Agreement and from time to time in the future to Bank’s directors, officers and employees on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall

91


 

administration of the foregoing plans, programs or arrangements and with respect to which Employee is otherwise eligible to participate or receive benefits.

     (B) During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to receive such other benefits or participate in such other activities as the Employee participated in or was entitled to receive on the date of the Change in Control, including but not limited to bonus or incentive plans, use of company cars, or payment of membership fees to clubs and organizations, but this provision does not grant the Employee any greater benefits than the Employee had in effect on the date of the Change in Control.

     7.  Expenses . The Bank shall pay or reimburse Employee for all reasonable expenses actually incurred or paid by the Employee in the performance of services rendered by the Employee pursuant to this Agreement. Such expenses shall be supported by the documentary evidence required to substantiate them as income tax deductions for the Bank. Employee shall attend, at the Employee’s discretion, those professional meetings, conventions and/or similar functions that Employee and Bank mutually deem appropriate and useful for the purposes of keeping abreast of current developments in the industry and/or promoting the interests of Bank.

     8.  Termination . Subject to the respective continuing obligations of the parties, including but not limited to those set forth in Section 10 below, Employee’s employment by Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the Term as follows:

     (A) Bank Board, upon written notice to Employee, may terminate Employee’s employment with Bank immediately for cause. For purposes of this subsection 8(A), “cause” shall be defined as (i) personal dishonesty, (ii) incompetence, (iii) willful misconduct, (iv) willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or smaller offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or (v) any material breach of any term, condition or covenant of this Agreement.

     (B) Bank Board may terminate Employee’s employment with Bank without cause at any time; provided, however, that the “date of termination” for purpose of determining benefits payable to Employee under Section 6 hereof shall be the date which is thirty (30) days after Employee receives written notice of such termination.

     (C) Employee, by written notice to Bank, may terminate his employment with Bank immediately for cause. For purposes of this subsection 8(C), “cause” shall be defined as: (i) any action by Bank Board to remove the Employee as                                           Officer of Bank, except where Bank Board properly acts to remove Employee from such office for “cause” as defined in subsection 8(A) hereof; (ii) any action by Bank Board to materially eliminate, limit, increase, or modify Employee’s duties and/or authority as                                                                Officer of Bank (including authority, subject to corporate controls no more restrictive than those in effect on the date hereof, to hire and discharge employees who are not bona fide officers of Employer); (iii) any failure of Bank or Holding Company to obtain the assumption of the obligation to perform this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 19 hereof; or (iv) any intentional breach by Bank of a term, condition or covenant of this Agreement.

     (D) Employee, upon sixty (60) days written notice to Bank, may terminate his employment with Bank without cause.

     (E) Employee’s employment with Bank shall terminate in the event of Employee’s death or disability. For purposes hereof, “disability” shall be defined as Employee’s inability by reason of illness or other physical or mental incapacity to perform the duties required by the Employee’s employment for any consecutive one hundred eighty (180) day period. Notice of any termination by Bank because of Employee’s “disability” shall be given to Employee prior to the full resumption by him of the performance of such duties.

92


 

     9.  Compensation Upon Termination . In the event of termination of Employee’s employment with Bank pursuant to Section 8 hereof, compensation shall continue to be paid by Bank to Employee as follows:

     (A) In the event of termination pursuant to subsection 8(A), 8(B), 8(C) or 8(D), compensation provided for herein (including Base Salary) shall continue to be paid, and Employee shall continue to participate in the employment benefit, retirement, and compensation plans and other perquisites as provided in Section 6 hereof, through the date of termination specified in the notice of termination. Any benefits payable under insurance, health, retirement and bonus plans as a result of Employer’s participation in such plans through such date shall be paid when due under those plans. The date of termination specified in any notice of termination pursuant to subsection 8(A) shall be no later than the last business day of the month in which said notice is provided to Employee.

     (B) In the event of termination pursuant to subsection 8(E), compensation provided for herein (including Base Salary) shall continue to be paid, and Employee shall continue to participate in the employment benefit, retirement, and compensation plans and other perquisites as provided in Section 6 hereof, (i) in the event of Employee’s death, through the date of death, or (ii) in the event of Employee’s disability, through the date of proper notice of disability as required by subsection 8 (E). Any benefits payable under insurance, health, retirement and bonus plans as a result of Bank’s participation in such plans through such date shall be paid when due under those plans.

     10.  Nonsolicitation Covenants of Employee . In order to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement, Employee hereby agrees as follows:

     (A) During the Term and for a period of two (2) years after termination of such employment for any reason Employee shall not divulge or furnish any trade secrets (as defined in IND. CODE § 24-2-3-2) of Bank or any confidential information acquired by him while employed by Bank concerning the policies, plans, procedures or customers of Bank to any person, firm or corporation, other than Bank or upon its written request, or use any such trade secret or confidential information directly or indirectly for Employee’s own benefit or for the benefit of any person, firm or corporation other than Bank, since such trade secrets and confidential information are confidential and shall at all times remain the property of Bank.

     (B) During the Term and for a period of two (2) years after termination of Employee’s employment by Bank for reasons other than those set forth in subsections 8(B) or 8(C) of this Agreement, Employee shall not directly or indirectly provide banking or bank-related services to or solicit the banking or bank-related business of any person, firm, company or other business entity that is doing business with the Bank, or assist any actual or potential competitor of Bank to provide banking or bank-related services to or solicit banking or bank-related business from any such person, firm, company, or business entity, in any such place.

     (C) If Employee’s employment by Bank is terminated for any reasons, Employee will turn over immediately thereafter to Bank all business correspondence, letters, papers, reports, customers’ lists, financial statements, credit reports or other confidential information or documents of bank or its affiliates in the possession or control of Employee, all of which writings are and will continue to be the sole and exclusive property of Bank or its affiliates.

     (D) If Employee is terminated by Bank during the Term for reasons set forth in subsection 8(B) of this Agreement, Employee shall have no obligations to Bank with respect to nonsolicitation under Section 10(B), but shall continue with respect to confidential information, trade secrets and return of property under Section 10(A) and 10(C).

     11.  Notice of Termination . Any termination of Employee’s employment with Bank as contemplated by Section 8 hereof, except in the circumstances of Employee’s death, shall be communicated by written “Notice of Termination” by the terminating party to the other party hereto. Any Notice of Termination pursuant to subsections 8(A), 8(C), or 8(E) shall indicate the specific

93


 

provisions of this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination.

     12.  Employee Discipline .

     (A) If Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of Bank’s or any affiliates’ affairs by a notice from the Comptroller of the Currency or other applicable regulatory body having jurisdiction, Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Bank shall (i) pay Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

     (B) If Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of Bank’s or any affiliates’ affairs by an order issued from the Comptroller of the Currency or other applicable regulatory body having jurisdiction, all obligations of Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the Order, although the vested rights of the parties to the Agreement shall not be affected.

     13.  Tax Payments . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event Bank’s independent public accountants determine that any payment by Bank to or for the benefit of Employee, whether paid or payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, would be non-deductible by Employer for federal income tax purposes because of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the amount payable to or for the benefit of Employee pursuant to the Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount. For purposes of this Section 13, the “Reduced Amount” shall be the amount which maximizes the amount payable without causing the payment to be non-deductible by Bank because of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.

     14.  Successors and Assigns . This Agreement is binding upon and shall be for the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Bank, including any corporation or any other form of business organization with which the Bank may merge or consolidate, or to which it may transfer substantially all of its assets. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Bank without the prior written consent of Employee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Agreement will also be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of the Employee and the Employee’s heirs and representatives, and nothing herein is intended to confer any right, remedy or benefit upon any other person. Employee shall not assign his interest in this Agreement or any part thereof.

     15.  Consent of the Bank . Any act, request, approval, consent or opinion of the Bank under this Agreement, must be in writing and may be authorized, given or expressed only by resolution of the Bank Board, or by such other person as the Bank Board may designate.

     16.  Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

               
(A)   If to Employee:        
               
               
               
             
 
(B)     If to Bank:   Horizon Bank, N. A.
          515 Franklin Square
          Michigan City, Indiana 46360

94


 

     17.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein.

     18.  Enforcement Expenses . If a dispute arises regarding the termination of Employee pursuant to Section 8 above or as to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement and Employee obtains a final judgment in the Employee’s favor in a court of competent jurisdiction or the Employee’s claim is settled by Bank prior to the rendering of a judgment by such a court, all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by Employee in contesting or disputing any such termination or seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided for in this Agreement or otherwise pursuing his claims shall be paid by Bank (except as otherwise decided in any settlement between the parties) to the extent permitted by law.

     19.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter, merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings with respect to its subject matter, and may not be waived or modified, in whole or in part, except by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement in any instance shall be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other provision in any other instance.

     20.  Construction . Headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Agreement. References herein to Sections are to the sections of this Agreement.

     21.  Successor to Bank . The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Bank to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a material intentional breach of this Agreement and shall entitle Employee to terminate employment with Bank pursuant to subsection 8(C) hereof. As used in this Agreement, “Bank” shall mean the Bank as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets.

     22.  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be interpreted and enforceable as if such provision were severed or limited or such payment reduced, but only to the extent necessary to render such provision and this Agreement enforceable.

     23.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     24.  Compensation Upon Change In Control . Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement to the contrary, at the time of a Change in Control, the Employee shall have the option to resign from his position and receive a severance payment equal to two (2) times the Employee’s Base Salary in effect at the time of the resignation. In the event that the Employee does not resign, but the Employee is then terminated or forced to resign as a result of a Change in Control, whether immediately or, at any time during the term of the Agreement pursuant to Section 8(B) or 8(C) of the Agreement, the Employee shall receive a severance payment equal to two (2) times the Employee’s Base Salary in effect at the time the termination occurs.

95


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                 
    Bank:Horizon Bank, N. A.
 
               
  By:            
       
 
               
 
               
    Printed:        
           
    Title:          
         
 
               
 
               
    Employee
 
               
 
               
  By:            
       
 
               
    Printed:
 
               
     
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
     
 
               
              Address

96

EXHIBIT 10.7 FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT UNDER 2003 OMNIBUS PLAN

HORIZON BANCORP
2003 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made and executed as of the                      day of August, 2004, between Horizon Bancorp, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), and                                           , an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Affiliates (the “Participant”).

WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the Horizon Bancorp 2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to further the growth and financial success of the Company and its Affiliates by aligning the interests of Participants, through the ownership of Shares and through other incentives, with the interests of the Company’s shareholders; to provide Participants with an incentive for excellence in individual performance; to promote teamwork among Participants; to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants who make significant contributions to the Company’s success; and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Company; and

      WHEREAS , it is the view of the Company that this goal can be achieved by granting Restricted Stock to eligible officers and other key employees; and

      WHEREAS , the Participant has been designated by the Committee as an individual to whom Restricted Stock should be granted as determined from the duties performed, the initiative and industry of the Participant, and his or her potential contribution to the future development, growth and prosperity of the Company;

      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Participant agree as follows:

1. Award of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant                      shares of common stock of the Company (hereinafter, the “Restricted Stock”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. All provisions of the Plan, including defined terms, are incorporated herein and expressly made a part of this Agreement by reference. The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan.

2. Period of Restriction and Vesting . The Period of Restriction shall begin on the Grant Date and end, except as otherwise provided in Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement, on the date shares of Restricted Stock become vested. For purposes of this Agreement, the shares of Restricted Stock shall become vested on the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date, provided the Participant is an Employee on such date. The Grant Date is August 2, 2004.

3. Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Restricted Stock will be vested upon a Change in Control of the Company as provided in Section 12.1 of the Plan.

4. Termination of Service . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, all unvested Restricted Stock shall be forfeited effective as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service.

5. Pass-Through of Dividends and Voting Rights . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, the Participant shall be entitled to (i) receive all cash dividends paid with respect to the Restricted Stock and (ii) exercise all voting rights associated with the Restricted Stock, regardless of whether the Period of Restriction has lapsed.

6. Participant’s Representations . The Participant represents to the Company that:

  (a)   The terms and arrangements relating to the grant of Restricted Stock and the offer thereof have been arrived at or made through direct communication with the Company or a person acting in its behalf and the Participant;

97


 

  (b)   The Participant has received a balance sheet and income statement of the Company and as an officer or key employee of the Company or one of its Affiliates:

  (i)   is thoroughly familiar with the Company’s business affairs and financial condition; and
 
  (ii)   has been provided with or has access to such information (and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Participant is capable of utilizing such information) as is necessary to evaluate the risks, and make an informed investment decision with respect to, the grant of Restricted Stock.

7. Nontransferability . Until the end of the Period of Restriction, the Restricted Stock cannot be (a) sold, transferred, assigned, margined, encumbered, bequeathed, gifted, alienated, hypothecated, pledged, or otherwise disposed of, whether by operation of law, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or otherwise, or (b) subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Any attempted or purported transfer of Restricted Stock in contravention of this Section 7 or the Plan shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever; provided, however, that the shares of Restricted Stock may be transferred to the Company in connection with exercise of an Option as provided in Section 6.6 of the Plan.

8. Issuance of Shares . At or within a reasonable period of time following execution of this Agreement, the Company will issue, in book entry form, the Restricted Stock. Within a reasonable period of time following the end of the Period of Restriction, the Company will issue to the Participant or his beneficiary the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified in Section 1 of this Agreement, less any withholding required by Section 10 of this Agreement.

9. Restrictive Legend . In the event the Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company (as defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the Company may require that the shares to be issued to such Participant contain a legend in substantially the following form:

         
 
  “THE HOLDER OF THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS AN “AFFILIATE” OF THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BY RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED), AND THEREFORE, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”    

The Company will issue such additional certificates as may be required to give effect to Section 14 of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Company will not be required to deliver any certificates for shares prior to: (i) the end of the Period of Restriction; (ii) completing any registration or other qualification of the Shares, which the Company deems necessary or advisable under any federal or state law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body; and (iii) obtaining any approval or other clearance from any federal or state governmental agency or body, which the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company has no obligation to obtain the fulfillment of the conditions specified in the preceding sentence. As a further condition to the issuance of certificates for shares, the Company may require the making of any representation or warranty which the Company deems necessary or advisable under any applicable law or regulation.

10. Income and Employment Tax Withholding . The Participant will be solely responsible for paying to the Company all required federal, state, city and local income and employment taxes which arise on the expiration of the Period of Restriction and the vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock. The Committee, in its sole discretion and subject to such rules as it may adopt, will require the Participant to satisfy any withholding tax obligation by having the Company retain shares of Restricted Stock which have a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of the issuance of such Restricted Stock to the Participant, equal to the amount of the minimum withholding tax to be satisfied by that retention.

11. Mitigation of Excise Tax . The Participant acknowledges that the Restricted Stock issued hereunder is subject to reduction by the Committee for the reasons specified in Section 14.9 of the Plan.

98


 

12. Indemnity . The Participant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective directors, officers and employees), and the Committee, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses based upon or arising out of the incorrectness or alleged incorrectness of any representation made by Participant to the Company or any failure on the part of the Participant to perform any agreements contained herein. The Participant hereby further agrees to release and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective directors, officers and employees) from and against any tax liability, including without limitation, interest and penalties, incurred by the Participant in connection with the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

13. Financial Information . The Company hereby undertakes to deliver to the Participant, at such time as they become available and so long as the Period of Restriction has not expired and the Restricted Stock has not been forfeited, a balance sheet and income statement of the Company with respect to any fiscal year of the Company ending on or after the date of this Agreement.

14. Changes in Shares . In the event of any change in the Shares, as described in Section 4.6 of the Plan, the Committee will make appropriate adjustment or substitution in the shares of Restricted Stock, all as provided in the Plan. The Committee’s determination in this respect will be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Non-Disclosure; Return of Confidential Information and Other Property .

  (a)   At all times while the Participant is employed by the Company or any Affiliate, and at all times thereafter, the Participant shall not:

  (i)   directly or indirectly disclose, provide or discuss any Confidential Information with or to any third party other than those directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents of the Company and any Affiliates who need to know such Confidential Information for a proper corporate purpose, and
 
  (ii)   directly or indirectly use any Confidential Information to compete against the Company or any Affiliates, or for the Participant’s own benefit or for the benefit of any third party other than the Company or any Affiliate.

  (b)   For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means any and all:

  (i)   materials, records, data, documents, lists, writings and information (whether in writing, printed, verbal, electronic, computerized, on disk or otherwise) (A) relating or referring in any manner to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, results of operation, cash flow, assets, liabilities, sales, revenues, income, estimates, projections, policies, strategies, techniques, methods, products, developments, suppliers, relationships and/or customers of the Company or any Affiliate that are confidential, proprietary or not otherwise publicly available, in any event not without a breach of this Agreement, or (B) that the Company or any Affiliate has deemed confidential, proprietary or nonpublic;
 
  (ii)   trade secrets of the Company or any Affiliate, as defined in Indiana Code Section 24-2-3-2, as amended, or any successor statute; and
 
  (iii)   any and all copies, summaries, analyses and extracts which relate or refer to or reflect any of the items set forth in (i) or (ii) above. The Participant agrees that all Confidential Information is confidential and is and at all times shall remain the property of, as applicable, the Company or any of the Affiliates.

  (c)   The Participant covenants and agrees:

  (i)   to keep all Confidential Information subject to the Company’s or any Affiliate’s custody and control and to promptly return to the Company or the appropriate Affiliate all Confidential Information that is still in the Participant’s possession or control at the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company; and
 
  (ii)   promptly upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, to return to the Company, at the Company’s principal office, all vehicles, equipment, computers, credit cards and other property of the Company and to cease using any of the foregoing.

99


 

16. Non-Competition .

  (a)   At all times while the Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, the Participant shall not, in LaPorte or Porter Counties in Indiana, directly or indirectly, or individually or together with any other third party, as owner, shareholder, investor, member, partner, proprietor, principal, director, officer, employee, manager, agent, representative, independent contractor, consultant or otherwise:

  (i)   Engage in or assist a third party in engaging in, or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any business, operation or activity which competes with any business, operation or activity conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Affiliates or which is in the same or a similar line of business as the Company or any Affiliates (“Competing Business”), at any time during the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates or during such one (1) year period following the Date of Termination; or
 
  (ii)   Finance, join, operate or control any Competing Business at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates or during such one (1) year period following the Date of Termination; or
 
  (iii)   Offer or provide employment to, hire or engage (whether on a full-time, part-time or consulting basis or otherwise) any individual who has been an employee of the Company or any Affiliates within one (1) year prior to such offer, hiring or engagement.

  (b)   Competing Business is defined as providing lending services, trust services, investment services, deposit taking services and insurance services and any similar services provided to customers by the Company or any Affiliates during the one (1) year period preceding the Date of Termination.
 
  (c)   The Participant acknowledges the regional scope of the business of the Company and the Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any provision of this Section is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the time, geographic or other restrictions permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, then such court shall have the power to reduce, limit or reform (but not to increase or make greater) such provision to make it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law, and such provision shall then be enforceable against the Participant in its reduced, limited or reformed manner; provided, however, that a provision shall be enforceable in its reduced, limited or reformed manner only in the particular jurisdiction in which a court of competent jurisdiction makes such determination.

17. Non-Solicitation . The Participant hereby understands, acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his positions with the Company and any Affiliates, the Participant has and will have advantageous familiarity and personal contacts with the Customers, as that term is defined herein, wherever located, of the Company or any of the Affiliates and has and will have advantageous familiarity with the business, operations and affairs of the Company or any of the Affiliates. In addition, the Participant understands, acknowledges and agrees that the business of the Company and the Affiliates is highly competitive. Accordingly, at all times while the Executive is employed by the Company or any of the Affiliates and for a period of one (1) year following the Date of Termination, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, or individually or together with any third party, as owner, shareholder, investor, member, partner, proprietor, principal, director, officer, employee, manager, agent, representative, independent contractor, consultant or otherwise:

  (a)   Solicit in any manner, seek to obtain or service any business of any Customer of the Company or any of the Affiliates during the one (1) year period prior to the Date of Termination; or
 
  (b)   Request or advise any Customer, suppliers, vendors or others who were doing business with the Company or any of the Affiliates during the one (1) year period prior to the Date of Termination, to terminate, reduce, limit or change their business or relationship with the Company or any of the Affiliates; or
 
  (c)   Induce, request or attempt to influence any employee of the Company or any of the Affiliates who was employed by the Company or any Affiliates during the one (1) year period prior to the Date of Termination, to terminate his or her employment with the Company or any of the Affiliates.

100


 

“Customer” is defined as anyone with whom the Company or any Affiliates did business in the one year preceding the Participants’ termination of employment from the Company.

18. Effect of Headings . The descriptive headings of the Sections and, where applicable, subsections, of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and identification only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement for purposes of interpretation.

19. Controlling Laws . Except to the extent superseded by the laws of the United States, the laws of the State of Indiana, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof, shall be controlling in all matters relating to this Agreement.

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which collectively will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company, by its officer thereunder duly authorized, and the Participant, have caused this Restricted Stock Award Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

         
    HORIZON BANCORP
 
       
  By:    
       
    Robert E. Swinehart
    Chairman of the Compensation Committee of
    the Board of Directors
 
       
    PARTICIPANT
 
       
 
       
     

101

EXHIBIT 10.8 FORM OF OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT UNDER 2003 OMNIBUS PLAN

HORIZON BANCORP

2003 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT ( the “Agreement”), made and executed this                      day of August, 2004, between Horizon Bancorp, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), and                                           , an officer or employee of the Company or one of its Affiliates (the “Optionee”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the Horizon Bancorp 2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to further the growth and financial success of the Company and its Affiliates by aligning the interests of Participants, through the ownership of Shares and through other incentives, with the interests of the Company’s shareholders; to provide Participants with an incentive for excellence in individual performance; to promote teamwork among Participants; to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants who make significant contributions to the Company’s success; and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Company; and

WHEREAS , it is the view of the Company that this goal may be achieved by granting incentive and nonqualified stock options to eligible officers and other key employees from time to time; and

WHEREAS , the Optionee has been designated by the Committee as an individual to whom stock options should be granted under the Plan as determined from the duties performed, the initiative and industry of the Optionee, the extraordinary nature of the Optionee’s service, and the Optionee’s potential contribution to the future development, growth and prosperity of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option.

a) Aggregate Number of Shares . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 7 of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (“Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                                            shares of common stock of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. All provisions of the Plan, including defined terms, are incorporated and are expressly made a part of this Agreement by reference. The Optionee hereby acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan.

b) Designation of Character of Options . Pursuant to the authority of the Committee to determine the character of the options granted as incentive stock options (“ISO’s”) or nonqualified stock options (“NSO’s”), of the total options granted under subsection (a),                shares shall be ISO’s and                                            shares shall be NSO’s.

c) Tax Advice . The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he shall be solely responsible for obtaining tax advice in connection with the grant and exercise of the Option and any disposition of the shares acquired in connection with the Option.

102


 

2. Option Price.

a) Purchase Price . The purchase price of the shares of common stock represented by the Option granted under Section 1 shall be Twenty-three and 56/100 Dollars ($23.56) (which is the Fair Market Value per share on the date the Option is granted).

b) Payment of Purchase Price . The exercise price for the stock covered by the Option granted under this Agreement shall be paid in cash by the Optionee at the time the Option is exercised; provided, however, with the approval of the Committee, and to the extent not prohibited under the Code or regulations issued thereunder, the Optionee may exercise part or all of this Option by tendering whole shares of common stock of the Company owned by the Optionee and which have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months, or by a combination of whole shares of Company common stock and cash, which have a Fair Market Value equal to the cash exercise price for the stock with respect to which the Option is exercised. For this purpose, any shares of the Company’s common stock so tendered shall be valued by the Committee at their Fair Market Value according to valuation criteria set forth in the Plan. The exercise of this Option shall be subject to such rules and procedures as shall be adopted from time to time by the Committee.

c) Cashless Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement, the payment of the exercise price for the stock covered by the Option may be made, (a) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Optionee and an NASD dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the shares so purchased in order to pay the exercise price, and whereby the NASD dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such stock to forward the exercise price directly to the Company, or (b) through a “margin” commitment from the Optionee and an NASD dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the shares so purchased to the NASD dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD dealer in the amount of the exercise price and whereby the NASD dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to forward the exercise price directly to the Company.

d) Issuance of Certificates . Certificates evidencing the shares of stock purchased under this Option will not be delivered to the Optionee until full payment has been made for them and the Optionee shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares until those shares are issued to the Optionee. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate(s) for shares of the stock purchased upon exercise of the Option prior to (i) completing any registration or other qualification of the shares, which the Company deems necessary or advisable under any federal or state law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body; and (ii) obtaining any approval or other clearance from any federal or state governmental agency or body, which the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company shall have no obligation to obtain the fulfillment of the conditions specified in the preceding sentence.

3. Income and Employment Tax Withholding.

a) The Optionee shall be solely responsible for paying to the Company all required federal, state, city and local taxes applicable to (i) exercise of an NSO under the Plan and (ii) disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO in a disqualifying disposition of the shares under Code Section 422(a)(1).

b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), with respect to stock to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a NSO, the Committee, in its discretion and subject to such rules as it may adopt from time to time, will require the Optionee to satisfy any withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the exercise of the NSO by having the Company retain shares of stock which would otherwise be issued in connection with the exercise of the NSO or accept delivery from the Optionee of shares of Company stock which have a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of the delivery of such shares, equal to the amount of the withholding tax to be satisfied by that retention or delivery.

103


 

4. Nontransferability. The Option granted hereunder shall not be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option shall not be pledged or hypothecated in any way, nor shall it be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of the Option in violation of this provision or the levy of execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option shall be null and void and without effect and shall cause the Option to be terminated.

5. Exercise of Option.

a) Maximum Term and Vesting . The Option may not be exercised after the expiration of ten (10 ) years from the date of this Agreement, subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan and this Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5 and Section 6, the Option shares shall vest and be exercisable by the Optionee in accordance with the following schedule:

         
    Percentage of Option
    Shares Vested and Exercisable
Date of Vesting   Percent Vested   Cumulative
8/02/05
  20 percent     20 percent
8/02/06
  20 percent     40 percent
8/02/07
  20 percent     60 percent
8/02/08
  20 percent     80 percent
8/02/09
  20 percent   100 percent

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shares shall also vest and be exercisable upon the Optionee’s death, Permanent and Total Disability or Retirement. In addition, the Option shares shall vest and be exercisable upon a Change in Control of the Company.

b) Limitations on Exercise . The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or his guardian or attorney-in-fact in the event the Optionee becomes Permanently and Totally Disabled. In the case of the Optionee’s death, the Option may be exercised by the Optionee’s personal representative or administrator.

c) Legal Requirements . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Option may not be exercised in whole or in part if the issuance of the shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities law or other applicable laws, rules or regulations. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the person exercising the Option to make any representation or warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation or as may be advised to the Company.

6. Restrictive Legend. In the event the Optionee is an “affiliate” of the Company (as defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the Company may require that the shares to be issued to such Optionee contain a legend in substantially the following form:

         
 
  “THE HOLDER OF THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS AN “AFFILIATE” OF THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BY RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED), AND THEREFORE, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”    

104


 

7. Early Termination of Option.

a) In General . All rights to exercise this Option shall terminate thirty (30) days after the effective date of the Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates, but not later than the date the Option expires pursuant to its terms, unless the termination is For Cause or on account of the Permanent and Total Disability, death or Retirement of the Optionee. The transfer of the Optionee from the Company to an Affiliate or vice versa, or from one Affiliate to another, shall not be deemed a termination of employment.

b) For Cause Termination . If the Optionee’s employment is terminated For Cause, no previously unexercised Option granted under the Plan and this Agreement may be exercised. Rather, any unexercised Options, or part thereof, shall terminate effective on the date the Optionee receives notice of his termination For Cause.

c) Exercise on Disability or Death . If the Optionee becomes Permanently and Totally Disabled or dies while employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Option shall be exercisable in full within one (1) year after the date of his termination of employment due to Permanent and Total Disability or death (but not later than the date the Option expires pursuant to its terms) at which time the Option or any portion thereof remaining unexercised shall terminate. During such one (1) year period immediately following the termination of employment due to Permanent and Total Disability or death of the Optionee, the Option may be exercised in full, subject to the limitations of this Option, by the Optionee, by the Optionee’s guardian or attorney-in-fact, or by the Optionee’s personal representative or administrator, as the case may be; provided, however, the Option shall not be exercised after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an ISO, such Option shall be exercisable as to the number of shares designated as ISO’s only during the three (3) month period following the Optionee’s death. During the remainder of the one (1) year period, the Option may be exercised as to the NSO’s designated thereunder.

d) Exercise on Retirement . If the Optionee’s employment is terminated on or after satisfying the requirements for Retirement, the Option shall be exercisable in full within five (5) years after the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment due to Retirement (but not later than the date on which the Option expires pursuant to its terms) at which time the Option, or any portion thereof remaining unexercised, shall terminate.

8. Optionee’s Representations . The Optionee represents to the Company that:

a) The terms and arrangements relating to the grant of this Option and the stock to which it relates, and the offer thereof, have been arrived at or made through direct communication with the Company or person acting in its behalf and such Optionee;

b) The Optionee has received a balance sheet and income statement of the Company and as an officer or key employee of the Company or its Affiliates:

(1) is thoroughly familiar with the Company’s business affairs and financial condition;

(2) has been provided with or has access to such information (and has enough knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of utilizing such information) as is necessary to evaluate the risks, and make an informed investment decision with respect to, the grant of this Option and the stock to which it relates; and

(3) has sufficient financial resources so that he is able to bear the economic risks of his investment in this Option and such stock; and

105


 

c) This Option and the stock to which it relates is being acquired in good faith for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof.

9. Indemnity. The Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective directors, officers and employees), and the Committee, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses based upon or arising out of the incorrectness or alleged incorrectness of any representation made by him to the Company or any failure on the part of him to perform any agreements contained herein. The Optionee hereby further agrees to release and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective directors, officers and employees) from and against any tax liability, including without limitation, interest and penalties, incurred by the Optionee in connection with his participation in the Plan.

10. Financial Information. The Company hereby undertakes to deliver to the Optionee, at such time as they become available and so long as this Option is in effect and is unexercised in whole or in part, a balance sheet and income statement of the Company with respect to any fiscal year of the Company ending on or after the date of this Agreement.

11. Conditions Precedent. In no event shall the Company be obligated to issue stock pursuant to this Option until it is satisfied that all conditions precedent to the issuance of the stock, as provided in the Plan and this Agreement, have been performed and completed, including the approval and adoption of the Plan by the shareholders and the Board of Directors of the Company.

12. Changes in Stock. In the event of any change in the common stock of the Company, as described in Section 4.6 of the Plan, the Committee shall make the appropriate adjustment or substitution in the number, kind and price of shares under this Option, all as provided in the Plan. The Committee’s determination in this respect shall be final and conclusive upon all parties.

13. Effect of Headings. The descriptive headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and identification only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement for purposes of interpretation.

14. Gender and Number. Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

15. Controlling Laws. Except to the extent superseded by the laws of the United States, the laws of Indiana shall be controlling in all matters relating to this Agreement.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which collectively shall constitute one and the same instrument.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company, by its officer thereunder duly authorized, and the Optionee, have caused this Horizon Bancorp Stock Option Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written, which is the date on which the Option is granted.

         
    HORIZON BANCORP
 
       
  By:    
       
    Craig M. Dwight, President and Chief Executive Officer

106


 

     
  OPTIONEE
 
   
 
   
   

107

EXHIBIT 10.9 DESCRIPTION OF BONUS PLAN

DESCRIPTION OF HORIZON BANCORP
EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN

     The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of Horizon Bancorp (the “Company”) adopted an Executive Officer Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) in 2003 after consultations with a nationally recognized executive compensation consulting firm. The Plan permits executive officers to earn as a bonus a percentage of their salary based on the achievement of corporate and individual goals in the relevant year. Participants in the Plan are not eligible to participate in the Company’s annual discretionary bonus plan (but do receive the annual holiday bonus, which was $250 for 2004). To receive a bonus under the Plan, the executive officer must be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on the date the annual bonus payment is made and must not be subject to a performance warning or suspension. The Committee and/or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer may adjust and amend the Plan at any time in their sole discretion. All Executive Officers’ Bonuses are subject to final approval by the Committee.

     At the beginning of each year, the Committee establishes the minimum earnings target the Company must achieve before any bonuses will be paid out under the Plan for that year. The Committee also approves a target bonus matrix for each executive officer to be used to calculate the executive officer’s bonus (if any) for the year (assuming that the minimum earnings target has been met). The matrix for each executive officer specifies the performance measures applicable to the executive officer, the targets for each performance measure and the weight to be assigned to each performance measure in calculating the bonus if the specified target levels are achieved.

     For 2005, an executive officer may earn a bonus under the Plan of up to 48% of his base salary. Each of the executive officers has as a performance goal the achievement of a specified level of corporate net income for the year, with the weighting of such goal for 2005 being 40% for the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; 20% for the President and Chief Operating Officer of Horizon Bank, N.A., the Company’s bank subsidiary (the “Bank”); 20% for the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank’s trust and investment subsidiary; and 10% for the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The matrix for each of the executive officers also specifies from three to five other performance measures, each of which is dependent upon the executive officer’s areas of responsibilities and varies from year to year to reflect changes in the primary responsibilities of the office that the executive officer holds.

     The amounts of the bonuses paid each year under the Plan are reported in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table included in the Company’s Proxy Statement. The Plan bonuses for 2004 were paid in January 2005 and the executive officers who participated in the Plan received the following bonuses, as reported in the Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders: Craig M. Dwight, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company: $65,000; Lawrence J. Mazur, President and Chief Executive Officer of Horizon Trust & Investment Management, N.A.: $72,066; James H. Foglesong, Chief Financial Officer of the Company: $24,000; and Thomas H. Edwards, Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank: $32,000.

108

Exhibit 10.10

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

HORIZON BANCORP

Dated as of October 21, 2004


.

.
.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                       ----
                                    ARTICLE I

                         DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1 Definitions and Interpretation......................................        1

                                   ARTICLE II

               POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 2.1 Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee..........................        4
SECTION 2.2 Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.............................        5
SECTION 2.3 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee...............        7
SECTION 2.4 Events of Default; Waiver...........................................        7
SECTION 2.5 Events of Default; Notice...........................................        8

                                   ARTICLE III

                              THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1 The Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility..................................        8
SECTION 3.2 Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.......        9

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    GUARANTEE

SECTION 4.1 Guarantee...........................................................        9
SECTION 4.2 Waiver of Notice and Demand.........................................       10
SECTION 4.3 Obligations Not Affected............................................       10
SECTION 4.4 Rights of Holders...................................................       11
SECTION 4.5 Guarantee of Payment................................................       11
SECTION 4.6 Subrogation.........................................................       11
SECTION 4.7 Independent Obligations.............................................       12
SECTION 4.8 Enforcement.........................................................       12

                                    ARTICLE V

                    LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

SECTION 5.1 Limitation of Transactions..........................................       12
SECTION 5.2 Ranking.............................................................       13

i

                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                       ----
                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   TERMINATION

SECTION 6.1 Termination.........................................................       13

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1 Exculpation.........................................................       13
SECTION 7.2 Indemnification.....................................................       14
SECTION 7.3 Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses.............................       15

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1 Successors and Assigns..............................................       15
SECTION 8.2 Amendments..........................................................       16
SECTION 8.3 Notices.............................................................       16
SECTION 8.4 Benefit.............................................................       16
SECTION 8.5 Governing Law.......................................................       16
SECTION 8.6 Counterparts........................................................       17

ii

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (the "Guarantee"), dated as of October 21, 2004, is executed and delivered by Horizon Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in the State of Indiana (the "Guarantor"), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the "Guarantee Trustee"), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Issuer").

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the "Declaration"), dated as of October 21, 2004, among the trustees named therein of the Issuer, Horizon Bancorp, as sponsor, and the Holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof securities, having an aggregate liquidation amount of $10,000,000, designated in the Declaration as MMCapS(SM) (the "Capital Securities"); and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1 Definitions and Interpretation.

In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

(c) all references to "the Guarantee" or "this Guarantee" are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Guarantee to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

(e) terms defined in the Declaration as of the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and


(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

"Beneficiaries" means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

"Common Securities" has the meaning specified in the Declaration.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times shall be located within the United States and at the time of the execution of this Guarantee shall be Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001.

"Covered Person" means any Holder of Capital Securities.

"Debenture Issuer" means Horizon Bancorp or any successor entity resulting from any consolidation, amalgamation, merger or other business combination, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures.

"Debentures" means the junior subordinated debentures of the Debenture Issuer that are designated in the Indenture as the "Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2034" and held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Guarantee Payments" means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer: (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account (as defined in the Declaration) therefor at such time, (ii) the price payable upon the redemption of any Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, with respect to any Capital Securities that are (1) called for redemption by the Issuer or (2) mandatorily redeemed by the Issuer, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such Capital Securities, and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of
(a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer as required by applicable law (in either case, the "Liquidation Distribution").

"Guarantee Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

"Holder" means any Person in whose name any Capital Securities are registered on the books and records of the Issuer; provided, however, that, in determining whether the

2

holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, "Holder" shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

"Indemnified Person" means the Guarantee Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

"Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of October 21, 2004, between the Debenture Issuer and Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the Institutional Trustee of the Issuer.

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Guarantee Payments" herein.

"Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities" means Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the amount that would be paid upon the redemption, liquidation or otherwise on the date upon which the voting percentages are determined, plus unpaid Distributions accrued thereon to such date) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

"Obligations" means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

"Officer's Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer's Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

(a) a statement that such officer signing the Officer's Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officer's Certificate;

(c) a statement that such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer's opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,

3

unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of any matters relating to this Guarantee, including any vice president, any assistant vice president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Successor Guarantee Trustee" means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

"Trust Securities" means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

ARTICLE II

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 2.1 Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4 (b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.4(b)) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

4

(d) No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A) the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and

(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not on their face they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

(iv) no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee, or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 2.2 Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

5

(i) The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer's Certificate.

(iii) Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer's Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(iv) The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument or other writing (or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof).

(v) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

(vi) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee's agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

(vii) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

6

(viii) The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(ix) Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action. No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee's or its agent's taking such action.

(x) Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

(xi) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

(b) No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

SECTION 2.3 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee.

The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

SECTION 2.4 Events of Default; Waiver.

(a) An "Event of Default" under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

(b) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities,

7

waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 2.5 Events of Default; Notice.

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice, provided, however, that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities, or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have actual knowledge thereof.

ARTICLE III

THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1 The Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii) be a corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 3.2(c).

(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall

8

either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to, this Guarantee.

SECTION 3.2 Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with
Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e) No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(f) Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE

SECTION 4.1 Guarantee.

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor's obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

9

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

SECTION 4.2 Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

SECTION 4.3 Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions, the price payable upon the redemption of the Capital Securities, the Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for the payment of the Distributions, the price payable upon the redemption of the Capital Securities, the Liquidation Distribution or other sums payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures);

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

10

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 4.4 Rights of Holders.

(a) The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided, however, that (subject to Sections 2.1 and 2.2) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine that the actions so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction or if the Guarantee Trustee being advised by legal counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

(b) Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee's rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

SECTION 4.5 Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

SECTION 4.6 Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by applicable provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

11

SECTION 4.7 Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

SECTION 4.8 Enforcement.

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by applicable provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Beneficiaries and to pay over such amount to the Beneficiaries.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

SECTION 5.1 Limitation of Transactions.

So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or (b) Debenture Issuer shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in the Indenture and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor's capital stock, (y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Debentures or (z) make any payment under any guarantees of the Guarantor that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to this Guarantee (other than (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors, or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default or the

12

applicable Extension Period, (ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor's capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor's indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor's capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to such stock).

SECTION 5.2 Ranking.

This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

SECTION 6.1 Termination.

This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the price payable upon redemption of all Capital Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1 Exculpation.

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim

13

incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person's negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

SECTION 7.2 Indemnification.

(a) The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including but not limited to the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person's powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this
Section 7.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above. The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor's choice at the Guarantor's expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding the Guarantor's election to appoint counsel to represent the Indemnified Person in any action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel, if
(i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Persons

14

which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor,
(iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

SECTION 7.3 Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses.

The Guarantor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Guarantee Trustee.

The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1 Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor's assets to another entity, in each case to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

15

SECTION 8.2 Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights or interests of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no approval of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof shall apply equally with respect to amendments of the Guarantee.

SECTION 8.3 Notices.

All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a) if given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities): Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, Telecopy: 302-636-4140, Telephone: 302-651-1000;

(b) if given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee): Horizon Bancorp, 515 Franklin Square, Michigan City, Indiana 46360, Attention: James H. Foglesong, Telecopy: (219) 874-9229, Telephone: (219) 873-2608; or

(c) if given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 8.4 Benefit.

This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities and, subject to Section 2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

SECTION 8.5 Governing Law.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SAID STATE OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

16

SECTION 8.6 Counterparts.

This Guarantee may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Guarantee may be executed by the affixing of the signature of the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

17

THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

HORIZON BANCORP,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ James H. Foglesong
    ---------------------------------
    Name: James H. Foglesong
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Guarantee Trustee

By: /s/ Denise M. Geran
    ---------------------------------
    Name: Denise M. Geran
    Title: Vice President

18

EXHIBIT 21 — SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
         
    Jurisdiction of   Name Under Which
Subsidiary   Incorporation   Business is Done
 
 
Horizon Bank, National Association
  United States   Horizon Bank
         
Horizon Insurance Services, Inc.
  Indiana   Horizon Insurance Services
     (a subsidiary of Horizon Bank)
       
         
Horizon Investments, Inc.
  Nevada   Horizon Investments, Inc.
     (a subsidiary of Horizon Bank)
       
         
Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust II
  Delaware    
         
Alliance Financial Statutory Trust I
  Delaware    
         
Horizon Bancorp Capital Trust III
  Delaware    
         
Horizon Grantor Trust
  Delaware    
     (a subsidiary of Horizon Bank)
       

103

EXHIBIT 23
(BKD LOGO)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Horizon Bancorp on Forms S-3 (File Nos. 333-86214 and 333-156737) and Forms S-8 (File Nos. 333-98609 and 333-112970) of our report, dated March 10, 2010, on the consolidated financial statements of Horizon Bancorp as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, which report is included in the annual report on Form 10-K of Horizon Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009.
(LOGO)
Indianapolis, Indiana
March 10, 2010
     
(LOGO)   (LOGO)

104

EXHIBIT 31.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 302
of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Of 2002
I, Craig M. Dwight, certify that:
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Horizon Bancorp;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
  HORIZON BANCORP
 
 
          March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Craig M. Dwight    
    Craig M. Dwight   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

105

EXHIBIT 31.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 302
of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Of 2002
I, Mark E. Secor, certify that:
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Horizon Bancorp;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
  HORIZON BANCORP
 
 
          March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Mark E. Secor    
    Mark E. Secor   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 

106

EXHIBIT 32.1
Horizon Bancorp
Certification of Periodic Financial Report
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Horizon Bancorp (the “Company”) certifies that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
          March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Craig M. Dwight    
    Craig M. Dwight   
    Chief Executive Officer   

107

         
EXHIBIT 32.2
Horizon Bancorp
Certification of Periodic Financial Report
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Horizon Bancorp (the “Company”) certifies that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
          March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Mark E. Secor    
    Mark E. Secor   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 

108

EXHIBIT 99.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
pursuant to 31 C.F.R. §30.15
I, Craig M. Dwight, certify, based on my knowledge, that:
  (i)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Horizon Bancorp;
 
  (ii)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Horizon Bancorp, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Horizon Bancorp and has limited those features to ensure that Horizon Bancorp is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
 
  (iii)   The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Horizon Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee and has limited those features;
 
  (iv)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;
 
  (v)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in:
  (A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Horizon Bancorp;
 
  (B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Horizon Bancorp to risks; and
 
  (C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Horizon Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee;
  (vi)   Horizon Bancorp has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
 
  (vii)   Horizon Bancorp has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (viii)   Horizon Bancorp has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (ix)   The board of directors of Horizon Bancorp has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and the Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; Horizon Bancorp and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly approved;

109


 

  (x)   Horizon Bancorp will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (xi)   Horizon Bancorp will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
 
  (xii)   Horizon Bancorp will disclose whether Horizon Bancorp, the board of directors of Horizon Bancorp, or the compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp has engaged, during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
 
  (xiii)   Horizon Bancorp has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (xiv)   Horizon Bancorp has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Horizon Bancorp and Treasury, including any amendments;
 
  (xv)   Horizon Bancorp has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and
 
  (xvi)   I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001).
         
     
                     Date: March 10, 2010  By:  /s/ Craig M. Dwight    
  Craig M. Dwight   
  President and Chief Executive Officer Horizon Bancorp   
 

110

EXHIBIT 99.2
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
pursuant to 31 C.F.R. §30.15
I, Mark E. Secor, certify, based on my knowledge, that:
  (i)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Horizon Bancorp;
 
  (ii)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Horizon Bancorp, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Horizon Bancorp and has limited those features to ensure that Horizon Bancorp is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
 
  (iii)   The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Horizon Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee and has limited those features;
 
  (iv)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;
 
  (v)   The compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in:
  (A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Horizon Bancorp;
 
  (B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Horizon Bancorp to risks; and
 
  (C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Horizon Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee;
  (vi)   Horizon Bancorp has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
 
  (vii)   Horizon Bancorp has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (viii)   Horizon Bancorp has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (ix)   The board of directors of Horizon Bancorp has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and the Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; Horizon Bancorp and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly approved;

111


 

  (x)   Horizon Bancorp will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (xi)   Horizon Bancorp will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
 
  (xii)   Horizon Bancorp will disclose whether Horizon Bancorp, the board of directors of Horizon Bancorp, or the compensation committee of Horizon Bancorp has engaged, during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
 
  (xiii)   Horizon Bancorp has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009, and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
  (xiv)   Horizon Bancorp has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Horizon Bancorp and Treasury, including any amendments;
 
  (xv)   Horizon Bancorp has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and
 
  (xvi)   I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001).
         
     
                     Date: March 10, 2010  By:   /s/ Mark E. Secor    
  Mark E. Secor   
  Chief Financial Officer Horizon Bancorp   
 

112